David Nield | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/authors/david-nield/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Wed, 07 Jun 2023 12:00:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.1.1 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 David Nield | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/authors/david-nield/ 32 32 How to make sure you never miss someone’s birthday https://www.popsci.com/diy/remember-birthday/ Wed, 07 Jun 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=546444
Hand holding a cupcake with purple frosting, sprinkles and a birthday candle.
If you can't fit another birthday in your head, let these apps help you remember and celebrate with your loved ones. Isabella Fischer / Unsplash

Use these apps and features to help you remember all those special occasions.

The post How to make sure you never miss someone’s birthday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hand holding a cupcake with purple frosting, sprinkles and a birthday candle.
If you can't fit another birthday in your head, let these apps help you remember and celebrate with your loved ones. Isabella Fischer / Unsplash

Wishing somebody a happy birthday requires little effort on your part, but it immediately makes your friends and family feel appreciated and cared about.

But if your brain cannot handle yet another important date, your ever-loyal smartphone offers a host of ways to stay on top of birthdays and other special occasions. Just make sure you use at least one of these approaches to avoid missing someone’s big day.

Social media can help you remember birthdays

Checking your social media accounts is a good way of staying on top of birthdays. In the Facebook app, tap your profile picture (top right), then the magnifying glass icon, and search for birthdays. Tap the top result to see a list of your friend’s recent and upcoming birthdays.

[Related: How to set phone reminders for anything]

Snapchat will display a cake icon next to your contacts in the main chat list when it’s their birthday—swipe left from the camera screen to see it. You can also tap on a friend’s avatar to get to their profile page, and if it’s their big day, you’ll see an It’s Their Birthday! graphic. Unfortunately, you can’t look up birth dates in advance.

Other social networks are less helpful. Twitter will display people’s birth dates on their profile pages but only if they’ve provided the information. There’s also no list or notification you can use: to know if it’s somebody’s birthday, you’ll have to visit their page to find out. Instagram is even less helpful and doesn’t display birthdays at all, so you’re out of luck. Unless someone specifically puts their date of birth in their bio or uploads a ‘happy birthday to me’ post that you notice.

Android and iOS features that will help you remember birthdays

Google has added a birthdays feature to its Contacts app, which comes built into Pixel phones and is available for devices by other manufacturers. Open the app, tap Highlights, and you’ll see recent and upcoming birthdays for your contacts. The same panel lets you set a notification for any of these birthdays, or send a message to someone celebrating one more year of life.

Of course, Google isn’t guessing here—this feature relies on the information provided by your contacts. If you want to add birthday info yourself, you can open a contact page, tap the pen icon (top right) and then tap Significant date. Enter the birth date and make sure it has a Birthday label underneath. You can also store dates such as anniversaries in the same way. On the main Highlights menu, the app may also prompt you to add birthdays to your contacts more easily. If you see the notification to Add birthdays, tap it and then tap the birthday cake icons you see next to each of your contacts. 

The listings in the iOS Contacts app also have a birthday field you can fill in. On a contact page, tap Edit and then tap add birthday to enter the date. The iOS Contacts app doesn’t remind you about birthdays, but the iOS Calendar app can, which brings us neatly to…

Use calendar apps to remember birthdays

Open up the Calendar app on iOS, tap Calendars, and then check the Birthdays entry to see all the birthdays for contacts that have this information saved with them. From iOS Settings, head to Calendar, Default Alert Times, and Birthdays, and you can choose if and when you get notifications about birthdays, as well as see them listed in the Calendar app.

Google Calendar offers similar integration with Google Contacts. In Google Calendar, tap the three horizontal lines (top left) and make sure the Birthdays calendar is checked (tap Show more if you can’t see it). There’s no way to manage notifications for these events in Google Calendar, as these alerts are handled in Google Contacts.

There’s nothing to stop you from creating your own birthday calendars in the iOS or Android Calendar apps, which would give you a bit more control over formatting (like colors) and let you set different notifications for each birthday. But you’ll need to maintain them manually, which may involve a lot more work than you’re willing to input. The same goes for any other third-party calendar app that you might be using.

Other apps to help you remember birthdays

There are quite a few third-party apps dedicated to the task of helping you remember birthdays. The aptly named Birthday Reminder & Countdown for iOS is free, but you can also pay $2 a year to remove ads. As well as notifying you when someone has a birthday, it can count down the days and tell you what age everyone is. You can manually input birthday data or import it directly from the iOS Contacts app.

[Related: Little kids think birthday parties actually make you get older]

Over on Android, we like Birday, which is open source, as well as easy and completely free to use. You can enter birthday data manually or import it from Google Contacts, and the app can track everyone’s age, count down to specific birthdays, and show you all of your friends and family’s special days on a year planner as well. 

Countdown+ Widgets (for Android and iOS) puts the emphasis on counting down to birthdays or any other event you’re interested in. You can import data from the calendars on your phone or from Facebook, customize the countdowns in numerous ways, and see all upcoming events in a simple list. You’ll also be able to remove ads after paying a one-off fee of $2, which will also allow you to back up your data and get even more customization options.

The post How to make sure you never miss someone’s birthday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to save a dead computer, or at least try to revive it https://www.popsci.com/broken-computer-repair-recover-data/ Sun, 29 Aug 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/broken-computer-repair-recover-data/
A woman wearing a black shirt leaning over a dead computer with her hands on her temples, wondering how she can get her silver Macbook to turn back on, or how she can recover files from it.
Stresssssssssssssssss. But there's likely a solution. Anna Shvets / Pexels

Even if your computer appears bricked, you may be able to turn it back on.

The post How to save a dead computer, or at least try to revive it appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman wearing a black shirt leaning over a dead computer with her hands on her temples, wondering how she can get her silver Macbook to turn back on, or how she can recover files from it.
Stresssssssssssssssss. But there's likely a solution. Anna Shvets / Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You just pushed the power button to turn on your computer… and nothing happened. It’s dead, or seems like it. Even in this worst-case scenario, though, there are ways to get it to turn back on. If not, you can usually still recover files and data, even if your device is essentially a very expensive brick—so don’t panic yet.

When your desktop or laptop refuses to start, that means either its hardware or software is having trouble. Identifying the problem’s root cause isn’t an exact science, but you can rule out many potential issues by taking a methodical approach to troubleshooting.

As you work through these steps, keep in mind that there’s a very, very long list of reasons why your computer might not be turning on. Finding and fixing the problem often involves a lot of trial and error. We may not be able to include every potential issue, but we can guide you toward solutions for some of the most common problems. If all else fails, we’ll explain when it might be best to call in the professionals.

Check for hardware problems

Begin by checking for issues with your hardware. To lower your risk of electric shock, make sure your computer really is powered off before you start messing around with it. For most makes and models, you can hold down the power button for a couple seconds to shut down the machine. Then, before attempting to turn it back on, unplug all unnecessary peripherals, such as printers and scanners, to make sure they aren’t causing interference.

Next, ensure that your machine is receiving enough power. If you’re dealing with a laptop, plug it in and ensure that the charging light is on. For a desktop, double-check that the monitor is firmly connected. With any type of computer, make sure you’re using the power cable that came with it—or, if the original broke, that you have an exact replacement. If you own (or can borrow) a spare cable, try switching to that one to make sure it’s not the cause of the problem.

[Related: How to slow down a hot computer]

Once you’ve shut everything down, briefly push the power button to turn the machine back on. If your computer springs to life, at least for a few seconds, the culprit is probably damaged software… but this response doesn’t entirely rule out a hardware issue. So look for any messages on screen that might hint at what’s going wrong. Does the computer give a reason why it can’t boot? Is it unable to detect the hard drive or another specific component?

If the power button gets no response at all, it’s a tell-tale sign that something has gone wrong with the hardware. In this situation, if you’ve already tried that alternative power cable, it might be time to visit a local repair shop for a professional assessment.

Is it possible to pin down the exact hardware issue? We can’t cover every scenario here, but if you own an older computer or have recently moved your machine around, you may have damaged or dislodged a component. With a desktop, you can try powering down the machine, opening up the case, and double-checking all the connections to and from the motherboard. But we’d only recommend that step if you’re confident poking around your computer’s guts. For the rest of us, a professional assessment is probably better.

In general, one of the most common causes of hardware failure is a dying hard drive. If your computer has been making strange noises, such as high-pitched whirring, or a warning beep, that might be your problem. An on-screen message about disk trouble can also point to the same issue. Again, replacing your hard drive is generally a job for your local repair or retail store. Although disk-replacement is a relatively straightforward task—it involves disconnecting power and data cables from the existing drive and plugging them into the new one—there’s a lot of potential for mistakes if you’re not entirely sure what you’re doing. Of course, if you’re confident in your abilities or don’t care what happens to your device or data, you can skip to the DIY data recovery section below.

That said, if your computer does wake up for a bit, particularly if it gets as far as the loading screen for the operating system, you’re more likely to be facing a software problem.

Deal with software problems: Windows

When software refuses to let a computer start up, it’s usually because of data corruption: The system can’t find a file it relies on to boot up properly. If you’re lucky, you’ll see a message on screen explaining what’s wrong, along with instructions for what to do next. Otherwise, you’ll have to walk through some troubleshooting steps to pin down the problem.

On a Microsoft machine, the computer can try to fix itself. If it fails to start up three times in a row, both Windows 10 and 11 will automatically display a recovery console, called Startup Repair, on screen. When the big “Automatic Repair” heading appears, click Restart, and the system will attempt a number of fixes. This might be enough to get you back up and running.

However, if you try to start up after that and land back on Automatic Repair instead of your usual Windows desktop, click Advanced options to enter the Windows Recovery Environment. From there, click Troubleshoot > Advanced options > Startup Settings. Here, choose Restart, and you’ll eventually see a list of boot-up options. Choose option four or hit F4 on your keyboard to Enable Safe Mode. If you need to use the internet, pick option five or tap F5. Both options will launch a stripped-down version of Windows, with only the essential applications and utilities enabled. You may be able to launch Windows in this minimal state. If you can, try uninstalling any programs or devices you’ve recently added, as they could be interfering with system startup.

If you can’t launch even this simple version of Windows, try a system reset. We have a full guide to all your Windows 10 and 11 reset options, but the basics for Windows 10 are: Open your computer’s settings via the cog icon on the Start menu, click Update & Security, and select Recovery. Under Reset this PC, select Get started to begin the reset process. On Windows 11, you’ll choose System > Recovery > Reset this PC > Reset PC.

After that, Windows will replace and repair many of the key operating system files. It will also offer to wipe your personal files, but unless you have extremely up-to-date backups, you should opt to keep them. This final measure should fix most software-related boot-up issues. However, if your computer still doesn’t start, the culprit is probably the hardware. As mentioned in the previous section, we recommend that you turn to the experts for help fixing this type of error.

Deal with software problems: macOS

The macOS operating system typically does a better job of repairing itself than Windows does (although Microsoft has caught up in recent years). That said, software corruption is still very much a possibility.

As an analog to Windows’ Startup Repair, macOS has Recovery. To use it, run an internet search on your phone or some other device to determine if your computer uses Apple silicon or an Intel processor. If it’s the former, press and hold the power button to turn on your Mac until a list of startup options appears. Click Options, then Continue. If it’s the latter, turn on your computer and immediately hold down Cmd+R until you see an image.

When the computer loads, you’ll see a list of options. Start with Disk Utility, which will scan your Mac’s internal drives for problems. It will also attempt to fix any issues it encounters, which might get your computer working properly again.

[Related: 4 hidden Mac tweaks to speed up your computer]

If your boot-up problems started after a recent hardware or software change, you may be able to fix them by returning to an earlier version of your software: From the Recovery screen, try restoring from a Time Machine backup. Alternatively, a stripped-down version of the operating system could still work. For this method, you’ll need to use macOS Safe Mode.

To launch Safe Mode on an Apple silicon device, turn it off, then press the power button to turn it on and hold it until the startup options appear. Choose your startup disk, then press and hold Shift until you click Continue in Safe Mode. On Intel machines, restart your computer, then immediately press and hold Shift until the login screen appears.

If you can get into macOS via Safe Mode, a normal restart might fix your problem. If not, try uninstalling any non-essential applications or devices—particularly anything you set up around the time your startup problems began.

If you’re still having issues, you might need a full reinstall. Go back to the Recovery screen and choose Reinstall macOS. This will completely restore your machine’s software back to its factory state, so only do this if you’ve backed up all your important data. Like the equivalent Windows process, a reinstall should fix most software problems.

How to recover files from a dead computer

Even if all these attempts fail, your precious data may still be safe (unless the primary cause of your startup troubles is a damaged hard drive). Of course, in an ideal world, you wouldn’t need to retrieve that data, because you’d have already backed up all your files. However, if you don’t have available backups, you’ll want to pull your data from your hard drive.

On the simplest level, you can remove the drive from your laptop or desktop and access it from another computer. You could, for example, set it up as an external drive, but to do that you’ll need an enclosure like the models from Inateck ($12 on Amazon) or Sabrent ($12 on Amazon). Just make sure to buy one that matches the hard drive you’re extracting from your old machine.

Once you have an enclosure, you’ll need to power down your computer, remove the side or bottom panel, and disconnect the drive from its enclosure and cables. You’ll want to follow an online guide, which you can find by searching for your dead computer’s make and model along with the phrase “remove hard drive. If you’re not exactly comfortable working on hardware, we recommend that you leave this task to a professional repair shop.

When you set up your old drive in a new enclosure, you can plug it in to a working machine, where it should appear as a normal external disk. If your original files are Mac ones, you’ll need to access them from another Apple computer, but if you don’t have one, a program like MacDrive ($50 with a five-day free trial) will let you access them on Windows (Windows drives are much more accommodating, so you won’t need extra software to read them on a Mac). Then you can copy the files to the new computer—and make sure to back them up this time.

Try other data-recovery methods

Another option for recovering data from a dead computer is to access your files through a different operating system. However, this will only work in situations where your laptop or desktop can actually stay on long enough for you to boot from a portable system.

If it can, set up a portable Linux operating system on a USB stick (full instructions here). Pop that into your dead computer, start up on the Linux operating system, and try to access the drive that way.

However, if you want to get as much data as possible off your drive, and you’re prepared to pay for this peace of mind, you should get help from a data recovery service. A quick web search should turn up plenty of options in your local area.

Most professionals will accept the entire computer, or the the drive alone, wrapped in protective packaging. They’ll use the same techniques we’ve already discussed to access your data—but their staff have probably attempted it many more times than you have, and thus have a better chance of extracting your information and dealing with any problems that arise.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on May 2, 2018.

The post How to save a dead computer, or at least try to revive it appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
11 hot Firefox tips and tricks that might finally convince you to switch browsers https://www.popsci.com/advanced-firefox-hacks/ Mon, 18 Mar 2019 21:21:13 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/advanced-firefox-hacks/
The Mozilla Firefox office building.
Switching to a new browser can be as refreshing as taking a nice walk around the block. Depositphotos.

Try out these tips, add-ons, and tricks for Mozilla's browser.

The post 11 hot Firefox tips and tricks that might finally convince you to switch browsers appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Mozilla Firefox office building.
Switching to a new browser can be as refreshing as taking a nice walk around the block. Depositphotos.

No matter your operating system, Mozilla Firefox makes a great default browser. The free program is quick, intuitive, and packed with features. And you can customize it in all kinds of ways, from tweaking the look of the software to changing the appearances of individual websites.

Once you dig past the surface-level options, you’ll find you can do even more with this privacy-focused browser. These features include app troubleshooting, expert tab management, and entirely new ways of surfing the web. Check out the tips below to ensure you’re taking advantage of all Firefox has to offer.

1. See tabs on your other devices

If you’re using Firefox on multiple devices—maybe a laptop, a desktop, and a phone—and you’re signed into the same Firefox account on all of them, you can see open tabs across all of them through a feature called Firefox View.

First, click the three horizontal lines (top right), then Settings and Sync to make sure you’re signed in. As long as you’re signed in on at least one other device, you can click the Firefox icon on the far left end of the tab bar to see the tabs you’ve got open elsewhere.

2. Customize your address bar

You can turn the Firefox navigation bar into a search powerhouse. That way, when you type keywords (rather than URLs) into the address bar, you’ll be searching for those terms across the web. First, choose the search engine you prefer, whether that’s Google, Bing, DuckDuckGo, or something else. Then set it as Firefox’s default, so search terms in the navigation bar will yield results from that search engine. To do so, open the application menu (click the three horizontal lines on the top right of the page), then choose Settings and Search to set the default.

The address bar can act as more than a standard search engine, too. By typing in special keywords, you can launch custom searches within pretty much any site you like, including Wikipedia, IMDb, Amazon, and more. To set this up, navigate to the site you want to search and find its search box. Right-click inside the box and choose Add a Keyword for this Search. A dialog box will pop up. Next, type something short but unusual in the keyword box. This is the term that will trigger your site-specific search when you type it in the Firefox address bar, so you don’t want it to resemble any normal keywords you might search for on a regular basis. For example, you might choose to trigger an IMDb search with the term “imdb”, because you’re not likely to run a general search for that word.

Click Save, and you can then search within that site by entering your keyword, followed by your search terms, in the address bar at the top of the browser. To stick with our previous example, type “imdb Tom Cruise” into the navigation bar to search the IMDb website for Tom Cruise.

3. Watch videos in picture-in-picture mode

Mozilla Firefox's picture-in-picture mode.
Picture-in-picture lets you watch videos outside of Firefox. David Nield for Popular Science

When you’re watching a video in Firefox, you’ll see a small overlay button that looks like two rectangles with an arrow pointing from one to the other. Click on this, and your video will pop out of Firefox. Then, you can carry on browsing while the video continues to play.

Click and drag the pop-up window to move it, and drag in (or out) from its edges to resize it. Click the X to close the picture-in-picture video, or the back to tab button (an arrow pointing to a box) to continue playback inside Firefox again.

4. Delete browsing data when Firefox is closed

Keeping on top of cookies and other browsing data saved by the sites you visit in Firefox can be tricky. This data saves information such as your location and your settings for particular sites, and while it can streamline your browsing experience, you may not feel comfortable with websites knowing this much about you.

If you’d like to stay a little more private, click the three horizontal lines (top right) in Firefox, then choose Settings and Privacy & Security. There, you can check the box labeled Delete cookies and site data when Firefox is closed. Every time you shut down the browser, these files will be automatically wiped, so you won’t need to worry about them.

5. Turn on mouse gestures

Mouse gesture depictions in the Firefox Gesturefy extension.
Gesturefy has plenty of gestures to pick from. David Nield for Popular Science

Clicking and scrolling is fine, but Firefox lets you supercharge your online navigation with mouse gestures that allow you to trigger specific actions by moving your mouse a certain way. Give it a trial run, with the help of the Gesturefy add-on, and there’s a good chance you’ll never look back.

First, install the extension inside Firefox and restart your browser. To explore the available gestures, open the main menu (the three horizontal lines in the top right) and choose Add-ons and themes. Find Gesturefy, click the three dots next to it, then Options, and you’ll find the configuration panel.

Under the Settings tab, you can set the trigger button, which is a button you need to hold down while making a mouse gesture. Gesturefy’s default trigger is the right mouse button, but you can change it if you’d like. Switch to the Gestures tab to see some of the gestures already in place. For example, dragging the mouse quickly to the right, then the left (with the right mouse button held down) closes the current tab. You can add more gestures to the extension’s repertoire here, too.

It may take you some time to get the hang of these gestures, but once you do, you may find that a quick hand movement feels much more intuitive than fishing around for toolbar buttons or scrolling through menus.

6. Manage your tabs

Tabs make up the core of your browsing experience—but you don’t have to settle for the default options Firefox gives you. Check out the Tree Style Tab extension, for example, which introduces a new tab panel on the left and lets you organize your open tabs into hierarchies, almost like a family tree.

Then there’s Tab Stash: This extension lets you save batches of tabs together as bookmarks inside Firefox. If you’re researching a particular topic, for example, and want to come back to it later, you can quickly save all your open tabs as a group that you can open up again later.

You should also check out Simple Tab Groups. This extension does exactly what its name suggests, enabling you to organize open Firefox tabs into color-coded groups in—you could have one group for work stuff and another for personal stuff, or whatever you like.

7. Take screenshots of webpages

A Firefox window open on a computer, with the screenshot tool active.
Taking screenshots of Firefox pages is easy. David Nield for Popular Science

There are all kinds of reasons you might want to take screenshots—for posterity, or maybe to refer to in a separate document—and this is really easy to do in Firefox. Just right-click on a blank part of a page, then choose Take Screenshot. You can either click on an element (like an image) to grab it, click and drag across a region to capture, click Save full page to screenshot the entire page, or click Save visible to just capture what you can currently see on screen.

8. Snooze tabs for later

You might be familiar with snoozing your alarm—hitting a button to postpone your wakeup call and sleep for a few extra minutes. Now you can do the same with Firefox tabs, thanks to a third-party extension called Snooze Tabs.

The extension is pretty simple to use: Click the extension button on the toolbar (it looks like a jigsaw piece), then pick Snooze Tabs. You can send the tab you’re currently viewing, or all your Firefox tabs away until a later time and date—choose a preset option like Tomorrow morning or specify your own with Custom time.

9. Search through your tabs

Browser tabs seem to multiply like magic, and you likely have dozens of them open at any one time. That can make navigation tricky, but there is a tab search trick that can help: Click inside the address bar at the top of the Firefox interface, then type the percentage symbol (%)and a space. You’ll then be able to search through the titles of the tabs that you currently have open.

10. Refresh Firefox

The refresh function in Firefox.
Firefox’s refresh function can get the browser running smoothly again. David Nield for Popular Science

If you find your software bogged down with a bunch of extensions, or behaving sluggishly for no specific reason, most programs require that you uninstall and reinstall them to restore their factory settings. Firefox offers a built-in refresh feature that easily resets the browser back to its factory settings and gets it running as good as new. As Mozilla explains, a refresh will return most Firefox settings back to their default state, but it won’t affect your saved bookmarks, stored passwords, browsing history, or even open windows. What it does scrub are third-party extensions, website permissions, modified user preferences, and any customizations you’ve made to the Firefox toolbar.

To access the refresh feature, type “about:support” into the address bar and hit Enter. This takes you to the master troubleshooting page. Click the Refresh Firefox button on the right, and instructions will guide you through the short process.

If you’re really having problems with Firefox, you may not be able to start it at all, which will prevent you from performing a refresh. So try running it in Troubleshoot Mode, which disables everything except the core Firefox program. To open the browser in Troubleshoot Mode, hold down the Shift button (Windows) or the Option button (macOS) while clicking or double-clicking the program icon. As Firefox starts, you’ll see the Troubleshoot Mode window appear. You can continue to browse in Troubleshoot Mode, or go ahead and run that refresh right away.

11. Switch to dark mode

Firefox comes with its own dark mode, which you may prefer. Click the three horizontal lines in the top right, then pick Settings. Open the General tab, and you’ll find Dark under the Web site appearance heading. This will be applied to Firefox’s own settings and new tab screens, but will only darken a website if the site has been coded to respond to a dark mode request from the browser.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on September 11, 2017.

The post 11 hot Firefox tips and tricks that might finally convince you to switch browsers appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Prove your writing is not AI-generated by tracking changes in your docs https://www.popsci.com/diy/track-changes-in-word-google-doc-pages/ Thu, 25 May 2023 12:16:45 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543504
hands typing on laptop keyboard
Tracking changes is a simple way to show that a document is all your own work. (Kaitlyn Baker / Unsplash)

Showing your work is not just for math problems anymore.

The post Prove your writing is not AI-generated by tracking changes in your docs appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
hands typing on laptop keyboard
Tracking changes is a simple way to show that a document is all your own work. (Kaitlyn Baker / Unsplash)

AI chatbots such as ChatGPT and Google Bard have now reached a level where they can write emails, essays, and entire books. There’s an ongoing debate on how good that content actually is, but these platforms can certainly give a passable impression of a human being when it comes to creating copy.

That’s a problem when it comes to proving you wrote a particular document, whether you’re submitting a college essay or entering a short story competition. Right now, we don’t have a reliable way of detecting AI-generated text (ChatGPT can’t tell if ChatGPT has written something), but there are some options you can explore.

One is to track the changes to your document as you create it in your program of choice. It’s not a foolproof option, as you could still manually type out any output from ChatGPT or Bard, but it does at least show whoever’s reading your document how it came together, if they ever want to check.

Google Docs

Every document you create on Google Docs tracks changes by default, and you can’t turn this feature off. The idea is that previous versions of the file are always available to you, should you need to go back. Click the version history button in the top right corner (an arrow around a pair of clock hands) to see previous edits and revert back to them if needed.

Via File, Version history, and Name current version you’re able to manually set a point in the version history and give it a name—you might want to do this after the end of every chapter in a novel, or every day in a report, for example. Google Docs labels unnamed versions only with the time and date, so this makes previous versions easier to find.

[Related: OpenAI’s newest ChatGPT update can still spread conspiracy theories]

When it comes to passing on your work to someone else, you need to use the built-in Google Docs sharing feature: Click Share on the right to grant access or to get a link you can copy and paste into an email or chat box. If you save your work as a Word document or a PDF, the version history won’t be transferred over to the file.

Note that whoever you’re sharing your document with will have to log into a Google account to access it, and you’ll have to give them Editor permissions too. If the other person opens the document anonymously via a link, or only has Viewer or Commenter permissions, then won’t have access to the version history, and won’t be able to see that the document is all your own work.

Microsoft Word

There are two ways to approach change tracking in Word, depending on how you’re sharing your file. The more traditional option is where you’re emailing a Word document to someone else: open the Review tab on the ribbon menu and click Track Changes, which then highlights every change that you make to the document.

By default, the software will underline new text and color it red, but you can change this by clicking All Markup on the Review tab: Choose Simple Markup to have edits highlighted in the margin rather than in the body of the text, or No Markup to turn off highlighting altogether. Whether the highlights are visible or not, you can click Reviewing Pane (or Reviewing on macOS) on the Review tab to see all the document revisions. The person reading your work will be able to see all of the edits you made to the document in the same way, demonstrating it’s your own work.

The second option is to save your Word file to your OneDrive account and share it via a link, which is the more modern, Google Docs-style approach. While the Track Changes option is still available, you can also click the name of the document at the top of the window, then Version History, to view (and revert to) previous versions of the document.

Go to File, then Share, and you can generate a link for the file to pass on: Make sure the recipient has editing privileges and can sign in with their own Microsoft account. They’ll then be able to access the version history of a document by clicking on its title, whether they open it on the web or in Word for desktop. As long as the file is in your OneDrive account, version history will be available.

Apple Pages

Those using Apple Pages for their documents have the same options as with Word. To turn on the track changes feature, choose Edit and Track Changes. This introduces a new toolbar—you can use the options on it to set how Pages highlights changes and review edits.

When you share the document via File and Share, as long as you keep the file in the native Apple Pages format, the recipient will be able to see the same track changes information. If they have editing privileges, they’ll also be able to accept or reject the changes you’ve made.

[Related: Become a better writer with these online tools]

Version history is perhaps an easier option to show your work, but there are caveats. You have to save your file to your iCloud account so it’s available on the web, and the person you’re sharing it with will only be able to see versions created after you’ve shared the file. In other words, you want to share the file—via File and Share—as soon as you create it, so the other person is able to see all of the versions that build up.

If you’re using Pages on a Mac, open the File menu then Revert To and Browse All Versions to see previous versions of the document (and revert back to them if needed). If you’re using Pages on iCloud on the web, click the three dots (top right) and then Browse All Versions. Anyone you’re sharing the document with has the same options available to them, as long as you’ve granted them editing privileges.

The post Prove your writing is not AI-generated by tracking changes in your docs appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
What to know about Apple’s new Rapid Security Response updates https://www.popsci.com/diy/apple-rapid-security-response-updates/ Wed, 24 May 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542991
Person outdoors holding a white iPhone on their hands.
Rapid Security Response updates are designed to keep your devices safe in a timely manner. Malte Helmhold / Unsplash

These updates ensure your Apple devices are safe from attacks.

The post What to know about Apple’s new Rapid Security Response updates appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person outdoors holding a white iPhone on their hands.
Rapid Security Response updates are designed to keep your devices safe in a timely manner. Malte Helmhold / Unsplash

Software updates are crucial to the health of your various gadgets and it’s generally in your best interest to install them as soon as they’re available. Apple knows this so they introduced a different type of software update called Rapid Security Response. These patches run separately from the usual iOS or macOS updates and work in a slightly different way.

If you see a Rapid Security Response notification on one of your Apple devices, don’t panic—it’s there to keep your device safe and secure.

What is a Rapid Security Response update?

We’re all now well used to Apple’s software update schedule: Big updates for iPhones, Macs, and other devices roll out once a year, with several smaller point releases spread out in between.

[Related: It’s time to update the firmware on your Apple devices]

Behind the more showy, user-facing upgrades, these updates also do a lot of important work under the hood in improving security and stability. The problem is that sometimes significant security issues come to light and need to be addressed immediately rather than in a few weeks or months.

That’s where Rapid Security Responses come in. Apple can send out these patches whenever they need to so that security vulnerabilities don’t stay vulnerable for long. The company says these responses could help “mitigate some security issues more quickly,” particularly those that pose a current risk. The company is now sending these updates to iPhones, iPads, and Macs running iOS 16.4.1, iPadOS 16.4.1, or macOS 13.3.1 or later. If you haven’t already, make sure to update your operating system to receive them.

How to apply Rapid Security Response updates

Rapid Security Responses are so important that Apple’s operating systems will apply them automatically by default, and unlike regular updates, you won’t get the option to snooze them. You may not even notice the installation process is happening in the background, but you’ll know it once it’s done, as your device might prompt a restart to apply the updates.

For the good health of your Apple gadget, we strongly recommend you authorize these automatic updates, but if you feel strongly about preventing software from installing without your consent, you can stop Rapid Security Responses. To go about it, open the Settings on your iPhone or iPad and choose General, Software Update, and Automatic Updates. Once there, toggle off the Security Responses & System Files option. On a Mac computer, open the Apple menu, then select System Settings, General, and Software Update. Click the info button next to Automatic updates to find the Install Security Responses and system files option and toggle it off.

When your Apple device installs a Rapid Security Response, the iOS, iPadOS, or macOS version number will have a lowercase letter after it—so “macOS Ventura Version 13.3.1 (a)” for example. To check this, go to Settings on an iPhone or iPad, or to System Settings on a Mac, and choose General, and then About. You’ll notice that, unlike normal software updates, these special security patches don’t come with any details about what they’ve fixed, presumably in the interests of speed and security.

[Related: Smart ways to manage software updates on Windows and macOS]

If you’ve disabled these automatic updates, you can still manually check for Rapid Security Responses in the same way as you would for any other update: Just go to General and Software Update in the settings on your Apple device. Any Rapid Security Responses your device doesn’t apply immediately will be rolled into the next standard software update, but we strongly advise you to protect your device by installing them as soon as they appear.

The post What to know about Apple’s new Rapid Security Response updates appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to remove malware from your suffering computer https://www.popsci.com/remove-malware-from-computer/ Sat, 28 Aug 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/remove-malware-from-computer/
A person sitting in front of a laptop that has a skull and crossbones in green code on the screen, indicating that it may have been infected with malware that they'll now need to remove.
All is not lost if you've been hit by malware. Alejandro Escamilla / Unsplash; Geralt / Pixabay

Getting rid of malicious software isn't as difficult as it may seem.

The post How to remove malware from your suffering computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person sitting in front of a laptop that has a skull and crossbones in green code on the screen, indicating that it may have been infected with malware that they'll now need to remove.
All is not lost if you've been hit by malware. Alejandro Escamilla / Unsplash; Geralt / Pixabay

Disaster has struck—a nasty piece of malware has taken root on your computer, and you need to remove it. Viruses can cause serious damage, but you might be able to get your computer back on its feet without too much difficulty, thanks to an array of helpful tools.

We’re using the term malware to refer to all kinds of malicious programs, whether they’re viruses, ransomware, adware, or something else. Each of these threats has its own definition, but the terms are often used interchangeably and can mean different things to different people. So for simplicity’s sake, when we say malware, we mean everything you don’t want on your computer, from a virus that tries to delete your files to an adware program that’s tracking your web browsing.

With so many types of malware and so many different system setups out there, we can’t cover every scenario. Still, we can give you some general malware removal pointers that should help you get the assistance you need.

First, identify the problem

When malware hits, you sometimes get a threatening error message—but sometimes you don’t. So keep an eye out for red flags, such as an uncharacteristically slow computer, a web browser inundated by endless pop-ups, and applications that just keep crashing.

Most machines have some kind of antivirus security protection, even if it’s just the Windows Defender tool built into Windows 10 or 11. Extra security software isn’t as essential on macOS—its integrated defenses are very effective—but that doesn’t mean a clever bit of malware can’t get access.

Windows Defender, an antivirus program that will help you remove malware from Windows computers.
Windows Defender offers competent basic malware protection for Windows 10 and 11. David Nield for Popular Science

If you do have a security tool installed, make sure you keep it up to date. Then, when you suspect you’ve been hit, run a thorough system scan—the app itself should have instructions for how to do so. This is always the first step in weeding out unwanted programs.

[Related: How to make sure no one is spying on your computer]

You might find that your installed security software spots the problem and effectively removes the malware it on its own. In that case, you can get on with watching Netflix or checking your email without further interference. Unfortunately, if your antivirus software of choice doesn’t see anything wrong or can’t deal with what it’s found, you have more work to do.

Deal with specific threats

If your computer is displaying specific symptoms—such as a message with a particular error code or a threatening ransomware alert—run a web search to get more information. And if you suspect your main machine is infected and potentially causing problems with your web browser, you should search for answers on your phone or another computer.

Telling you to search online for help may seem like we’re trying to pass the buck, but this is often the best way to deal with the biggest and newest threats. To remove malware that has overwhelmed your computer’s built-in virus protections, you’ll probably need to follow specific instructions. Otherwise, you could inadvertently make the situation worse.

As soon as new threats are identified, security firms are quick to publish fixes and tools. This means it’s important to stay in touch with the latest tech news as it happens. If your existing antivirus program is coming up blank, check online to see if companies have released bespoke repair tools that you can use to deal with whatever problem you’re having.

Finally, based on what your research and antivirus scans tell you, consider disconnecting your computer from the internet to stop any bugs from spreading, or shutting down your machine completely to protect against file damage.

Try on-demand tools that will remove tricky malware

At this point, you’ve scanned your computer for malware using your normal security software and done some research into what might be happening. If you’ve still got a problem or your searches are coming up blank, you can find on-demand malware scanners online. These programs don’t require much in the way of installation, and they can act as useful “second opinions” to your existing anti-malware apps.

Tools such as Microsoft Safety Scanner, Spybot Search and Destroy, Bitdefender Virus Scanner (also for macOS), Kaspersky Security Scan, Avira PC Cleaner, Malwarebytes, and others can parachute onto your system for extra support. There, they’ll troubleshoot problems and give your existing security tools a helping hand.

Microsoft Safety Scanner, an antivirus program that will help you remove malware.
On-demand scanners, like Microsoft Safety Scanner, will take another pass at your applications and files and likely get rid of any malware that’s particularly troublesome. David Nield for Popular Science

Another reason to use extra software is that whatever nasty code has taken root on your system might be stopping your regular security tools from working properly. It could even be blocking your access to the web. In the latter case, you should use another computer to download one of these on-demand programs onto a USB stick, then transfer the software over to the machine you’re having problems with.

[Related: How to safely find out what’s on a mysterious USB device]

All of the apps listed above will do a thorough job of scanning your computer and removing any malware they find. To make extra sure, you can always run scans from a couple of different tools. If your computer has been infected, these apps will most likely be able to spot the problem and deal with it, or at least give you further instructions.

Once your existing security tools and an on-demand scanner or two have given your system a clean bill of health, you’re probably (though not definitely) in the clear. That means that any continued errors or crashes could be due to other factors—anything from a badly installed update to a failing hard drive.

Delete apps and consider resetting your system

Once you’ve exhausted the security-software solutions, you still have a couple of other options. One possibility: Hunt through your installed apps and browser extensions and uninstall any you don’t recognize or need. The problem with this method is that you could accidentally delete a piece of software that turns out to be vital. So, if you go down this route, make sure to do extra research online to figure out whether or not the apps and add-ons you’re looking at seem trustworthy.

A more drastic—but extremely effective—course of action is to wipe your computer, reinstall your operating system, and start again from scratch. Although this will delete all your personal files, it should hopefully remove malware and other unwanted programs at the same time. Before you take this step, make sure all your important files and folders are backed up somewhere else, and ensure that you’ll be able to download all your applications again.

The options for reinstalling Windows 10.
Resetting and reinstalling your operating system is always an option, but it could erase your files along with any malware if you don’t prepare properly. David Nield for Popular Science

Reinstalling the operating system and getting your computer back to its factory condition is actually much easier than it used to be. We have our own guide for resetting Windows 10 and 11, and Apple has instructions for macOS. If you need more pointers, you can find plenty of extra information online.

That’s it! Through a combination of bespoke removal methods, existing security software, on-demand scanners, and (if necessary) a system wipe, you should now have effectively removed whatever malware had taken root on your system. At this point, if you’re still struggling, it’s time to call in the experts. IT repair specialists in your area may be able to lend a hand.

How to prevent future problems

Proactively protecting your computer against malware is a whole ‘nother story, but here’s a quick run-down of the basics. Be careful with the links and attachments you open and the files you allow on your computer. Remember that most viruses and malware will find their way to your computer through your email or web browser, so make sure you use some common sense and are cautious about what you click on and download. You should also take care to keep your online accounts safe and secure.

Next, install a solid security tool you can trust. For Windows 10 and 11, the built-in Windows Defender program is a competent antivirus tool even if you don’t add anything else. That said, you can opt to bolster your machine’s defenses by paying for extra software from the likes of Norton, Avast, and many others. While the number of shady programs targeting Apple computers is on the rise, they’re still more secure than Windows machines. The general consensus is that macOS is mostly safe from harm, provided you only install programs through the App Store and apply plenty of common sense. That means you should avoid following shady links or plugging in strange USB drives you’ve found lying in the street.

Finally, make sure your software is always patched and up to date. Most browsers and operating systems will update automatically in the background, but you can check for pending patches on Windows 10 by opening Settings and clicking Update & security (on Windows 11 it’s Settings > Windows Update). If you have a macOS computer, just open up the App Store and switch to the Updates tab to see if anything is available that you haven’t downloaded.

It’s difficult to give a prescriptive setup for every system and every user, but you should always remember that 100 percent effective protection is hard to guarantee. Always stay on your guard.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on May 17, 2017.

The post How to remove malware from your suffering computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Social media posts are better with music. Here’s how to add your favorite tunes. https://www.popsci.com/diy/share-music-on-social-media/ Fri, 19 May 2023 16:22:49 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542294
Seemingly happy person listening to music on earbuds
Share your musical taste with all of your followers. Oyemike Princewill / Unsplash

Spread some tunes out to your friends and family.

The post Social media posts are better with music. Here’s how to add your favorite tunes. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Seemingly happy person listening to music on earbuds
Share your musical taste with all of your followers. Oyemike Princewill / Unsplash

The era of recording mixtapes and burning CDs for friends and family has passed by, so you’ll have to get creative if you want to share the latest track or artist you’re excited about.

One of your options is social media. You can share music on Instagram or have your pick from the TikTok music selection with only a few taps.

Instagram

When it comes to how to add music to your Instagram stories, create a new one by tapping the + (plus) button on the home screen and switching to the Story option. Once you’ve grabbed your photo or video, tap the sticker icon, and choose Music. You can pick a tune from the For you tab, which includes songs Instagram thinks you might like, or you can search by theme by tapping the Browse tab. If you still can’t find the perfect tune for your post, you can always use the search bar at the top of the interface—just type in the name of the song or the artist.

[Related: Instagram explains why it’s feeding you specific suggested posts]

When you select a song, Instagram will add it to your story as a sticker, and down at the bottom of the screen, you’ll be able to scroll through the track to pick a snippet of up to 15 seconds. You can also tap on the song’s icon to get more options: select a different sticker style, remove it completely, or use the album art instead. Tap Done to post the story.

If you want to add music to an Instagram post on your main feed, you can do so by tapping Add music on the final screen before publishing. You get a similar option when making a reel—just tap Audio on the left before or after you record your clip. 

Yet another way to share music on Instagram is by posting a link to Spotify or YouTube, for example. In a Story, choose your image or video, tap the sticker icon, and choose Link. You can also just paste a URL in a direct message conversation if you want to go for something more private.

TikTok

To add music to TikTok, you can use the sharing tools that are built right into the app.  Start the process of creating a new video via the + (plus) button on the home screen, then tap Add sounds at the top.

The app will then take you to the music selection screen: Browse through the Recommended tab to find popular TikTok music suggested by the algorithm, or Favorites, where you’ll find the sounds you’ve tried in the past. Finally, if you want something completely new, you can tap the magnifying glass icon on the right and use the search box. When you tap on a track you’ll get a preview—if you’re OK with it, confirm your choice by tapping on the pink checkmark button, but if you want to make some edits, you can always hit the scissors icon.

Snapchat

Screenshot of Snapchat's music menu.
You can easily add music to your Snapchat post by hitting that musical note on the right of your screen. David Nield

Snapchat offers almost as many ways as Instagram for sharing music with friends and family. Let’s start with Snapchat stories. Tap the camera icon at the bottom of your screen to go into recording mode, and either before or after capturing an image or clip, tap the musical note symbol on the right.

You can browse through the music that Snapchat suggests (trending tracks and songs based on mood), as well as search for specific tunes via the box at the top. Tap on the small play button to preview a track, or on its title to add it to your story.

You can then drag across the song’s sound wave to pick a 10-second snippet to use. With that done, tap Next to post the image or video as a story or as a snap directly to one or more of your contacts.

BeReal

The BeReal music options aren’t as comprehensive as they are on some other social media apps, but the platform added Spotify and Apple Music integration to allow you to share whatever you’re listening to at the time you’re taking your BeReal photo.

Tap your profile picture (top right), select the three dots, and go to Audio to connect your account to your favorite music service. If something is playing on Spotify or Apple Music when you capture a BeReal photo, you’ll see an icon down in the lower right corner of the image. Tap it and pick Shared so your friends can see the track and artist, or Private so only you can see what was playing when you took that picture.

Facebook

Over time, Facebook has gradually picked up a lot of the same posting features as the more nimble social media apps. When it comes to how to add music to a Facebook story, for example, open the app and pick Create story. You can tap Music to overlay a song (and its lyrics, if you want) on top of a video or image, or tap Music on the first screen to create a story that’s just a song with its album art and a solid background.

[Related: You can now tell Facebook to stop feeding you posts you hate]

In both cases, you can search for specific tracks or pick one of the Facebook suggestions. After you add a song, tap on its icon on the right to pick which part of it to embed into your story, and change how the track details and lyrics display in your post.

Stories aren’t your only option. To add music to a Facebook post, for example, tap Music from the list of options that pop up underneath as you’re creating it. You can also link your Spotify and Facebook profiles so people can click through on: From the mobile app, tap your avatar on the left, then go to Edit profile, and next to Links choose Add. Continue by tapping  Add Social Link and then Spotify.

Twitter

We’re including Twitter for the sake of completeness, but (at the moment at least) there aren’t any dedicated options for embedding tunes into your tweets. 

The best way to share music on Twitter is to just paste in a link from somewhere else, whether you’re internally sending a message to one person or broadcasting a tweet to the world. If you’re sharing from Spotify, tap the three dots next to a song while on the app, then choose Share and Copy link.

The post Social media posts are better with music. Here’s how to add your favorite tunes. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 AI tools in Adobe Lightroom Classic to boost your photo editing https://www.popsci.com/diy/lightroom-ai-tools/ Wed, 17 May 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541627
Screenshot of photo editing in Adobe Lightroom Classic
Adobe Lightroom Classic will paint a selection red to mask it. David Nield

Let AI help you edit your photos like a pro.

The post 5 AI tools in Adobe Lightroom Classic to boost your photo editing appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of photo editing in Adobe Lightroom Classic
Adobe Lightroom Classic will paint a selection red to mask it. David Nield

Adobe has been building artificial intelligence into applications like Photoshop for several years now. But Lightroom Classic, another of the company’s image editing programs, also features AI tools to quickly improve the look of your photos.

Underpinning it all is Adobe’s mighty AI muscle, trained on huge libraries of stock and publicly available images to generate new pictures. This means Lightroom Classic knows what a sky or a person looks like in a photo, and can make changes accordingly.

1. Select Background, Subject, Sky, and Object

Lightroom Classic mainly uses AI to detect the outline of people and objects against the background. This gives the software the ability to automatically select elements inside a photo to remove or edit them separately, saving you from wasting your time making pixel-by-pixel selections.

[Related: How AI is helping you edit photos]

You can now use AI to pick out backgrounds, subjects, skies, and objects: Just click the Masking icon on the right (it looks like a circle inside a dash-lined square) and pick Subject, Sky, Background, or Objects. You’ll also be able to choose Brush for more precise control over where your selection goes.

The program will shade the new masked selection in red and you’ll be able to manipulate it as needed. For example, if you selected the sky, you’ll be able to tweak the brightness and contrast to make your photo appear sunnier. The Masks window, which will pop up on the right of your screen when you select something,  is where you can switch between your masks, create new ones, and delete them. Just click the three dots next to each item to see a full set of options.

2. Content-Aware Remove

In Lightroom Classic you can use AI to quickly remove objects from your image. Click the Healing tool (the bandage icon), and then the Content-Aware Remove tool (it looks like the eraser on a pencil). 

Use the sliders that pop up underneath the tool when you click it to change the size and opacity of the brush, and paint over the object you’d like to remove. Once you finish your selection, the program will get to work. Lightroom Classic automatically chooses which parts of the background to sample to replace the deleted object, but you can use Ctrl+click (Windows) or Cmd+click (macOS) to specify a particular area, such as a blue sky.

3. Curves

Another AI enhancement you’ll find in Lightroom Classic is the ability to tweak the curves on masks, bringing the application closer to Photoshop in terms of capabilities. With a mask already selected, open up the Curve panel on the right, and play around with the interface.

This works just like the Tone Curve tool, but it only applies to the area of the picture under the mask. Along the top of the panel you’ll see selectors for the red, green, and blue channels—use them for more precise adjustments.

4. Denoise

The Denoise tool removes graininess or unwanted variations in the tone or luminance of a picture while keeping the important details. The only caveat is that this feature only works on Bayer or X-Trans RAW images.

Choose PhotoEnhance, and then check the Denoise option so that the AI can work its magic. The slider underneath the tool’s icon lets you control how aggressive it is—you can check the preview panel on the left to see the difference before you commit any changes. When you’re happy with the level of denoising, click Enhance to confirm your choice.

5. Adaptive Presets

The presets in Adobe Lightroom Classic work like filters in that they let you easily apply a look or effect to an entire image. But Adaptive Presets use the power of AI to transform specific areas of a photo. 

[Related: 5 apps to edit photos right in your browser]

To find them, go to the Presets dialog box on the left and click on the small arrows right next to it to see the full list of Adaptive Presets. For example, you can select Storm Clouds to add a bit of drama to the sky or Enhance Eyes to highlight the peers in a portrait.

Open up the Masks window via Tools and Masking to see the mask that Lightroom Classic’s AI created to apply the effect. You can edit this mask as any other, allowing you to use the brush tool to change the outline of the selection the program has come up with, for example.

The post 5 AI tools in Adobe Lightroom Classic to boost your photo editing appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 AI-powered Photoshop tools to subtly—or dramatically—alter your images https://www.popsci.com/diy/ai-photoshop-tools/ Fri, 12 May 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=540792
A person typing on a laptop and editing on photoshop.
Photoshop's Sky Replacement tool lets your swap background of outdoor images to give them a different ambiance. Bram Naus / Stephen Leonardi / Unsplash

You can make full use of Photoshop's AI-powered image editing tools.

The post 5 AI-powered Photoshop tools to subtly—or dramatically—alter your images appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person typing on a laptop and editing on photoshop.
Photoshop's Sky Replacement tool lets your swap background of outdoor images to give them a different ambiance. Bram Naus / Stephen Leonardi / Unsplash

The swift rise of generative platforms such as ChatGPT and Dall-E mini has brought artificial intelligence to everyone’s attention in recent months. But programs such as Photoshop have been offering AI assistance of their own for quite some time now.

When it comes to Adobe’s image editing software, these capabilities are there to help select the outline of an object, fill in a picture’s background, or change the expression on someone’s face. Your AI-enhanced edits can be subtle or quite dramatic, and there’s plenty of room to experiment.

All of this machine-powered magic works in a similar way, no matter what Photoshop tool you’re using: developers have used vast amounts of stock and copyright-free images to train the program to be able to decide where a pixel should or shouldn’t go, or what color it should be.

Neural Filters

Filters typically work as an added, easily removable layer that manipulates the existing pixels in an image. But Photoshop’s Neural Filters take it up a notch by introducing new information into a photo. 

[Related: 10 free Photoshop and other alternative programs you need to try]

To use them, go to Filter in the main navigation bar and then click on Neural Filters. You’ll be able to choose from a wide range of actions, such as adding depth to your images and smoothing the skin on people’s faces. Each filter comes with its own set of options, so you can tweak them to make them more or less aggressive, depending on what you want your final photo to look like. You may notice some of the filters are still in beta. This means they’re works in progress, so keep that in mind if you use them, as the results might be less than perfect.

For example, click Smart Portrait and you’ll be able to use simple sliders to make people in the photo look happier, younger, or older, and even change the direction they’re looking in.

Intelligent Refine Edge

Selecting objects and picking them out from their background to edit them or remove them entirely used to be a painstaking task. Fortunately, it’s becoming easier thanks to Photoshop’s AI muscle. Select an object using the Quick Selection, Magic Wand, or Lasso tools, and pick Select and Mask on the toolbar to start refining.

Switch to Object Aware mode on the right menu to get Photoshop’s help in picking out edges, then use the Refine Edge Brush Tool to make cuts—select it by clicking the second icon from the top down in the left sidebar, or hitting the R key on your keyboard. It’s particularly good when you’re trying to trace around very faint edges, like someone’s hair.

Sky Replacement

The sky is a key element in many images and Photoshop has an AI tool dedicated to it, enabling you to change the weather, the mood, or the time of day.

Open an image, go to Edit, and then Sky Replacement to make alterations. You can drop in one of the program’s presets or load your own, as well as tweak the sky’s temperature and brightness, and make adjustments to the foreground to help it match the lighting.

Select Subject

Selecting an object in an image can be difficult, especially if its outline isn’t particularly clear. This is where Select Subject comes in. This tool uses AI processing to identify the main star of your photo (it can be a person, a tree, or a dog, for example) and automatically select it for you. Just go to Select and choose Subject to let Photoshop get to work. Even if it doesn’t pick out the subject exactly, it should give you a good starting point.

Content-Aware Fill

Photoshop can remove objects from your images using the information in it and a little AI magic to fill in the gaps. This tool doesn’t always get it perfectly, as the software doesn’t actually know what is behind the object you want to wipe out,  but the results can be impressive.

[Related: Photoshop’s new Super Resolution feature makes images bigger, not blurrier]

Select an object in your photo, go to Edit, and choose Content-Aware Fill. You’ll be able to refine your selection further and see a preview of how the fill is going to work. You can specify areas of the image Photoshop should use to fill in the background once it removes the object.

To do this even quicker trusting in Photoshop’s process and without any refinement options, select an object and press Shift+Backspace. Just make sure the Content-Aware option is selected in the dialog box that pops up, and click OK to apply the changes.

The post 5 AI-powered Photoshop tools to subtly—or dramatically—alter your images appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
14 crisp tips for your Apple TV box https://www.popsci.com/get-more-from-your-apple-tv/ Mon, 18 Mar 2019 22:03:56 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/get-more-from-your-apple-tv/
A black Apple TV 4K box on a black surface next to an Apple TV remote.
There's lots to explore with the Apple TV 4K. Omar Rodriguez / Unsplash

Use Apple's black box like an expert.

The post 14 crisp tips for your Apple TV box appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A black Apple TV 4K box on a black surface next to an Apple TV remote.
There's lots to explore with the Apple TV 4K. Omar Rodriguez / Unsplash

It might be hard to believe, but the Apple TV box—not the Apple TV app—has been with us since 2007. In that time, it’s gotten both smaller and smarter, and it has a few tricks up its sleeve that you might not know about.

While the Apple TV is designed to make it easy for you to sit back, relax, and get to your entertainment as quickly as possible, you can improve your viewing experience by digging into some of the settings and hardware features. Note that these tips work with all generations of the Apple TV 4K, whether you have the latest version and its Siri Remote (with a circular clickpad), or the older model and its Touch Remote.

1. Rearrange your home screen

There’s no need to settle for the default Apple TV app layout. As you add apps, you can move them around to access your favorites more easily. Using the top half of your Touch Remote or the clickpad on the Siri Remote, tap and hold on any app to move the icon somewhere else on screen. Tap again to confirm.

To delete an app from the home screen entirely, tap and hold on it, press Play/Pause, and select Delete to remove it. As on iOS, you can create folders too: press Play/Pause and choose New Folder to create one, and you’ll be able to drag app icons into it. To remove them, drag them out of the folder.

There are more options for changing your home screen’s appearance on the General menu within Settings, including switching between a light and a dark interface mode and choosing from a list of available screensavers.

2. Tame your notifications

If you install apps that support notifications—like the Apple TV app, which will alert you to new shows—you’ll see badges on the app icons when there’s a new alert. If you’d rather not have the extra clutter, go to Settings and open up Notifications, where you can turn these badges on or off for each app.

3. Make full use of the remote

The Touch Remote or Siri Remote that Apple bundles with its TV is more clever than it looks. With the right combination of flicks and gestures, you can reveal several hidden menus and screens, particularly within Apple’s own apps.

You can double-tap the Home button (which looks like a big TV display) to show all of your recent apps. Within an app, if you slide a finger left or right on the touch-sensitive top half of the Touch Remote or tap the left or right side of the clickpad ring on the Siri Remote, you’ll go backward or forward in videos and audio tracks.

A downward swipe (Touch Remote) or a tap on the bottom part of the clickpad ring (Siri Remote) brings up more options while you’re watching something. The options vary by app, but in the Netflix app, for example, it will bring up the subtitle and audio options.

If you find your remote too sensitive, or not sensitive enough, head to the Settings app, then choose Remotes and Devices to adjust it. You can check on the remote’s battery level at the same time.

4. Control the Apple TV 4K with your iPhone

The options for using your iPhone as an Apple TV remote.
You might want to bump the Apple TV remote function to the top of your iPhone’s Control Center for easy access. David Nield for Popular Science

You can use your iPhone to control your Apple TV 4K, and you may find that easier than the device’s remote. Setting this up is as simple as opening the Control Center (swipe down from the top right corner of your phone’s screen), then tapping on the remote button (which looks like your Apple TV 4K remote). If you can’t see the button, open iOS Settings and choose Control Center to add and position it.

[Related: All the ways to customize your iPhone lock screen]

5. Get info on your screensavers

The Apple TV 4K has some of the most gorgeous screensavers in the business. If you find yourself particularly taken with a scene and want to know where in the world it is, lightly touch the top half of the Touch Remote or the clickpad on the Siri Remote (without actually clicking) to see the location.

6. Add more users

You don’t necessarily want family members or housemates ruining your Disney Plus recommendations list or checking out your photos and videos, which is why the Apple TV 4K supports multiple user accounts. From Settings, pick Users and Accounts, then Add New User. This new user will need their own Apple ID, which grants them access to all their apps and services. You can swap between users from the same screen, or by pressing and holding the Home button (with the TV display icon on it).

7. Check how much space apps are using

The interface for checking how much space apps are using on an Apple TV, with app size and a trash can icon next to each for quick removal.
Those trash cans are for quick deletion. David Nield for Popular Science

You get a certain amount of on-board storage with the Apple TV 4K, but all those high-resolution movies can quickly eat up precious space, and you don’t want to run out of room. If you need to free up some storage, you can see which installed apps are the biggest data hogs by going to Settings and choosing General, followed by Manage Storage.

The next screen will show all the apps on your Apple TV 4K, with the bulkiest (perhaps a game of some sort) at the top. Handily enough, there’s a trash can right by each entry on the list—tap this icon once to delete the app and free up some space. The Apple TV 4K remembers your app purchases, so you can always download them again.

8. Do more with Bluetooth devices

Your Apple TV 4K has Bluetooth, so make the most of it. You might already know you can boost the audio capabilities of your box with Bluetooth speakers or your own headphones, but you can connect other devices as well. Up to two Bluetooth devices can be connected to your Apple TV 4K at any one time.

For example, tvOS now supports Bluetooth keyboards, which means you can save yourself the hassle of typing out movie titles and search requests—just swap the Touch Remote or Siri Remote for a keyboard.

Or, add an MFi Bluetooth game controller to give yourself more intuitive control over your big-screen games. From the Settings app, head to Remotes and Devices, then choose Bluetooth to pair devices or to remove one device and make room for another.

9. Make your Apple TV kid-friendly

The content restrictions for kids on an Apple TV.
Parental controls can help ensure your kids only watch age-appropriate content. David Nield for Popular Science

The Apple TV can entertain kids of all ages, but you don’t necessarily want your youngsters to access all available material or start spending your money on in-app purchases.

[Related: How to set parental controls on any phone or tablet]

That’s where the Restrictions menu under General inside Settings proves very useful. Turn restrictions on, and you can stop new purchases and rentals from being bought (helpful if your toddlers don’t know what they’re doing) and disable in-app purchases too. You can also block music, podcasts, TV shows, and movies by rating, as long as the content is correctly labeled.

On top of that, you can disable multiplayer gaming, screen recording, and even explicit language in Siri’s responses. All of these blocks and limits are protected by a PIN code, which must be entered to turn them off again.

10. Check your video resolution

Your Apple TV 4K can output video in 4K resolution—as long as the app and television you’re using both support it. When it comes to your TV, you can check its capabilities by going to Video and Audio in Settings and choosing Check HDMI Connection. From the same screen, choose Format to pick the video resolution you want the box to use wherever possible.

11. Load any kind of content on your Apple TV

It’s not always easy getting content up on your Apple TV. Watching Apple TV movies or Netflix shows is easy enough, but if there’s not an appropriate app for the media you want to view, it can be tricky to stream it over to the box. Certain apps can be a big help here, specifically Plex, which will stream audio, video, and photos from any computer on the same network straight to your Apple TV.

Just install Plex on your computer and install the Plex app on your Apple TV to get started. If you need a little more help, Plex has more information about setting up the app. VLC Media Player is also worth a mention here, as it’s one of the most versatile media players for computers and phones. On the Apple TV, it provides support for streaming almost anything from your local network.

12. Calibrate your TV picture

The interface for adjusting an Apple TV 4K's color balance on an iPhone.
Tweak the color balance on your Apple TV 4K using your iPhone. David Nield for Popular Science

The Apple TV 4K offers a rather smart color calibration feature, which you can use if you also have an iPhone. From Settings, choose Video and Audio, then Color Balance, and follow the instructions on screen. Note that you’ll need to turn your iPhone toward your TV to monitor and adjust the balance of colors. When the calibration is done, which only takes a few seconds, you’ll have the option to accept the new settings or go back to the original calibration.

13. Get help from Siri

Siri is available on the Apple TV, so make use of the voice-controlled assistant by pressing and holding on the Siri (microphone) button on the remote—it’s on the front on the Touch Remote and on the side on the Siri Remote.

Try asking, “What’s the weather forecast?” or saying, “Show me comedy movies from the 90s” (or whatever genre you’d prefer). The best part is, Siri’s results pop up at the bottom of the screen most of the time, so they won’t interrupt what you’re doing.

When watching movies and shows, you can say, “Forward 10 minutes” to jump around, or ask, “Who stars in this?” to get a list of cast members to appear on screen. Another good vocal trick is asking, “What did he (or she, or they) just say?” This prompts Siri to rewind whatever you’re watching by 15 seconds and temporarily turn subtitles on. Meanwhile, saying, “Reduce loud sounds” can make it easier to hear dialogue.

14. Use picture-in-picture

Anything beamed to your Apple TV 4K via AirPlay or played through the Apple TV app supports picture in picture: To enable it, swipe down on the Touch Remote or tap the bottom of the clickpad ring on the Siri Remote to bring up the playback controls, then pick the picture-in-picture button (it looks like two rectangles with an arrow between them).

This will shrink the current video down to the corner of your screen, and you can open up a different video in any app you like. To switch between the main window and the picture-in-picture window, tap the Home button (the TV symbol)—when you’re in the smaller window, you’ll get options for changing its position on screen, and going back to the full screen mode.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 22, 2017.

The post 14 crisp tips for your Apple TV box appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to make a QR code and share digital data with anyone, anywhere https://www.popsci.com/technology/how-to-make-a-qr-code/ Thu, 27 May 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368297
A hand holding a phone and scanning a QR code from a tablet.
Creating QR codes can help people discover new things from the comfort of their own devices. Proxyclick Visitor Management System / Unsplash

A DIY QR code can ensure you never have to spell out your WiFi password again.

The post How to make a QR code and share digital data with anyone, anywhere appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A hand holding a phone and scanning a QR code from a tablet.
Creating QR codes can help people discover new things from the comfort of their own devices. Proxyclick Visitor Management System / Unsplash

Quick Response (QR) codes were popular before the COVID-19 pandemic, but now they’re everywhere, from restaurant menus to billboards. These square codes are quick and easy to use, and anyone can scan them on their mobile device using its built-in camera, no special app or update necessary. 

If you’ve ever wondered how to make a QR code, know that it doesn’t require any great degree of technical know-how or a huge amount of time. You just need the right app and the content you want to encode.

How to make a QR code

Plenty of apps for computers and mobile devices will happily create a QR code for you. There are no major differences between most, so it doesn’t matter too much which one you choose. QR codes don’t expire, either, so you and anyone else will be able to use them as long as the underlying data still exists.

QR Code Monkey

QR Code Monkey is one of the slickest and most versatile options we’ve come across, supporting these patterns for websites, social media profiles, email addresses, WiFi codes, app store links, and more. 

1. To get started, use the navigation bar at the top of the interface to choose the type of content you want to embed into your QR code. You can choose a link (URL), contact information (VCard), or a Twitter account (Twitter), for example.

2. Put your data in the Enter content section

3. Click Create QR Code on the right sidebar to generate the graphic.

4. (Optional) Customize your code using one or all of the options below.

  • Click on the Set colors option to change the hues of the QR code. You’ll have to click Create QR Code to see any changes you apply. 
  • Go to the Add logo image section to put a company logo in the center of the QR code. This won’t affect the pattern’s readability. Use the slider underneath your DIY QR code on the right to choose how big the finished graphic will be.
  • Tweak the look of the barcode under the Customize design heading. 

5. Finish by clicking Download PNG to save it to your disk. You can then use the code wherever you like, for free.

[Related: QR codes are everywhere now. Here’s how to use them.]

QRbot

Available for Android and iOS, QRbot is lightweight and simple to use. The app does double duty as an advanced scanner, and creating QR codes with it is simple.

1. Tap Create at the top of your screen and choose the type of QR code you want to make. 

2. The app will prompt you to add the required information like the website URL or contact details. 

3. Tap the checkmark in the top right corner of your screen and your QR code will appear. 

4. Tap PNG to save or share the code using the apps you already have on your device. 

This QR code generator is free to use, though you can pay a one-time $6 fee to remove ads inside the app and get extra features like an unlimited number of QR code scans.

Google Chrome

If you use Google’s browser on a computer, creating QR codes might be easier than you think. 

1. Visit the webpage you’d like to embed into your QR code. 

2. On the far right of the navigation bar, hit the Share button—it looks like a square with an upward arrow coming out of it. 

3. On the emerging menu, choose Create QR code.

4. Chrome will automatically generate a QR code for you, which you can save as a PNG file when you hit Download.

On mobile, the process is similar:

1. Open the Google Chrome app and go to the webpage you want to link with your QR code.

2. On Android devices, tap the three-dot menu in the top right corner of the screen and tap Share. On iPhones and iPads, tap the Share button (square with an upward arrow coming out of it) in the right of the address bar. 

3. Select QR Code (Android) or Create a QR Code (iOS). 

4. On Android, tap Download on the emerging window to save the code to your device. On iOS, tap Share and decide what you want to do with it. To download it to your iPhone or iPad, choose Save Image.

Chrome’s QR code generator is free and easy to use, but gives you little in terms of customization. If you create the code on an Android device or a computer, it will always have the Chrome dinosaur in the middle, but you can avoid that by using an Apple mobile device instead.

Other QR code generators to try

For serious commercial uses, you can find more advanced QR code makers, like QR Code Generator. You can use this platform for free or unlock advanced graphic design features and analytics starting at $29 a month. This might be a steep price to pay, but it might make sense if you’re running a highly digitized business.

You can also try The QR Code Generator, which has nearly the same name as the one we just mentioned. You can easily access this free platform from your browser, and you can start creating QR codes from the get-go. To enjoy features like the ability to add logos, make simpler patterns, or generate dynamic QR codes, you’ll have to create an account. But if you have basic needs, this site is intuitive and provides everything you’ll need.  

What you can do with QR codes

QR codes can store around 4,000 characters of text, which can be a plain message, a link to a website, a file to download, or pretty much any other information you can think of. You’re probably most familiar with their ability to store website URLs, whether that’s a portal to a company website on an advertisement or a shortcut to a bar’s drinks list.

[Related: How to easily share Wi-Fi passwords]

But these patterns can do more than that. You could, for example, encode your contact details within a QR code and print it on your business card. That way, every time someone scans it, your information will pop up in their default contacts app, ready to be saved.

Or if you’re running a live gig venue, you could have a QR code printed on the bottom of posters and flyers to direct people to the website where they can buy tickets.

On a more simple level, you might want to create a QR code with your home WiFi network’s login details. Guests could scan the code and immediately hop online without any need to search for a network name or type in a password.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on May 27, 2021. 

The post How to make a QR code and share digital data with anyone, anywhere appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
3 ways to prevent ChatGPT from using you as training data https://www.popsci.com/diy/chatgpt-privacy-tips/ Sat, 06 May 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=539427
Screen showing the ChatGPT welcome screen
ChatGPT might reply like a human, but the you should never give the chatbot sensitive information. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

Control how your data is being used.

The post 3 ways to prevent ChatGPT from using you as training data appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screen showing the ChatGPT welcome screen
ChatGPT might reply like a human, but the you should never give the chatbot sensitive information. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

It’s a sign of the times that most new technology brings with it new privacy and security issues, and OpenAI’s ChatGPT is no exception. The text generator is truly impressive (at least to some), but it also raises questions about how it collects and processes our data.

ChatGPT’s developers trained the large language model on vast amounts of publicly available text on the web. But the chatbot also uses your conversations with it to learn, so if you want to protect your privacy, you’ll need to know what your options are. 

Activate incognito mode on ChatGPT

By default, OpenAI will use the messages you send to ChatGPT to “train and improve” its models. But users have the power to stop this from happening by using the platforms’ incognito mode. To activate it, open ChatGPT in your browser, click your username on the left, go to Settings, and next to Data Controls click Show. Once there, turn off the Chat History & Training toggle switch. 

From that point on, every time you close the browser tab, your conversation log with ChatGPT will disappear from your account. But that doesn’t mean it’s entirely gone—behind the scenes OpenAI hangs on to your chat history for 30 days to “monitor for abuse” before permanently deleting it.

Back on the Data Controls menu, there’s an Export data option. This won’t affect how OpenAI uses your information or delete what it has already collected, but it gives you a better idea of what OpenAI has on you. It might include chats you haven’t erased and the feedback you’ve given to ChatGPT’s responses. 

If there’s anything in there you’re not comfortable with, you can manually wipe your chat history. Back on the ChatGPT interface, click your username and then Clear conversations to get rid of your entire log all at once, or click the trash can icon next to any specific chat to wipe it out. ChatGPT won’t be able to use deleted conversations for training, but depending on how long your chat history has been there, the chatbot might have gotten to it before you did. To prevent that from happening in the future, or just in case someone gets access to your computer and wants to take a peek at your conversations, it’s a good idea to tidy your chat log up every now and again.

Finally, if you no longer want to talk to ChatGPT, you always have the option to delete your account, which you can do from the Data Controls panel.

Be careful with what you tell ChatGPT

ChatGPT may output text in a natural and life-like way, but don’t go trusting it as a friend or advisor. The platform’s official support documentation tells users not to share any sensitive information with the chatbot—and that’s not least because it’s difficult to be sure exactly how your data will be used and analyzed later.

The chatbot’s privacy policy says OpenAI logs data such as your conversations and the features you engage with, and may share “aggregated information” such as user statistics with third parties. As a response to legal requests from law enforcement, for example, the company may also share users’ personal information, such as email addresses and location data, with “affiliates.” But the document is vague and doesn’t specify who these affiliates might be exactly. 

Screenshot of the form you need to fill out if you don't want ChatGPT from learning about you.
You have no control over what ChatGPT learns about you, but you can try and stop it from learning about you altogether. David Nield

It’s a standard privacy policy, but the rule is clearly the same as with most platforms online: the less you’re sharing about yourself, the better. That won’t only protect you from questionable privacy practices OpenAI might have in the future, but also from bugs and hacks. For example, a recent ChatGPT outage resulted in people seeing titles from other active user’s chat history

If there’s public information about you on the internet, ChatGPT might be able to tell other users about you—and if that’s not scary enough, think about what could happen if it gets things wrong. If you want to correct inaccuracies or just stop ChatGPT from learning about you, you can fill out this form or get in touch with OpenAI via dsar@openai.com. You can learn more about the data ChatGPT is trained on in the platform’s support page.

Be extra cautious with ChatGPT third-party apps

We’ve covered what you need to know when using the ChatGPT platform, but that’s not the only place you’ll run into the chatbot. This tool is popping up all over the place as OpenAI is allowing third-party apps and plug-ins to build on top of it. And if you’re using any of them, then there’s a whole new set of privacy and security issues you’ll need to think about.

When it comes to using an app or browser extension built on top of ChatGPT, you’ll need to apply the same caution you would with any other third party tool: check the permissions it requires, read through the privacy policy and terms and conditions, and find out about any associated costs, whether it’s subscription fees or in-app payments. 

As soon as something becomes as popular as ChatGPT, scammers and hackers also want in on it, so we’d also recommend researching the background of the developer behind any ChatGPT tool you use. 

The most trustworthy apps will have privacy and security settings of their own you can configure. When it comes to the ChatGPT-powered Bing AI chatbot run by Microsoft, for example, click the three horizontal lines in the top right corner of the Bing interface, then choose Search history to see the chats that you’ve had with the AI and to clear these results if needed.

The post 3 ways to prevent ChatGPT from using you as training data appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Make sure your computer isn’t downloading stuff you don’t want https://www.popsci.com/stop-laptop-installing-software/ Sun, 01 Aug 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/stop-laptop-installing-software/
A person using a white MacBook laptop on a white table, maybe figuring out how to remove bloatware.
Take control over what gets installed on your laptop. Tyler Franta / Unsplash

Don't compromise the security of your system or the safety of your data.

The post Make sure your computer isn’t downloading stuff you don’t want appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using a white MacBook laptop on a white table, maybe figuring out how to remove bloatware.
Take control over what gets installed on your laptop. Tyler Franta / Unsplash

The fewer applications you’ve got on your laptop or desktop, the better—it means more room for the apps you actually use, less strain on your computer, and fewer potential security holes to worry about.

Taking some time to remove bloatware—pre-installed programs you don’t want on your device—is only the first step. After that’s done, it’s important to ensure your computer doesn’t get cluttered up with unwanted software in the future. Once these two tasks are completed, you should find your cleaner, more lightweight operating system runs a whole lot smoother.

Banish the bloatware

A list of Windows 10 apps inside the operating system's apps and features menu, some of which may be bloatware.
Figuring out how to remove bloatware on Windows 10 is as easy as finding the program and clicking a button. David Nield for Popular Science

Your shiny new laptop might already be weighed down by unnecessary applications. These are called bloatware, and to expand on the brief definition we offered above, they’re basically the laptop manufacturer’s attempts to push its own services. Some can be useful, but you don’t have to keep them around if you don’t want to.

On Windows, click the Settings cog icon on the Start menu, then choose Apps. Next, click Installed apps (Windows 11) or Apps & features (Windows 10) to see a list of all the applications on your system. Removal is easy: on Windows 11 click the three dots to the right of an app’s name and pick Uninstall; on Windows 10 just select any one and hit Uninstall. Most programs can be erased this way, though some can’t be removed.

Bloatware is less of a problem on macOS devices, but you might not want to keep all of the programs Apple includes. You’ve got a few different options when it comes to uninstalling programs from macOS.

You could open up the Applications folder in Finder, and then drag the app icon down to Trash to remove it from your system. Alternatively, open Launchpad from the Dock or the Applications folder, click and hold on an app icon until it starts shaking, then tap the little X icon that appears on it.

Be careful with installers

The setup process in the installer for CCleaner Business Edition.
Tread carefully through software installation routines. David Nield for Popular Science

Plenty of programs will attempt to install extra software while you’re working your way through the initial setup process. Not only will this add extra clutter to your system, it can also be risky from a security perspective—you’re granting access to apps you haven’t fully vetted.

The only way to really guard against this is to pay attention as you install new software, and don’t zone out while clicking the “next” buttons until you’ve reached the end. Watch out for boxes that are checked by default and effectively give permission for the program to install extra software.

[Related: Questions to ask when you’re trying to decide on a new app or service]

You should also be careful about the software developers you trust to install applications on your laptop. There are many honest and reputable smaller developers out there, but always do diligent research before downloading and installing something new: check the history of the developer, and read reviews of the app from existing users.

To be on the safe side, limit yourself to installing apps from the official Microsoft and Apple stores whenever possible—these programs have been vetted, and shouldn’t attempt to install anything extra. On Windows, choose Microsoft Store from the Start menu; on macOS, click the App Store icon in the Dock.

Lock down your browser

The installation process for Dropbox for Gmail extension in a Google Chrome browser.
Check the permissions given to extensions in your browser. David Nield for Popular Science

Your browser is your laptop’s window to the web, so you’ll want to make sure it’s shored up against apps and extensions that surreptitiously install themselves. Keeping your browser updated is the first step, but thankfully modern browsers take care of that automatically (so long as you close all your tabs and restart the browser every once in a while).

Avoid agreeing to install any add-ons or plug-ins you don’t immediately recognize as programs you opted to download. If you’re in any doubt, navigate away from the page you’re on or close the tab.

Watch out for extra toolbars appearing in your browser, or browser settings (like the default search engine) changing without warning—you can always head to the extensions settings page in your browser to remove add-ons you’re not sure about.

When you install a new extension in your browser, you’ll get a pop-up explaining the permissions it has—the data it can see, and the changes it can make to your system. Don’t install any extras on top of your browser without double-checking the developers behind them and reading reviews left by current users.

Practice good security

The app and browser control settings screen on Windows 10, for security.
Windows has a built-in feature guarding against unwanted installations. David Nield for Popular Science

To maximize your protection against applications that would install themselves without your permission, we recommend installing an antivirus package whether you’re on Windows or macOS—you can find a variety of independent reports online to point you towards the best choices. These packages typically include dedicated tools that watch for unexpected software installations.

If you’re on Windows, you can make use of the built-in Windows Defender software that comes with the operating system and specifically checks for the installation of authorized apps. On Windows 11, open Settings, click Privacy & security, then Windows Security, Open Windows Security, and App & browser control to make sure the feature is enabled. If you’re still using Windows 10, open Settings, then click Update & Security, Windows Security, and App & browser control.

[Related: How to make sure no one is spying on your computer]

Be very careful when installing anything you’ve found on the web. Double-check you’re accessing it from a trusted website—in the case of Office 365, for example, download it straight from Microsoft rather than a third-party website. If you are downloading applications from the internet, make sure the file you’ve got matches what you thought you were getting.

The same goes for email attachments or links sent over social media—know the warning signs of phishing and other email-based attacks. If someone sends you something you weren’t expecting, whether it’s a document or a download, check the email address (the account may have your brother’s name, but if the email address is unfamiliar, step away) before opening anything.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on February 27, 2019.

The post Make sure your computer isn’t downloading stuff you don’t want appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Stop and ask these 5 security questions before installing any app https://www.popsci.com/diy/app-security-questions/ Tue, 02 May 2023 12:23:31 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=538260
A person holding an iPhone with a number of apps on its home screen. We hope they asked these security questions before installing them.
Be selective about what goes on your phone or laptop. Onur Binay / Unsplash

These simple checks will help keep your devices safe from bad apps and bad actors.

The post Stop and ask these 5 security questions before installing any app appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding an iPhone with a number of apps on its home screen. We hope they asked these security questions before installing them.
Be selective about what goes on your phone or laptop. Onur Binay / Unsplash

There’s a wealth of software available for Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS—but not all of it has been developed with the best intentions. There are apps out there that have been built to steal your data, corrupt your files, spy on your digital activities, and surreptitiously squeeze money out of you.

The good news is that a few smart questions can steer you away from the shady stuff and toward apps you can trust and rely on. If you’re not sure about a particular piece of software for your phone or computer, running through this simple checklist should help you spot the biggest red flags.

1. How old is the app?

Wherever you’re downloading an app from, there should be a mention of when it was last updated. On the Google Play Store on Android devices, for example, you can tap About this app on any listing to see when it was last updated, and what that update included. On iOS, tap Version History.

Old software that hasn’t been updated in the last year or so isn’t necessarily bad, but be wary of it: It’s less likely to work with the latest version of whatever operating system you’re on, and it’s more likely to have security vulnerabilities that can be exploited by bad actors (because it’s hasn’t been patched against the latest threats).

Don’t automatically trust brand new software either. An app may have been rushed out to cash in on a trend (whether it’s Wordle clones or ChatGPT extensions), and these types of apps are built to make money rather than offer a good user experience or respect your privacy. It may be worth just waiting until you’ve seen some reviews of the app in question.

The app info for an Android app on the Google Play store.
Look out for when the last app update was. David Nield for Popular Science

2. What are other people saying?

That brings us neatly to user reviews, which can be a handy way of gauging an app’s quality. It’s easy to use the dedicated reviews sections in official app stores to see what other people think of the software, but in other scenarios (like downloading a Windows program from the web) you can do a quick web search for the name of the app.

Be sure to check several reviews rather than just relying on one or two, and look for running themes over isolated incidents (the customer isn’t necessarily always right). See what users are saying about bugs and crashes, for example, and how any requests for support have been handled.

[Related: What to do when your apps keep crashing]

Reviews can be faked of course, even in large numbers. Don’t be too trusting of very short and very positive reviews, or reviews left by people with usernames that are generic or look like they might have been created by a bot. Place most faith in longer, more detailed reviews that sound like they’ve been written by someone who’s actually used the software in question.

3. Can you trust the developer?

It doesn’t hurt to run a background check on the person or company that made the software, and the developer’s name should be shown quite prominently on the app listing or the webpage you’re downloading from. Clearly if it’s a well-known name, like Adobe or Google, it’s a piece of software you can rely on.

If you’re on Android or iOS, you can tap the developer name on an app listing to see other apps from the same developer. If they’ve made several apps that all have high ratings, that’s positive. Developer responses to user reviews are a good sign as well, showing that whoever is behind the software is invested in it.

Checking up on the developer of an app that you’re downloading from the wilds of the web isn’t quite as straightforward, but a quick web search for their name should give you some pointers. Developers without any online or social media presence, for instance, should be treated with caution.

4. How much does it cost?

Pay particular attention to how much an app costs, both in terms of up-front fees and ongoing payments: These details are listed on app pages on Android and iOS, and should be fairly straightforward to find on other platforms too. You don’t want an app that’s going to extort money out of you, but you also need to figure out how the costs of development are being supported.

Like the other questions here, there are no hard and fast rules, but if an app is completely free it’s most likely supported through data collection and advertising—this is true from the biggest names in tech, like Facebook and Google, to the smallest independent developers. Freemium models are common too, where some features might be locked behind a paywall.

[Related on PopSci+: You have the power to protect your data. Own it.]

If you get as far as installing an app, go through the opening splash screens very carefully, and pay attention to the terms and conditions. Watch out for any free trials you might be signing up for,that could be charging your credit card unexpectedly in a month’s time (even if you’ve uninstalled the app).

The in-app pricing list for Bumble.
Check the app list for any in-app payments. David Nield for Popular Science

5. Which permissions does it need?

If you’re installing an app through an official app store, you should see a list of the permissions it requires, such as access to your camera and microphone. You’ll also get prompts on your phone or laptop when these permissions are requested. Be on the lookout for permissions that seem unreasonable or don’t make sense, as they could indicate a piece of software that’s less trustworthy.

Ideally, apps should explain to you why they need the permissions they do. Access to your contacts, for example, can be used to easily share files with friends and family, rather than to pull any personal data from them. It’s not an exact science, but it’s another way of assessing whether or not you want to install a particular program.

You can change app permissions after they’ve been installed, too, and you should check in on these every once in a while because settings may change as developers update their app. We’ve written guides to the process for Windows and macOS, and for Android and iOS. If you do think that a piece of software is reaching further than it should do in terms of permissions, you can block off its access to them rather than removing it.

The post Stop and ask these 5 security questions before installing any app appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
4 ways to protect your Google search history https://www.popsci.com/diy/protect-google-search-history/ Thu, 01 Jul 2021 14:27:25 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=376706
A person using a laptop computer with Google on the screen.
We can't protect you from someone looking over your shoulder, though. Benjamin Dada / Unsplash

Consider protecting your search data with a password.

The post 4 ways to protect your Google search history appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using a laptop computer with Google on the screen.
We can't protect you from someone looking over your shoulder, though. Benjamin Dada / Unsplash

Google has become so synonymous with search that the company’s name has found its way into the dictionary as a verb—and that means your Google search history can reveal a lot about your life. If someone manages to gain access to that treasure trove of information, they could learn about everything from the medical conditions you’ve been worried about to where you’ve been on your vacations.

With so much sensitive data involved, you should make sure that your search history is safe from prying eyes. There are ways to make extra-sure that no outsiders can get a glimpse at what you’ve been looking for, and to block Google itself from knowing anything about your online queries.

Put a password on your Google search history

The Google search history password option inside the Google account settings.
Use extra verification on computers that other people have easy access to. David Nield for Popular Science

Your Google account is protected by both a password and two-factor authentication if you’ve switched that on (we recommend you do). That should minimize the risk of anyone else being able to log in and take a peek at what you’ve been searching for, but you can do more.

If you’re on a computer where you’re regularly logged into Google, your browser has your password saved, and other people (maybe housemates or colleagues) are likely to be wandering past, you might feel like an additional layer of security is required. Or maybe you’re just very private and security-conscious.

For these situations, Google has created an extra password step just for your search history. Even if someone makes it to your Google account page, they’ll need your password to enter the search history section.

You can enable this by going to your Google account page, and choosing Data & privacy from the options on the left. Scroll down to the History settings box, click Web & App Activity, and then hit Manage all Web & App Activity at the bottom of the page. Finally, click Manage My Activity verification, fill in the bubble next to Require extra verification, and hit Save.

Automatically delete your Google searches

The options to automatically delete your Google search history.
Google can clean up your search history after a set period of time. David Nield for Popular Science

Google will automatically clean up your search history, if you want it to. Go to your Google account page, click Data & privacy, find the History settings heading, and click Web & App Activity to open the Activity Controls page. There, find the Auto-delete section and click the time period underneath to open a dialog box full of customization options. Use the dropdown menu to tell Google to automatically delete search history data older than three, 18, or 36 months.

Back on the Activity Controls page, if you choose Manage all Web & App Activity instead of opening the auto-delete options, you can manually wipe everything you’ve ever searched for, or just some of it. Use the search and filter options to look for something specific, and either the Delete box directly under the search bar or the X buttons next to individual entries to get rid of what you want to erase.

[Related: How to purge all of your search histories]

You can also use the Activity Controls page to just tell Google to stop tracking your activity altogether. To do so, find the Web & App Activity heading and click Turn off. Then hit Pause, followed by Got it to confirm that this is actually what you want to do. This will remain off until you decide to turn it back on. For a clean slate, click Manage all Web & App Activity at the bottom of the page to see your activity, then hit Delete and All time to erase everything, or use whatever other options suit you.

Avoid Google entirely

The opening screen of Google's incognito mode.
Incognito mode keeps no record of your searches. David Nield for Popular Science

Another way to keep your Google search history private is not to allow Google to track it in the first place. If you open an incognito or private window in your browser of choice before visiting Google and running your search, it won’t be recorded. As soon as you close the window, the browser (and Google) will forget the query ever happened.

In Google Chrome, for example, click the three dots in the top right-hand corner of the browser interface and choose New Incognito Window from the menu that appears. In Microsoft Edge, click the three dots (top right) then New InPrivate window; in Firefox, click the three lines (top right), then New private window; and in Safari you can click File and New Private Window.

When you start off in an incognito or private browser window, you won’t be signed into any of your accounts, including your Google one. Make sure you don’t sign into Google during the browsing session though—otherwise Google will log your search requests as normal, even if you’re using a private browsing mode.

You also have the option to run your web searches elsewhere: You can pick from Microsoft’s Bing or the privacy-focused DuckDuckGo, for instance. The developers behind the browser Brave have also launched a search engine you can try, and it won’t track you or anything you’re searching for.

Manage your browsing history and syncing

The options for clearing your Google browsing history data.
Your web browser has history clean-up options of its own. David Nield for Popular Science

If you use Chrome while signed into your Google account, everything you search for on Google will be saved to the browser and your Google account. If you’ve turned off tracking in your Google account, your search history will still appear in Chrome. These lists of queries are one and the same, though the information might be presented slightly differently. You can see your history in Chrome by clicking the three dots (top right), choosing History, then History again.

This setup also means you can delete your history from your browser as well as your Google account page. From the History screen, you can select individual entries and then choose Delete, or click Clear browsing data on the left for some more comprehensive options. Select Browsing history and the time period you want to cover, then select Clear data.

[Related: How to clear your web history in any browser]

At the bottom of the dialog, you’ll see whether or not you’re signed into Google. If you want to clear the history in the local Chrome browser without affecting the history records in your Google account, you’ll need to sign out of Google first to break the sync—then repeat the steps we’ve outlined above.

If you’re using a browser other than Chrome, you’ll have two separate search and browsing histories to think about: the one stored by Google and the one stored by your browser (unless you’re using private mode for all your searches). Safari, Edge, and Firefox all have options for clearing the history logged in your browser, across whatever time period you like, but you need to remember to run these wipes regularly.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on July 1, 2021.

The post 4 ways to protect your Google search history appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 apps to organize your next group outing https://www.popsci.com/diy/group-trip-planning-apps/ Fri, 28 Apr 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=537444
Three people standing on a high rock, looking at a beach downhill.
Skip all the boring parts of putting together a group trip and go straight to the fun. Tron Le / Unsplash

These apps help you collectively organize bookings, sightseeings, and even spending.

The post 5 apps to organize your next group outing appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Three people standing on a high rock, looking at a beach downhill.
Skip all the boring parts of putting together a group trip and go straight to the fun. Tron Le / Unsplash

There’s a lot to like about going on trips as a group—the shared experiences, the socializing, the deepening of friendships, the support and help when you need it. But it’s not without its problems either.

At the planning stage, trying to make sure everyone’s voice is heard and everyone’s ideas are accommodated can be tricky. But as with so many modern-day challenges, technology can help and group trip planner apps can help your journey go brilliantly.

Troupe

With Troupe group vacation planning is simple as can be: You create your trip, invite your crew, and you’re up and running. There’s a central message board for each trip that you can use to post text and images, so even when you’re not actually making decisions you’ll all stay connected.

You’ll be able to easily manage dates, destinations, and places to stay, and the slick Troupe interface means that it’s always clear who is contributing ideas and responses in each section. There’s a really handy polls feature too, which means you and the people you’re traveling with can vote on everything from attractions to see to restaurants to avoid.

Troupe is available for free for iOS.

[Related: 5 essential road trip apps that have nothing to do with eating, sleeping, or navigating]

Wanderlog

Wanderlog can manage every aspect of a trip, including the sights you want to see, how long it’ll take to get between them, and the flight and hotel reservations you need to sort out. You can use it for free, but you can also pay $50 a year for extras such as offline access to your plans and the ability to export itineraries to Google Maps.

It’s really simple to share your trips with other people, and you can choose to let them edit the various parts of the plans or just view them. Everyone can see what’s happening at all times, and leave comments or simple likes (just as you might on social media). There’s even a tool for managing and splitting costs.

Wanderlog is available for Android and iOS. Unlock extra features for $50 a year.

Pluto

Pluto’s mission is to make trip planning as enjoyable and as stress-free as possible, and we’d say that it absolutely succeeds in its aims. Right from the opening screen there’s a feeling of calm and control, and the interface is really simple to move around. The app works with Pinterest-style pinboards and you can create one for each of your planned trips.

These pinboards can feature everything from where you want to eat and drink to the modes of transportation you’re planning to use. Pluto will even show you example pinboards for popular destinations to give you some inspiration. You can share all of your boards with other people, and they can then contribute their own ideas in each of the categories.

Pluto is available for free for iOS.

Howbout

Howbout doesn’t offer as many features as some of the apps mentioned above, but that simplicity has its own appeal. You create a plan, invite your friends, and start organizing. Everyone can see at a glance what’s happening and when, and there are a number of tools for each plan—a chat thread, polls, and a neat feature for finding dates when people in the group is free.

Another nice option is countdowns, so you can all see the seconds ticking away to your big vacation. Howbout is also good at exploring possible places to go within a particular destination, like bars or notable landmarks, and managing multiple trips together is straightforward as well.

Howbout is available for free for Android and iOS.

[Related: 4 apps you didn’t know could help you explore new destinations]

TravelSpend

Our last app pick focuses on one particular aspect of your trip: expenses. The hassle of chasing up payments and sorting out who’s paying for what can be one of the downsides of traveling in a group. But TravelSpend takes away some of that strain—you can set up a budget ahead of time, or keep track of expenses while on your trip.

The app also lets you categorize your spending so that it’s easier to see where all the money is going. When sharing the app with others, you can also quickly split bills, settle up payments, and always know who you’re in debt to. You can use the app for free, but a $4-a-month subscription removes the ads and enables you to export your expenses to other apps.

TravelSpend is free for Android and iOS. Remove ads and get extra features with a monthly $4 subscription. 

The post 5 apps to organize your next group outing appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Your Mac’s trackpad doesn’t have to be basic. Here’s how to customize it. https://www.popsci.com/diy/mac-trackpad-gestures/ Wed, 26 Apr 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=536645
Zoom into the trackpad on a MacBook Pro
You can do way more with your MacBook's built-in trackpad. Martin Katler / Unsplash

You can go way beyond the default settings ruling your MacBook's trackpad.

The post Your Mac’s trackpad doesn’t have to be basic. Here’s how to customize it. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Zoom into the trackpad on a MacBook Pro
You can do way more with your MacBook's built-in trackpad. Martin Katler / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you own an Apple MacBook, then the built-in trackpad might be your way of doing just about everything except typing. It’s an essential input device for your laptop, so you’ll need to know how to make the best of it.

Not only are there a ton of configuration options to personalize the gestures you use with your MacBook trackpad, but there are also third-party apps to help you do more clicking, selecting, zooming, and scrolling.

Get to know the trackpad settings in macOS

You can find the trackpad settings in macOS by opening System Settings and then scrolling down the sidebar all the way to the bottom to select Trackpad. The first tab, Point & Click, lets you adjust how fast the cursor moves across the screen (from Slow to Fast) and how hard you have to press the trackpad for the computer to register it as a click (from Light to Firm).

If you have a MacBook made in 2015 or later, you have a Force Touch trackpad that features Force Click and haptic feedback. This means you can firmly press and hold on the trackpad to trigger certain actions, such as previewing an address in Maps or the attachments in Messages. For most of these features you’ll also need to enable Look up & data detectors, but you can leave Force Click off and use a three-finger click to look up information instead. You can check out more examples of how this feature works on Apple’s website.  

[Related: Apple MacBook Air M2 review: Semi-pro]

Next is Secondary click, also known as right-click: You can turn this off completely or choose to enable it with a two-finger click, or a click on one of the bottom corners of the trackpad. The final option on this screen, Tap to click, means you can register a click with a light tap on the trackpad rather than a full press.

Switch to the Scroll & Zoom tab and you can set which direction the screen scrolls when you move two fingers up or down the trackpad (Natural scrolling), enable a pinch with two fingers to make things on screen appear larger (Zoom in or out), enable a two-finger double-tap for a quick zoom in or out (Smart Zoom), and enable the ability to rotate objects with two fingers (Rotate). Hover over any option to see a preview of how it works at the top of the dialog box.

Lastly, there’s the More Gestures tab, which offers a total of seven different gestures you can enable. Some of these just have a simple switch you can toggle to turn them on and off, with the gesture action explained underneath, while others have a drop-down menu where you can pick the gesture you want to trigger the action.

For example, turn on the Notification Center toggle switch and you’ll be able to swipe left from the right edge of the screen with two fingers. Meanwhile, for the Swipe between full-screen applications gesture, you can choose to do this by swiping left or right with either three fingers or four fingers on the trackpad. Or you can turn the gesture off completely.

Customize your MacBook’s trackpad gestures with third-party apps

Besides the options built into macOS, you can enlist the help of various third-party apps to customize the trackpad and its gestures even further. 

One such app is BetterTouchTool, which will set you back $10 with two years worth of updates, or $22 with updates for life. There’s also a 45-day free trial you can use to see if you like the software before you part with your money.

The program covers a whole host of customizations you can do on your Mac, but pick Trackpad from the menu at the top to start building your own personalized gestures. 

[Related: Apple now offers the MacBook Pro and Mac Mini with M2 chips inside]

First, click the + (plus) icon underneath Groups & Top Level Triggers, and pick your gesture—you can do something like 3 Finger Double-Tap or whatever else you want to do with your fingers to trigger the action. You can also combine a keyboard shortcut if you want, and choose whether macOS acknowledges the trigger with a visual alert. 

Then, click the + (plus) icon underneath Actions Assigned to Selected Trigger. This determines what happens next: you can choose from a long list of supported actions, including app navigation, window resizing, and system actions such as powering down the Mac. Once you pick the one you want, your gesture will be ready to use. 

Another trackpad app worth checking out is Swish which you can test for free for 14 days before having to pay $16 to keep using it. Unfortunately, this app doesn’t allow you to create your own gestures but comes with a list of custom ones that expands on the built-in trackpad functionality in lots of new and useful ways. You’ll be able to maximize and minimize windows, snap them to a grid on screen, move open windows between different monitors, or quickly view the desktop by minimizing every currently open window.

You can see the various supported gestures by going down the navigation pane on the left of the app interface: General, Windows, Snapping, Apps, Menubar, and Advanced. Swish also has a few other interesting settings you might want to turn on, like setting up a modifier key on your keyboard to enable gestures.

The post Your Mac’s trackpad doesn’t have to be basic. Here’s how to customize it. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Free up space on your laptop by moving all your files to the cloud https://www.popsci.com/how-to-use-onedrive-google-drive-icloud-dropbox/ Sun, 27 Feb 2022 02:39:37 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-use-onedrive-google-drive-icloud-dropbox/
A person in a tan sweater sitting at a laptop computer on a wooden table.
Having everything you want to save readily at hand is not always the most practical choice. Better back up some of your stuff to the cloud instead. Christin Hume / Unsplash

Treating the cloud as your basement or attic will help you keep your files organized.

The post Free up space on your laptop by moving all your files to the cloud appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person in a tan sweater sitting at a laptop computer on a wooden table.
Having everything you want to save readily at hand is not always the most practical choice. Better back up some of your stuff to the cloud instead. Christin Hume / Unsplash

Disk space is always at a premium, so you should take every opportunity to free up as much of it as you can. One of the best ways to do this is to back up a bunch of files to the cloud, then remove them from your computer entirely.

Stashing your data in the cloud will allow you to access your files while still having hard drive space on your computer. The process is relatively easy, but don’t let this be your only form of backup: keep your files on another cloud service or an external hard drive (or two) in case something catastrophic happens.

How does the cloud work?

Understanding the cloud can be a little confusing at first, but platforms like OneDrive, iCloud, Dropbox, and Google Drive keep two identical folders—one in your computer and one in the cloud. They’re in sync by default, which means that when you change something on your laptop, it changes in the cloud, and vice versa. If you have these apps installed on multiple computers, the changes propagate across all of them allowing you to access latest version of your files from any device.

You can also set certain folders to be online-only, meaning they only live in the cloud and take up no space on your hard drive. When you want to access these files, you’ll need an internet connection, but that’s really the only catch.

[Related: How to move your photos to and from any cloud service]

Cloud storage and syncing apps can help you manually choose which files live locally on your computer, but they can also do the job automatically. In some cases, you can keep a folder online-only, but still have placeholders for its contents on your hard drive. As soon as you try to access them, they’ll download from the cloud and open as normal.

All these services also have web interfaces, which allow you to log in and view your files on any computer with a web browser and an internet connection. In some cases, web access might be all you need.

When deciding what kind of files to store where, think of the cloud as your basement—a place where you store things you don’t want to throw away, but wouldn’t keep in the middle of your living room. As such, it’s best to make older files and folders online-only—those you want to keep backed up but don’t need to access regularly, such as vacation photos and videos. You should locally store any files you constantly need access to, especially if you can’t rely on internet connectivity.

How to save computer space with OneDrive

If you run Windows and use OneDrive, certain folders on your computer and in the cloud will sync by default. You can also designate specific files as online-only to save local storage space. If you need them, you’ll have to download them with a couple of clicks, but this is not something you’ll want to do often with large files—it’s time-consuming.

To make some files online-only, right-click on the OneDrive icon (a cloud) in the Windows taskbar notification area, then choose Help & Settings and open up the Settings tab. Go to Sync and backup, then open the Advanced settings. Finally, locate Files On-Demand and select Download files as you use them.

You’ll find there are three types of files in OneDrive. First, there are online-only documents, which you’ll recognize by the blue cloud badge that sits on top of the file icon in File Explorer. These live in the cloud, but open normally as long as you have an internet connection. The second type are locally available files, which have a green check mark on them and live both on your device and in the cloud. Finally, there are locally stored files. These are marked by a white check mark in a green circle and they stay on your computer no matter what.

The last two types are practically the same, and you’ll be able to open and edit them normally, even if you’re offline. The only difference is that locally available files will automatically become online-only after a set period of time if you enable a Windows 10 and 11 feature called Storage sense, which uploads files to the cloud when you’re running out of space on your computer.

OneDrive will handle some of this automatically (by downloading files when you open them, for example), but you can also manually set up what the platform does with specific files and folders by right-clicking on them in File Explorer.

How to save space with iCloud

The iCloud interface.
If iCloud is your cloud of choice, it’ll work with all your Apple devices. David Nield

Apple has two different storage systems: iCloud and iCloud Drive. The first one syncs information on your Mac devices, including music and videos purchased through the iTunes Store, plus contacts, calendars, and pictures. The second, iCloud Drive, is Apple’s version of OneDrive or Dropbox. You can install it on Apple and non-Apple tech, use it to store any file or folder, sync that data across devices, and share your files with anyone.

To see how much of your iCloud storage you’re using on your Mac, open the Apple menu, choose About This Mac, click More info, and scroll down to click Storage Settings. Under Recommendations, you’ll see a Store in iCloud button. Click it, and you’ll have the option to save all the files and documents from your Desktop and Documents folders in the cloud so you can access them from any Apple device where you’re signed in with your Apple ID. You can also move all your messages to the cloud rather than storing them locally.

Under Optimize Storage, click Optimize to remove any local iTunes movies and TV shows you’ve got on your Mac that are marked as watched—you can always download them again if you need to. 

Finally, open System Settings, go to the Apple ID tab, and choose iCloud. If you toggle the switch next to Optimize Mac Storage, macOS will start to clear your hard drive of older files you haven’t opened in a while, whenever you start to run out of space. These files won’t disappear from iCloud and you can always redownload them.

How to free up space on your computer with Dropbox

Dropbox offers two ways to keep files in the cloud and off your hard drive until you need them. The first is Selective Sync, and it’s available to users of both the free and paid tiers. Simply open the Dropbox Preferences panel on your computer, and under Selective Sync (if you’re a Windows user), or Select folders to sync to this Mac (for Mac users), click Select folders.

This feature will let you uncheck some or all of the folders in your Dropbox to prevent the platform from downloading and syncing them to your computer. If you uncheck a folder, it will disappear from that device, but will remain in the cloud and on any other computers you’re using Dropbox with. You can follow the same path and undo this preference if you want to restore access and syncing capabilities to certain folders. 

Then there’s the feature formerly known as Smart Sync, which is only available to paying Dropbox customers. It works like Selective Sync but it’s more automatic: it lets you move files to the cloud, making them online-only, but the platform will put placeholders for them in the Dropbox folder on your computer. You can easily view online-only documents when you’re offline, but if you need to edit them, you’ll need an internet connection to download them. Changes will sync to the cloud, but if you want to keep the file online-only after that, you’ll need to manually enable the feature again.

[Related: 6 essential Dropbox tools you might be missing]

To make a file or folder online-only, go to your Dropbox folder, right-click on the file or folder you want to only store in the cloud and choose Make online-only. You can also make all new files online-only by default: go to Dropbox Preferences, click Sync, open the dropdown menu next to New files default, and select Online-only.

How to save space on your device with Google Drive

On Google Drive, you pick which folders live both on your computer and in the cloud, and which you just want in the cloud. If you use Google Drive on more than one computer, you can keep different folders on different devices. All users, whether they pay for the service or not, have access to the Google Drive for Desktop app, which is the easiest way to manage your files if you’re using this service.

With the app installed on your computer, click the Drive icon in the menu bar, then the gear icon, followed by Preferences. On the sidebar, choose Google Drive and check the bubbles next to Stream files (so they’ll only exist in the cloud) or Mirror files, meaning they’ll live in both locations at the same time. To sync folders from your local drive, select the option for your computer and hit Add folder to start syncing.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on July 10, 2019.

The post Free up space on your laptop by moving all your files to the cloud appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to stream movies and shows without destroying your sleep https://www.popsci.com/binge-watch-without-messing-up-your-sleep/ Tue, 22 Jun 2021 01:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/binge-watch-without-messing-up-your-sleep/
A TV with the Stranger Things title screen on it, in a dark room bathed in purple light. Exactly what you might see if you're binge-watching instead of going to sleep.
We know you want to keep watching, but your body needs sleep. Toby Osborn / Unsplash

Have your screen time and sleep well too.

The post How to stream movies and shows without destroying your sleep appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A TV with the Stranger Things title screen on it, in a dark room bathed in purple light. Exactly what you might see if you're binge-watching instead of going to sleep.
We know you want to keep watching, but your body needs sleep. Toby Osborn / Unsplash

If you subscribe to Netflix, Amazon Prime, or any other streaming service, you’ve probably found yourself gazing at the screen as episode after episode autoplays, until you check the clock and realize you wanted to go to sleep more than an hour ago. But series like Stranger Things are seriously good television—so where’s the harm in binge-watching a bit?

The problem is that a growing body of evidence suggests the various demands of a modern-day lifestyle, including hours of late-night streaming, are seriously disrupting human sleep patterns. This, in turn, can damage our overall health. But just try telling people to give up their Netflix—it’s a recipe for failure.

With that in mind, the American Academy of Sleep Medicine, a professional society founded in 1975, has taken it upon itself to set some guidelines for enjoying top-notch shows while making sure your body and brain get enough rest. We can show you how to use them to properly balance binge-watching and sleep.

Take breaks between episodes

The AASM recommends getting out of “the autoplay loop,” where you watch episode after episode because it takes less effort than stopping the playback. Luckily, Netflix, Hulu, and other streaming services give you the option to turn autoplay off. The idea is that manually loading the next episode can prevent you from mindlessly gluing your eyes to the screen. However, it’s still easy for you to click, click, click through the episodes. Which is why you should also…

Set an episode limit

Don’t fire up Bridgerton and then wait to see how the evening goes. Decide in advance how much you’re going to watch before bed and then stick to that limit, regardless of cliffhangers. (By the way, this is the same principle you should use for a night of boozing.)

If you have trouble obeying this type of limit, you might have to trick yourself. One way to do so is by downloading episodes onto your phone. Because Netflix and other services support offline downloads for many shows, you can pre-load all the television you’ve decided to watch in advance. Then put your phone in airplane mode to stop yourself from exceeding your limits. Downloading also lets you catch up with Yellowjackets on the train ride to work, instead of staying up watching it the night before.

The Netflix user interface for the show Bloodline, showing offline download options, which can help you balance binge-watching and sleep.
Downloading episodes can help you stick to your limits. David Nield

Stressed about finishing an episode on your commute? Try reserving some daylight hours when you’ll be able to watch without worrying about missing your stop or blowing past your bedtime. The AASM advises you to resolve the conflict between binge-watching and sleep by setting aside relaxed viewing time over the weekend.

[Related: How to add subtitles to Netflix and other apps]

Avoid using your phone in bed

Sure, few places provide a comfier binge-watching location than your bed. But again, it’s all too easy to keep watching for one more episode when you and your phone are cozily tucked in. Using screens in bed can keep your mind active for longer than is healthy—so keep the gadgets away from your sleeping area.

Another problem with phones is that their glowing displays strain our eyes. All that staring at your phone is unhealthy, and one way to limit its impact on your sleep is to watch on a bigger, more distant screen instead. So instead of using your phone in bed, try streaming that media to a television.

Control the light

Bright blue light, like the wavelengths emanating from your video screen, will keep you alert and suppress the chemicals supposed to send you to sleep. To make sure you’re able to drop off when you want to, you should stop binge-watching about half an hour before your desired bedtime. In fact, the AASM recommends turning off all screens at least 30 minutes before you sleep.

[Related: There’s a lot to learn about how blue light affects our eyes]

In fact reducing any blue light exposure after sunset could help steady your sleep cycle. So you should try cutting down on the amount of blue light your smartphone or laptop emits—and yes, there’s an app for that. Several apps, in fact.

For iPhone users, there’s a blue-light-reduction feature called Night Shift built right into iOS. It can automatically adjust the color of the screen during evening hours so that the display will emit reddish rather than bluish light. To find it, open the Settings app and head to Display & Brightness.

The Night Shift option on an Apple iPhone with iOS.
Use Apple’s Night Shift option to get ready for sleep. David Nield

Apple has also included the same feature in macOS. To set it up on your computer, open the Apple menu, choose System Settings, and open the Displays tab. Click the Night Shift button in the bottom right, and you’ll be able to set the color change schedule and strength as you see fit, just as on iOS.

Android phones have a similar feature called Night Light, though the setup process may be different depending on which version of the mobile operating system you’re using. To activate it on a Pixel phone, go to SettingsDisplay, and tap Night Light. You can schedule a daily start and end time, and customize the intensity by dragging the slider.

The last thing you should remember every time you find yourself choosing between binge-watching and sleep is that AASM recommends adults rest for seven hours or more per night. Anything less than that can cause problems with work or school performance, cognitive abilities, and mood. You don’t need to stop watching movies and shows to reach this goal, but these tips should let you get a handle on your viewing habits, and make you feel a lot better.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 8, 2017.

The post How to stream movies and shows without destroying your sleep appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
6 Gmail sorting tips for a more efficient and less chaotic inbox https://www.popsci.com/diy/sort-gmail-inbox/ Tue, 10 Aug 2021 14:30:24 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=388357
An empty Gmail inbox.
Gmail has different inbox types that allow you to sort by unread and otherwise organize your emails. Krsto Jevtic / Unsplash

Don't settle for the default Gmail inbox view. You can do better.

The post 6 Gmail sorting tips for a more efficient and less chaotic inbox appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An empty Gmail inbox.
Gmail has different inbox types that allow you to sort by unread and otherwise organize your emails. Krsto Jevtic / Unsplash

For a lot of us, checking our Gmail inbox is a daily ritual, and Google’s email client comes packed with labels, filters, stars, and other features meant to help you sort and manage your messages as quickly as possible. But those are just surface-level—you can go deeper.

Experimenting with Gmail’s layout is a powerful, but often overlooked way to boost your email productivity. It can surface the most important messages first, help you avoid inbox clutter, and give you a different perspective on your mountain of emails.

1. Sort unread emails to the top

Deal with your unread messages before anything else by clicking the cog icon (top right) in the main Gmail interface to open the Quick Settings menu. Then scroll down to the Inbox type heading and select Unread first. This will separate unread emails from everything else, putting the messages you haven’t opened yet at the top.

After Gmail creates this divide, click the three dots in the top right corner of your inbox to choose how many unread emails appear on screen at once (up to 50). From the same menu, you can also select Hide section when empty to have it disappear when all your emails are read.

You can also type “is:unread” into the search box at the top of the page to sort by unread Gmail messages. This will display everything from your inbox and archive that you haven’t opened yet, in reverse chronological order, while hiding all your other emails from view. It also won’t change the layout of your main inbox, so it’s a good option if you just want to have a quick look instead of making a lasting change.

2. Show important emails first

A Gmail inbox sorted to display important emails first.
Anything important should be at the top. David Nield

If simply sorting by unread isn’t enough, you can choose to have Gmail bring the most important emails to the top of your inbox. Importance is judged by Google’s artificial intelligence algorithms, and those algorithms are based on indicators such as who you email most frequently and the keywords inside your messages. Emails that Gmail thinks are important have a small yellow arrow next to their subject headers.

Click the cog icon (top right) in the main Gmail interface, scroll down to Inbox type, and choose Important first. Emails deemed to be important will appear in the top section, in reverse chronological order, and everything else will show up below. Click the three dots (top right) to choose how many important emails appear on screen at once, and whether or not the section should be hidden when it’s empty.

Irrespective of your inbox layout, you can run an “is:important” search to see all the important emails in your Gmail account, in reverse chronological order, without changing how everything looks. You can also click the arrow markers to the left of email subject headers to mark the messages as important or unimportant.

3. Display starred emails first

You might not have realized how comprehensive the stars system in Gmail is: Click the cog icon (top right), See all settings, and make sure you’re in the General tab. Scroll down to find Stars, and you’ll see there are 12 types to choose from (you don’t have to use them all).

Make your choices and click Save Changes to lock them in. Back in your Gmail inbox, click the cog icon again, find Inbox type, and select Starred first. All the messages you’ve put a star next to will go right to the top of your inbox. They will appear in reverse chronological order by date, with each star type from a given date grouped together. Click the three dots (top right) to set how many starred messages appear on screen at once.

[Related: 4 tips to bring your Gmail inbox to zero]

You can search for starred emails too, which won’t change the layout of your Gmail inbox. Run a query for “is:starred” to see everything with a star next to it, or use a search like “has:orange-star” to find specific star types (hover over the stars in the General tab of Gmail’s settings to see what their individual labels are).

4. Switch to the Priority Inbox

Another alternative Gmail layout is the Priority Inbox: This splits your inbox into sections that include important, unread, or starred emails. You get to choose the sections and how they’re arranged.

To do so, click the cog icon on the main Gmail interface (top right), go to Inbox type, and select Priority inbox. Click Customize just underneath, and you can decide how many sections show up on screen, as well as what gets put in them.

One of the most useful sections is Important and unread, which shifts every, well, important and unread email up to the top of the conversation list (click the three dots in the top right to choose how many emails are shown in each section). Any label you’ve set up in Gmail can be used to fill out one of your sections.

5. Tweak the default setting

The tabs view setting window for the default inbox layout in Gmail.
If you like the default view, you can choose what tabs appear. David Nield

You can make adjustments to the default Gmail layout too, which uses tabs at the top of the inbox to split your emails into categories. If you’ve never explored these options, they’re worth experimenting with to see which setup suits you best.

Click the cog icon (top right) from the main Gmail interface, find the Inbox type heading, locate Default, and choose Customize. From there, you can pick which tabs show up on screen—from Primary, Social, Promotions, Updates, and Forums—and Gmail will try to sort your messages into these tabs as they come in.

[Related: Dig up any old email in your inbox, even if it’s in the trash]

Based on our experience, this sorting works pretty well, but Gmail can occasionally get a category wrong. You can always drag emails between tabs to tell Google where a certain type of email should go, and this should improve its future classification decisions.

6. Opt for a multi-pane view

Traditional email clients usually show your list of messages alongside the body of the currently selected email, and Gmail can do this too. Click the cog icon in the top right corner of the interface and scroll down to the Reading pane heading. Here you can choose between No split, Right of inbox, and Below inbox. After you make a choice, Gmail may ask you to reload the page.

Using “right of inbox” as an example, as soon as you select an email, it will appear in the pane alongside your inbox and you can keep browsing the message list on the left while you read. This layout can save you some time jumping between individual emails and your main list of messages, and should make it easier to triage emails as they arrive.

If you don’t currently have any of your conversation threads selected, the second pane will show the amount of free storage space in your Google account, which is shared between Gmail, Google Photos, and Google Drive.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on August 10, 2021.

The post 6 Gmail sorting tips for a more efficient and less chaotic inbox appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts that will make you forget your mouse https://www.popsci.com/windows-keyboard-shortcuts/ Wed, 24 Mar 2021 21:00:30 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/windows-keyboard-shortcuts/
A Dell laptop compatible with Windows keyboard shortcuts on a wooden table with a coffee mug beside it.
The more Windows keyboard shortcuts you know, the faster you'll be able to move around your computer. XPS / Unsplash

Let your fingertips fly, you Microsoft magician.

The post 20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts that will make you forget your mouse appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Dell laptop compatible with Windows keyboard shortcuts on a wooden table with a coffee mug beside it.
The more Windows keyboard shortcuts you know, the faster you'll be able to move around your computer. XPS / Unsplash

Whatever familiarity you think you have with Windows keyboard shortcuts, think again. The nearly 40-year-old operating system has so many hotkeys that it can be easy to miss some surprisingly useful ones, and if you recently switched from Windows 10 to Windows 11, some shortcuts have changed.

No matter how often you’re using these efficient key combinations in your day-to-day work, it’s in your in interest to learn as many as possible. A single shortcut will shave a mere moment off a task, but you’ll save a substantial chunk of time over weeks, months, and years. To get you started, we’ve gathered 20 of the most indispensable keyboard commands for the latest Microsoft Windows computers.

Basic Windows keyboard shortcuts

Ctrl+Z: Undo

  • No matter what program you’re running, Ctrl+Z will roll back your last action. Whether you’ve just overwritten an entire paragraph in Microsoft Word or deleted a file you didn’t mean to, this one is an absolute lifesaver.

Ctrl+W: Close

  • Another shortcut that works just about everywhere, Ctrl+W will close down whatever you’re viewing. Shut that File Explorer window, eliminate that browser tab, or shelve that image file without bothering to hone in on the close button.

Ctrl+A: Select all

  • This command lets you highlight all the text in a document or select all the files in a folder. Hitting Ctrl+A can save you time you’d otherwise spend clicking and dragging your mouse.

Alt+Tab: Switch apps

  • This baby is one of the classic Windows keyboard shortcuts, and it can be hugely useful when you’re running multiple applications. Just press Alt+Tab and you’ll be able to quickly flick through all your open windows.

Alt+F4: Close apps

  • Another old-school shortcut, Alt+F4 shuts down whatever app you’re using so you can skip the process of hunting down its on-screen menu. Don’t worry about losing unsaved work with this command—it will prompt you to save your documents before closing them.

Windows navigation shortcuts

Win+D: Show or hide the desktop

  • This keyboard combo minimizes all your open windows, bringing your home screen into view. If you store rows and rows of files and shortcuts on your desktop, Win+D will let you access them in moments.

Win+left arrow or Win+right arrow: Snap windows

  • Snapping a window simply keeps it open on one side of the screen (left or right, depending on which arrow you hit). This allows you to compare two windows side-by-side and keeps your workspace organized.

Win+Tab: Open the Task view

  • Like Alt+Tab, this shortcut lets you switch apps, but it does so by opening an updated Windows application switcher. The latest version shows thumbnails of all your open programs on the screen.

[Related: The fastest way to install Windows software]

Tab and Shift+Tab: Move backward and forward through options

  • When you open a dialog box, these commands will move you forward (Tab) or backward (Shift+Tab) through the available options, saving you a click. If you’re dealing with a dialog box that has multiple tabs, hit Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Shift+Tab to navigate through them.

Ctrl+Esc: Open the Start menu

  • If you’re using a keyboard that doesn’t have a Windows key, this shortcut will open the Start menu. Otherwise, a quick tap of the Windows key will do the same thing. From there, you can stay on the keyboard and navigate the Start menu with the cursor keys, Tab, and Shift+Tab.

Advanced Windows shortcut tricks

A black-haired woman with glasses using a computer with two monitors—an excellent use-case for Windows keyboard shortcuts.
You don’t need to be someone with multiple monitors and a sweet setup to take advantage of these advanced keyboard shortcuts. Patrick Amoy / Unsplash

F2: Rename

  • Simply highlight a file and hit F2 to give it a new name. This command also lets you edit text in other programs—tap F2 in Microsoft Excel, for example, and you’ll be able to edit the contents of the cell you’re in.

F5: Refresh

  • While you’re exploring the function key row, take a look at F5. This key will refresh a page—a good trick when you’re using File Explorer or your web browser. After the refresh, you’ll see the latest version of the page you’re viewing.

Win+L: Lock your computer

  • Keep your computer safe from any prying eyes by using this keyboard combo right before you step away. Win+L locks the machine and returns you to the login screen, so any snoops will need your user account password to regain access.

Win+I: Open Settings

  • Any time you want to configure the way Windows works, hit this keyboard shortcut to bring up the Settings screen. Alternatively, use Win+A on Windows 11 to open the Quick Settings panel. On Windows, 10, Win+A brings up the Action Center panel, which shows notifications and provides quick access to certain settings.

[Related: How to use File Explorer tabs on Windows 11]

Win+S: Search Windows

  • The Windows taskbar has a handy search box that lets you quiz Cortana or sift through your applications and saved files. Jump straight to it with this keyboard shortcut, then type in your search terms.

Win+PrtScn: Save a screenshot

  • No need to open a dedicated screenshot tool: Win+PrtScn grabs the whole screen and saves it as a PNG file in a Screenshots folder inside your Pictures folder. At the same time, Windows will also copy the image to the clipboard. If you don’t want to snap the whole screen, the Alt+PrtScn combination will take a screenshot of just the active window. Just know that this command will only copy the image to your clipboard, so you won’t get a saved file.

Ctrl+Shift+Esc: Open the Task Manager

  • The Task Manager is your portal to everything running on your Windows system, from open programs to background processes. This shortcut will call up the Task Manager, no matter what application you’re using.

Win+C: Open Microsoft Teams chat (Windows 11); start talking to Cortana (Windows 10)

  • This shortcut has changed a bit since Microsoft deemphasized its virtual assistant, Cortana. On Windows 11, Win+C opens Microsoft Teams chat. But if you have a Windows 10 computer, this puts Cortana in listening mode as long as you’ve activated this ability. To do so, open Cortana from the taskbar search box, click the cog icon, and turn on the keyboard shortcut. Once you’ve enabled the shortcut, hit Win+C whenever you want to talk to the digital assistant. You can do this instead of, or in addition to, saying, “Hey Cortana.”

Win+Ctrl+D: Add a new virtual desktop

  • Virtual desktops create secondary screens where you can stash some of your open applications and windows, giving you extra workspace. This shortcut lets you create one. Once you have, click the Task View button to the right of the taskbar search box to switch from one desktop to another. Or stick with shortcuts: Win+Ctrl+arrow will cycle through your open desktops, and Win+Ctrl+F4 will close whichever one you’re currently viewing and shift your open windows and apps to the next available virtual desktop.

Win+X: Open a hidden menu

  • Windows has a hidden Start menu, called the Quick Link menu, that allows you to access all the key areas of the system. From here, you can jump straight to Device Manager to review and configure any hardware, such as printers or keyboards, that are currently attached to the system. Or you can quickly bring up the PowerShell command prompt window to access advanced Windows commands.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on September 30, 2017.

The post 20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts that will make you forget your mouse appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to use Jellyfin to stream movies, music, and more right from your hard drive https://www.popsci.com/diy/jellyfin-guide/ Thu, 20 Apr 2023 12:47:37 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=535482
The main Jellyfin interface on a web browser.
Jellyfin can handle all of your media. Jellyfin

This open-source program help you build your own Netflix or Spotify.

The post How to use Jellyfin to stream movies, music, and more right from your hard drive appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The main Jellyfin interface on a web browser.
Jellyfin can handle all of your media. Jellyfin

If you have movies, TV shows, and music stored on your computer that you want to stream to other devices inside and outside of your home, there aren’t too many options purpose-built for the job. You’ve probably heard of Plex, but there’s another option: the open-source Jellyfin.

Both Jellyfin and Plex turn your computer into a media server, allowing you to send any media stored there to any other device where you have them installed. It’s like having your own personal Netflix or Spotify. Jellyfin, though, is completely free to use (some Plex features, like downloading to mobile devices, require a $5-per-month Plex Pass subscription).

Whether you’re a seasoned Plex user looking for an alternative or are just getting started with this kind of technology, Jellyfin is worth a look. It’s not difficult to configure: All you need to get started are some folders of locally stored movies, TV shows, and music.

How to set up Jellyfin

The setup screen inside Jellyfin.
Jellyfin Server is the tool you need for setup. David Nield

Whether you have a bunch of home movies, burned CDs from your teenage years, or recordings you just can’t get anywhere else anymore, Jullyfin supports all of the most common formats. These include H.264 for video and MP3 for audio, and there is a format compatibility list you can check. If a file type is supported, you can stream it straight from your Windows or macOS computer.

When setting up Jellyfin, you’ll first need to make sure all your locally stored content is indexed and available. Click Download Now from the Jellyfin homepage and pick the software that matches the desktop operating system you’re using—just make sure Server is selected at the top, as this is the program that will get your files ready to stream. Here we’re looking at the Windows server tool, but it’s similar on other platforms.

[Related: How to stream your personal video collection to any device]

Run the Jellyfin Server tool after installation and its interface will pop up in your default web browser. Most of Jellyfin’s setup steps are quite straightforward, and you’ll quickly come to an Add Media Library button: Click this, and you can point the program toward the media storage folders on your computer by using the plus icon next to Folders. Check the Enable real time monitoring box, and whenever you add new files to your selected folders, Jellyfin will automatically put them in your media library.

After a few seconds (or minutes, depending on how many files you’ve got), your library should be scanned and ready to access—you can access it from the Libraries option on the left of the main Jellyfin interface. The same screen lets you add more folders to your library: Just click on one of the existing collections, like Shows, Movies, or Music. Further options on the same screen let you choose whether or not Jellyfin automatically pulls imagery like album art from the web.

That’s all that’s really required to set up a Jellyfin library. There are a range of other options available in the various screens within the Jellyfin Server tool, but you can leave most of them in the default configuration until you get more familiar with the software. However, if you want to stream files outside of your local network, you’ll need go to the Networking page and enable Allow remote connections to this server.

Tips for using Jellyfin

Jellyfin watch history.
Your Jellyfin watch history will be synced across devices. David Nield

On the computer where your media files are stored, you can use any media player you like to watch or listen to them. The Jellyfin Server program can do the job as well, if needed. To use it, open the app in your web browser, and you’ll see your media library on the first screen. Click on anything you see to browse the folder or play the file.

Your watching and listening history will sync across devices—so you can, for example, start watching a film on your laptop and finish it on your phone. If anything is labeled incorrectly, click the three dots next to the file and choose Edit metadata. For TV shows, for example, that would be the episode title and the year of release. If you add a link to the relevant listing on the IMDb website, some of this information will be filled out automatically.

[Related: 6 streaming tools to help you watch TV better]

For other computers, you can use the same Jellyfin Server tool to watch content over the web: Just skip the adding a library part of the setup process. As long as you log in using your Jellyfin username and password, you’ll see the files you added on the other computer. Bear in mind that the original computer—the one acting as the media server—has to be switched on if you want to do any streaming.

Head back to the Jellyfin downloads page, and you’ll see there are apps available for Roku, Android TV, and the WebOS software that runs on LG TVs. It’s not quite as comprehensive a selection as you get with Plex, but Jellyfin is getting there. There are also official apps available for Android and iOS, for getting your content on phones and tablets, and you can also use these apps to make playlists with your files.

There’s lots more to dig into with Jellyfin, and we’d recommend checking out the official documentation and the Jellyfin subreddit for more information. You should find everything you need there for going beyond the basics with the software, whether that’s accessing your content remotely over the web or filtering through your library (by genre, for example) as it starts to grow in size.

The post How to use Jellyfin to stream movies, music, and more right from your hard drive appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
PlayStation voice commands will change how you use your console https://www.popsci.com/diy/playstation-voice-commands/ Tue, 18 Apr 2023 12:23:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=534849
Person wearing official PlayStation headset while gaming against a purple background.
You can use any headset with a microphone to control your PS4 and PS5 with your voice. Sony

Get your PlayStation to do what you want only by using your voice.

The post PlayStation voice commands will change how you use your console appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person wearing official PlayStation headset while gaming against a purple background.
You can use any headset with a microphone to control your PS4 and PS5 with your voice. Sony

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The bundled gamepad isn’t the only way to control your PlayStation. Not only can you use a mouse and keyboard, but you can also use voice commands like you would with a smart speaker. Simply say your instructions out loud and your console will obey.

Voice control is a quick and convenient way of performing functions like turning off your PlayStation 4 or PlayStation 5, and launching games. And there are plenty more voice commands to explore.

How to use voice commands on the PlayStation 4

On the PlayStation 4, voice control works via the official PlayStation Camera accessory or any connected headset with a microphone, but you’ll need to enable the feature first. Press and hold the PlayStation button to bring up the quick menu, choose Settings, and then pick System and Voice Operation Settings to turn on Operate PS4 with Voice.

[Related: Best PS4 games to play on PS5]

Before you start talking to your console, you need to say “Playstation” and wait for the microphone icon to appear on screen. You can also press and hold L2 on the DualShock controller to get the console to start listening, but this only works on the home screen. When the mic shows up you can start talking and say multiple instructions in a row.

There are some basic commands that are going to work just about everywhere, including “yes” to agree to a confirmation prompt, “cancel” to reject a confirmation prompt, and “back” to return to a previous screen. You’ll also be able to say the name of any game or app on your console to launch it, but this will only work from the PS4 home screen.

To turn your console off with your voice, open the power options by saying “start power” and then either use the “enter rest mode” command (to put the PS4 into rest mode) or say “turn off PS4” (to turn the console off completely). Unfortunately, no matter whether the console is in rest mode or fully switched off, there’s no way to turn on the PlayStation 4 using your voice as there is on the Xbox.

You can also get around the various different screens in the console interface with your voice—just say “start…” followed by the name of the screen you want to jump to. Available options here include the PlayStation Store, settings, notifications, friends, messages, party, profile, and trophies. You can manage gameplay captures with voice commands as well: say “take screenshot” to do just that, or “start video clip” to begin recording gameplay.

At the time of writing, Sony doesn’t have an official full list of all the PS4 voice commands you can use, but you can see them all through the Voice Operating Settings page under System in Settings: Just choose Commands for Voice Operation. Alternatively, use the voice command “all commands” to see the list.

How to use voice commands on the PlayStation 5

Using your voice to control the PS5 is currently labeled as a “preview” feature, which makes us think it’s perhaps not fully finished, or at least there’s more functionality to come. But it works well already, and there are plenty of voice commands for you to play around with. Unfortunately, they’re not exactly the same as on the PS4.

For the PlayStation 5, you can use the PlayStation Camera (PS5 edition) as a mic, or any connected headset with a mic. As the bundled DualSense controllers also have a mic on them, you can just talk into that as well. Just make sure the microphone is turned on, which you can do by pressing the small button between the joysticks, right under the PS button—it lights up orange when enabled.

To activate this preview feature on your PS5, get to the main Settings page by selecting the cog icon in the top right corner of the home screen, then choose Voice Command (Preview) and turn on the Enable Voice Command toggle switch. It’s a good idea to enable Listen for “Hey PlayStation!” too, otherwise you’ll have to tap the PS button and select Voice every time you want to talk.

[Related: Video games feel different on the PlayStation 5 and that’s a good thing]

The “Hey PlayStation” command will get your console listening, and then you’ve got lots of options. For a start you can say “open…” followed by the name of any app or game you’ve got installed—it’s a quick and convenient way of launching something, especially if it’s got a short name that’s simple to say. You can also use “find…” followed by a game or app title if you’re looking for something in the PlayStation Store.

You’ll also be able to control media playback on any app playing movies or music through your console: For example, commands such as “pause”, “resume” and “fast forward” will do exactly what you’d expect. If you want to make a gameplay video, “capture that” will record the last few minutes of action. You can be more specific by adding a time period to the command (just say “capture the last five minutes”), but if you don’t, the PS5 will use the default duration of 30 seconds instead.

As with the PS4, there’s no official list on the web of all the voice commands supported by the PS5 at the time of writing, but a quick search will reveal plenty of unofficial ones. You can also choose Voice Command (Preview) and then Learn More from Settings on the console itself to see a list of some of the supported commands.

The post PlayStation voice commands will change how you use your console appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Use email aliases to organize your inbox—and stay private https://www.popsci.com/set-up-email-alias/ Sun, 22 Aug 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/set-up-email-alias/
Two women using one laptop at a wooden table. One woman is wearing a black hat.
With an email alias, you can pretend to be two different people, if you want. Brooke Cagle / Unsplash

Creating an alias is easier than setting up a new email address.

The post Use email aliases to organize your inbox—and stay private appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two women using one laptop at a wooden table. One woman is wearing a black hat.
With an email alias, you can pretend to be two different people, if you want. Brooke Cagle / Unsplash

We all deal with a daily deluge of email, which means we jump at anything that can improve the efficiency of our inboxes. In that spirit, consider creating at least one email alias, and you should find that your organization and, in some cases, privacy, improve immediately.

Aliases are useful features found in popular services such as Gmail, Microsoft Outlook, and Apple Mail that serve as alternative addresses for when you don’t want to give out your main one. They still direct messages to your original inbox, so you essentially get a new address without having to go through the hassle of setting up a new account with its own login credentials.

What is an email alias?

A Gmail alias being used as an email filter to sort incoming messages.
An alias makes it easy to filter incoming messages. David Nield

In general, email aliases act as “fronts” to your main email address, although the exact details vary from service to service. Anything sent to these variations will arrive at the same inbox as messages meant for your main address, while keeping your original moniker hidden from view. That said, the real application here is not anonymity, but easy filtering.

For example, if you sign up for a lot of email newsletters, consider doing so with an alias. That way, you can quickly filter the incoming messages sent to that alias—these are probably low-priority, so you can have your provider automatically apply specific labels, mark them as read, or delete them immediately. Alternatively, a filter might prioritize messages sent to the alias you give out to friends and family, or those sent to the alias you use for work emails. This approach gives you a lot of flexibility for managing your inbox.

Bear in mind that recipients can usually look at one of your aliases and use it to figure out your main email address. So in situations where anonymity is critical, you might need to start fresh with a new address. Still, if hiding your identity doesn’t matter as much, aliases are much easier to configure than whole new accounts.

How to create a Gmail alias

Adding another email alias to a Gmail account.
It’s fairly easy to add an alias to your Gmail account. David Nield

You don’t need to jump through any hoops to set up a Gmail alias. Just add some periods and plus symbols to the addresses you give out. When you tack on a plus sign followed by a word, the Google service will ignore the added text, and it overlooks periods altogether. For example, let’s say your email is “johnsmith@gmail.com.” Messages addressed to “john.smith@gmail.com,” “j.o.h.nsmith@gmail.com,” “johnsmith+hello@gmail.com,” and “johnsmith+message@gmail.com” will all show up in your usual Gmail account.

Although the end result is the same, this gives you a quick and effective way of filtering messages. Going back to the John Smith example, you might always do your online shopping through the “john.smith@gmail.com” alias. When these messages arrive, Gmail might automatically label them “shopping” or “receipts.” You could sign up for email newsletters with the moniker “johnsmith+news@gmail.com,” and a filter might mark them read and send them straight into the Updates tab.

[Related: 4 tips to bring your Gmail inbox to zero]

To set up a filter, head to your Gmail settings: Open the web portal, click the cog icon in the top right corner, and pick See all settings. Choose Filters and Blocked Addresses, Create a new filter, enter your chosen alias in the To field, and hit Create filter. Use the next dialog to decide what should happen to messages sent to this address—you can add labels, flag them with stars, mark emails as important, mark them as read, or instantly archive messages, among other options. Finally, click Create filter.

Giving out aliases is easy, but if you want to send Gmail messages from these addresses, you’ll have to tweak the settings once more. Open Settings, go to Accounts, find Send mail as, and click Add another email address. Then type out the email address, tick the Treat as an alias box, and click Next Step. From now on, whenever you compose an email, you’ll be able to select your alias in the From field.

How to create an email alias in Outlook

The web page for creating a Microsoft Outlook email alias.
You can create a new Outlook alias from Microsoft’s website. David Nield

Outlook aliases are similar to the ones you can build in Gmail. You can also create completely new “@outlook.com” addresses within your primary account, which gives you more options if you want to use aliases to maintain anonymity.

With Microsoft’s free webmail service, you can still make up variations on your full address using plus symbols, but periods won’t work the way they do in Gmail. For example, you can use aliases such as “johnsmith+news@outlook.com” and “johnsmith+work@outlook.com,” but you can’t rely on “john.smith.” Again, you don’t have to specifically create these aliases—just hand them out, and they’ll work automatically.

To set up a filter for your tweaked email addresses, click the cog icon in the top right, hit View all Outlook settings, make sure you’re in the Mail tab, select Rules, and choose Add new rule. Name your rule whatever you want, go to the dropdown menu under Add a condition, and pick To from the list of options. Another text box will appear to the right—enter your email alias there. Finally, use the Add an action dropdown menu to decide on an action to take. For instance, you might tell Outlook to immediately delete alias-addressed messages, move or copy them to certain folders, mark them as read, label them as spam, categorize them, forward them to another email address, and so on. Click Add another action to process the incoming message in multiple ways, or Add an exception to exclude certain messages from the filter. When you’re happy with the actions an alias-addressed email will receive, click Save.

[Related: How to secure your Microsoft account]

Unlike with Gmail, you won’t be able to send messages from these variations on your original email address. However, Outlook does let you add a completely new @outlook.com address inside your primary account. If your requested address is available, you’ll get to manage both “johnsmith@outlook.com” and “johnsmithalias@outlook.com” from the same account—messages addressed to both will arrive at the same inbox, and you can send messages from both as well. So if you want to use aliases to achieve anonymity, Microsoft’s email service has an edge over Gmail in this department.

To add this kind of alias, you’ll need to visit a specific web page within your Microsoft account (account.live.com/AddAssocId/). Look under the Create a new email address and add it as an alias heading and enter your new address there. You can choose pretty much any alias you want, as long as you pick addresses that nobody else has claimed first. Once you’ve established an email alias or two (or more), they will work in the desktop version of Outlook, as well as the Mail application that comes with Windows. To create new ones though, you’ll need to follow these steps in your web browser, not the desktop app.

You can filter incoming messages sent to these aliases the same way you filter those sent to DIY aliases made with plus signs. To actually send emails from your added addresses, just click From when you’re composing a message and select whichever moniker you prefer.

How to create an iCloud email alias for Apple Mail

Creating an iCloud email alias for Apple Mail.
You can create email aliases in the iCloud web interface. David Nield

The Apple Mail alias system works very much like the Outlook one. Without changing any settings, you can toss pluses into your address, and messages sent to “johnsmith+work@icloud.com” will still end up in the “johnsmith@icloud.com” inbox. However, you can’t send emails from these aliases. To get that ability, you can create up to three completely new @icloud.com email addresses that funnel messages into your original inbox.

Let’s start with those plus-sign aliases. To filter messages sent to those addresses, head to iCloud Mail’s web portal, click the cog icon, and choose Preferences. Select Rules, then Add rule. Enter your alias in the top field, change the label to is address to via the dropdown menu, and decide what you want to do with the message: You can send it to a folder, forward it, mark it as read, and more.

Those DIY aliases are easy to set up, but you can’t send messages from them. For that, you can create a brand-new alias—a different email address managed from your original account—and send messages from it. First, click the cog icon, followed by Preferences. From the Accounts tab, choose Add an alias, and enter your chosen address. If it’s available, it’s yours. Finally, you can tell Mail to apply a label to any messages that arrive at this address.

That’s not the only filter, of course—the same rules you applied to plus-sign aliases will also work for standalone ones. And you can send messages from them: When you compose a new email, your available aliases will appear as options in the From box. This holds true whether you’re writing a message from the web or from the macOS desktop app. To further add and manage aliases from your Mac, open the Mail app and choose Mail, then Settings.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on November 11, 2018.

The post Use email aliases to organize your inbox—and stay private appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Hidden Netflix codes and 5 other streaming tools to make TV simpler, smarter, and more fun https://www.popsci.com/diy/streaming-devices-tools/ Tue, 01 Jun 2021 19:01:07 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368970
A woman wearing a baggy black shirt lounging on a couch, eating a bowl of popcorn, while holding a TV remote with popcorn all over her chest.
Sorry, we don't know of any apps that will help you eat popcorn without making a huge mess. JESHOOTS.COM / Unsplash

You've got better things to do than scroll endlessly in search of something to watch.

The post Hidden Netflix codes and 5 other streaming tools to make TV simpler, smarter, and more fun appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman wearing a baggy black shirt lounging on a couch, eating a bowl of popcorn, while holding a TV remote with popcorn all over her chest.
Sorry, we don't know of any apps that will help you eat popcorn without making a huge mess. JESHOOTS.COM / Unsplash

The sheer number of streaming services available today means more content to watch, more places to watch it, and a growing number of tools and add-ons that can improve your viewing experience beyond what’s built into the likes of Netflix, Disney Plus, and Apple TV Plus.

From working out how long a binge-watching session is going to take, to randomly choosing what to watch, these out-of-the-box features can augment your favorite streaming apps in a variety of useful ways.

JustWatch

If you’ve got something specific in mind that you definitely want to see, JustWatch will tell you which streaming services currently have the show or movie you seek. It taps into the databases for Netflix, Hulu, Disney Plus, Apple TV Plus, Amazon Prime Video, HBO Max, YouTube TV, and others so you’ll always know where something is showing. If the film or series you’re after is available to rent or purchase digitally, JustWatch can direct you to the right platforms (the Amazon, Apple, or Google stores online, for example).

[Related: 9 ways to get the most out of Prime Video]

Can I Binge?

The user interface for Can I Binge? streaming tool showing that it's possible to watch Mare of Easttown in one week.
One episode per day sounds pretty reasonable. David Nield

Before you sit down to start streaming a new show, it’s useful to know how long it will take you to cruise from start to finish—you might be after something you can wrap up in a week, or an epic tale that takes months to watch in full. Can I Binge? is perfect for this: Type in a show and how much time you can commit to it, and it will tell you how many episodes you’ll have to watch each day, week, or month, so you can pace your bingeing accordingly. For example, if you want to get through the entirety of Twin Peaks in a month, you’ll need to settle in for two episodes a day.

Teleparty

You can’t always be in the same physical space as other people when you want to watch something on a streaming app together, and that’s where Teleparty comes in. Formerly known as Netflix Party, this browser extension for Google Chrome, Microsoft Edge, and Opera can set up virtual watch parties in minutes and sync content across services including Netflix, Disney Plus, Hulu, and HBO Max. It also includes a chat box so you can discuss what’s happening with your friends or family members. The core features are free, but throw the developers $5 a month and you’ll unlock the ability to use emojis in the chat box and participate in real-time voice chat for an even more intimate feel.

IMDb

The Internet Movie Database (IMDb) remains one of the best tools on the web for the serious viewer, whether you want to check up on an actor’s name or need to find out when a particular movie or show first aired. You can access IMDb from your laptop or your phone, putting a wealth of information at your fingertips that can help you choose something to watch (genre categories and user ratings), keep track of your viewing (the watchlist feature), and poke around behind the scenes of movies and shows (despite its name, the site covers everything on the small screen, too).

[Related: Hack Netflix with these add-ons and tricks]

Reelgood

The user interface for the Reelgood streaming tool, showing the options for spinning a wheel to watch a random episode or movie.
Reelgood Roulette: For those who really can’t choose. David Nield

Reelgood acts as a command center for all the streaming services that you’re signed up to. Covering platforms such as Netflix, Amazon Prime Video, Hulu, and HBO Max, it lets you keep track of what’s available on each service—including what’s just arrived and what’s about to leave. You can use Reelgood to discover new movies and shows to watch, and to keep track of everything you’ve seen to date as well. We particularly like the Reelgood Roulette feature, which picks a movie or show for you to watch based on filters such as genre and viewer rating—perfect for those times when you’re looking for something new.

Netflix Codes

This is just for Netflix, but it’s a good one: Netflix Codes gives you access to a host of hidden categories that Netflix uses to sort its library, from sports documentaries to experimental movies. All you need to do is type the URL “www.netflix.com/browse/genre/” into your browser’s address bar, followed by the category code. Netflix Codes makes it easy to see what’s available (with direct links to the categories so you won’t actually need to do any typing), and these semi-secret codes can lead you to content you wouldn’t have discovered otherwise—from movies with martial arts in them to flicks based on children’s books.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 1, 2021.

The post Hidden Netflix codes and 5 other streaming tools to make TV simpler, smarter, and more fun appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Control your Xbox by using your voice https://www.popsci.com/diy/voice-command-xbox/ Fri, 14 Apr 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533991
An Xbox One S with a controller sitting on a white table.
Louis-Philippe Poitras / Unsplash

Don't stop your gameplay and control your Xbox with your voice instead.

The post Control your Xbox by using your voice appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An Xbox One S with a controller sitting on a white table.
Louis-Philippe Poitras / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You can go the traditional way of controlling your Xbox by using a gamepad or a mouse and keyboard. But you can also use your voice—just speak out the correct commands to easily open up menus and launch apps.

Voice control is managed through either Amazon’s Alexa (available for Android and iOS) or the Google Assistant (available for Android and iOS), so you’ll need to pick one and get the appropriate app installed on your phone.

Setting up your Xbox for voice control

If you have a Microsoft console launched at any point since 2013 (the list includes the Xbox One, the Xbox One S, the Xbox Series X, and the Xbox Series S), you’ll be able to set it up to react to voice commands.  

From the front page of the Xbox interface, pick Settings, go to Devices & connections, and then Digital assistants. Check the box marked Enable digital assistants and you’ll be ready to turn your attention to the Alexa or Google Home apps. Keep in mind that if you regularly use both platforms, there’s no need for you to pick only one, as you can use them in tandem if you want to.

[Related: Xbox Series X vs. PS5: How to pick between the two biggest new game consoles]

If you’re using Alexa, open the app and choose More and Skills & Games. Search for the Xbox skill and when you find it pick Enable to use. Amazon’s assistant will ask you to log into your Microsoft account to give it permission to interact with your console.

If you’re using the Google Assistant through the Google Home app, tap the + (plus) button in the top left corner, then choose Set up device and Works with Google. Search for and select the Xbox option, then link your Microsoft account.

Bear in mind that you won’t be directing your voice commands to your Xbox: You’ll be speaking to Alexa or the Google Assistant, and they will control the console based on your instructions. You can use your phone for this or, if you have one, you can also use another connected device like a smart speaker, as long as it’s connected to the same Amazon or Google account as the app on your phone.

There’s a nice bonus if you use the Google Assistant: Open the Google Home app, pick Xbox from the front page, and you’ll get an Xbox remote control on screen. You can use it to navigate around menus, adjust the volume, and turn the console on and off.

Using voice commands on your Xbox

The trigger words for your voice commands will depend on the digital assistant you’re using: it will either be “Alexa…” or “Hey, Google…”, followed by your instructions. You’re also going to need to include “Xbox” somewhere in there so the digital assistant knows what you’re referring to.

The simplest commands you can use are “turn Xbox on” or “turn Xbox off”. The only caveat is that for the former to work, your console needs to be in Sleep rather than Shutdown mode—you can set this up by going to General and Power options in Settings.

You can save yourself some time by using voice commands to launch games and apps as well. Just say “open [app or game] on Xbox” to have it come up on screen. Games with longer titles can be a bit of a mouthful, but Alexa and the Google Assistant are usually pretty good at understanding what you mean.

[Related: The best Xbox One controllers of 2023]

Another area where voice control can be really useful is in taking screenshots and capturing videos of gameplay. Just say “tell Xbox to take a screenshot” or “tell Xbox to record that” to launch the capturing features. You can also start and stop a live stream using your voice by saying “tell Xbox to start broadcasting” or “tell Xbox to stop broadcasting”.

When you’re not gaming, you can also use Alexa and the Google Assistant to control media playback. Say “pause Xbox” or “play Xbox” while watching movies or videos on streaming apps such as Netflix or YouTube. You can also control the volume with the commands “volume up on Xbox” or “volume down on Xbox”.

It’s also possible to see which of your friends are online, send messages, and set your online status. The only problem here is that the supported commands aren’t all the same on Alexa and the Google Assistant. For a full list of everything you can do on an Xbox with both digital assistants, check out Microsoft’s official command list.

The post Control your Xbox by using your voice appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Right on cue, Apple Music Classical is here to liven up your music library https://www.popsci.com/diy/apple-music-classical/ Tue, 11 Apr 2023 12:52:35 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533178
The Apple Music iPhone app icon, red.
Apple Music now has a separate Apple Music Classical app. Brett Jordan / Unsplash

Apple Music's new sibling is both independent and integrated with the streaming platform.

The post Right on cue, Apple Music Classical is here to liven up your music library appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Apple Music iPhone app icon, red.
Apple Music now has a separate Apple Music Classical app. Brett Jordan / Unsplash

The new Apple Music Classical is an extension of Apple’s existing music platform and offers more than 5 million pieces of music. If you’re a fan of Beethoven, Mozart, or any other composers, take a few minutes to learn how the app works.

Apple Music Classical is free as part of a standard Apple Music subscription, and it’s not available to buy separately. It does, however, have a separate app for iOS. Apple says an Android version is “coming soon” but there’s no word on a web player.

Having its own app means that this classical component is both a part of Apple Music and exists in its own independent space. That may be different from what you’re used to, and there are a few things to know about integrating its classical tracks into your existing music library.

Navigating Apple Music Classical

Fire up the Apple Music Classical app for iOS and it’s clear why a separate app was necessary: classical music compositions are generally longer and feature multiple movements, and that requires a different approach to search and organization.

Tap the Browse icon to see what we mean: You can navigate the catalog by composer, time period, genre, conductor, orchestra, soloist, and even the type of instrument featured most prominently. Follow any of these links to see new releases and popular picks, and in some cases curated Editor’s Choices.

A listing for a composition in Apple Music Classical.
Apple Music Classical will give you a host of information about each piece. David Nield

With a track playing, pull up the “now playing” card from the bottom of the screen, then tap the small info button (or “i”) for further details. From this screen you’re able to navigate to pieces from the same composer, conductor, or orchestra, or from the same overall work. Apple Music Classical will also show you related works (linked by similar composers or orchestras, for example).

Also on the now playing screen, you’ll see a Dolby Atmos label if a piece is available in Spatial Audio with Dolby Atmos—the surround sound technology that’s designed to create a more immersive experience. Enabling this depends on your device, but on iPhones and iPads you can go to Music, Audio, and Dolby Atmos inside the Settings app to turn it on or off.

The browsing section of Apple Music Classical.
You can browse through Apple Music Classical in a variety of ways. David Nield

Open the Search tab in the Apple Music Classical app and your options are wide open. You can search based on any of the criteria we’ve already mentioned, or even look for the nickname of a particular piece—try searching for “emperor” to get to Beethoven’s Concerto No. 5 if you want to test it out. You can look for the name of a recording, its composer, or someone involved in its production.

As in the main Apple Music app, you can listen to tracks without adding them to your library so you can easily get back to them later on. If you do want to add something to your library, tap the plus icon that appears on search results and individual listing pages. You can also create playlists by tapping the three dots next to pieces or on listing pages and choosing Add to a Playlist.

Using both apps together

Apple Music can be confusing at the best of times—not least as it boldly tries to mix locally stored tracks with a cloud streaming service—and there are a few extra complications that Apple Music Classical brings along with it. Most of these involve your saved music library and the different places you can access it from.

[Related: Why and how to set up a second Apple Music library]

Tap Library in the Apple Music Classical app and you’ll only see classical music. However, tap Library in the original Apple Music app and you’ll see everything from your regular music library and your classical music library—this applies to everywhere Apple Music is available, including on Android, the web, and macOS.

A piece by Johann Sebastian Bach in Apple Music.
The shuffle feature is one reason to switch over to the Apple Music app. David Nield

One of the reasons you would want to access a classical music playlist through the main Apple Music app is that there’s no shuffle feature in the Apple Music Classical app: These compositions don’t really lend themselves to being shuffled anyway, but if you want to shuffle the tracks in a playlist, you’ll need to switch to Apple Music.

The same is true for downloading pieces for offline listening. At the time of writing at least, you can’t do this in the Apple Music Classical app, so again you’ll need to go to the Library tab of the Apple Music app to save classical works to your iPhone or iPad. To do so, open the playlist or album, then tap the download button (the downward arrow in the top right corner) to save the tracks.

The iPhone settings for Apple Music Classical.
It’s up to you if playlists are also added to your library. David Nield

You don’t get the same library navigation options in the Apple Music app as you do in the Apple Music Classical app, so you won’t be able to drill down into your saved pieces based on composer, conductor, or orchestra. As your music collection gets bigger, you’ll probably want to stick to the Apple Music Classical app for listening to classical music most of the time.

As in Apple Music, you can choose to add classical works to playlists in Apple Music Classical without adding them to your library (handy if you want to check out some new recordings without cluttering up your library). On an iPhone or an iPad, you can set this up by opening Settings and choosing Music and Add Playlist Songs (the same toggle switch controls the behavior across both apps).

The post Right on cue, Apple Music Classical is here to liven up your music library appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Set your computer to turn on and off on a schedule https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/automatic-turn-on-shut-down-computer/ Thu, 29 Apr 2021 19:14:56 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=362263
A person sitting in front of a desktop computer in an office, using a laptop. She should learn to schedule a shutdown on Windows.
When you've got a lot of work to do, you might not want to wait for your computer to turn on. Mimi Thian / Unsplash

Save some energy and give your poor computer a break by getting it to run on a set timetable.

The post Set your computer to turn on and off on a schedule appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person sitting in front of a desktop computer in an office, using a laptop. She should learn to schedule a shutdown on Windows.
When you've got a lot of work to do, you might not want to wait for your computer to turn on. Mimi Thian / Unsplash

Maybe you’re used to turning your computer on every day with the power button and off every evening with a few clicks—or perhaps you just leave it running around the clock. Instead, save yourself some time by making your computer turn on and shut down on a schedule.

Not only will you save money on energy bills, but you’ll also have your PC or Mac booted up and waiting for you in the morning when you reach the office (or home office). You can also leave your computer working on a task (like a hefty download or a long video encoding process) knowing that it will switch off when it’s done. Or maybe you just want to fall asleep to some streaming video, without leaving your laptop or desktop running all night—there are lots of ways to use this superpower.

How to automatically turn on a Windows PC

The screen you'll see when trying to schedule a shutdown in Windows 10.
If only we had an automatic shutdown program to help us sleep. David Nield

Powering up a PC on a schedule requires a bit of digging around in the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) that launches before Windows does. On computers sold in the last few years, the BIOS has been replaced by the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI), but they do a very similar job.

To get to the BIOS or UEFI, you’ll need to press a specific key while your computer is booting up. Which one varies from device to device, but it’s usually F2, F8, Delete, or Esc. The key you’ll need should be displayed on screen during the startup process, but if you’re really stuck, try looking for documentation for your PC’s make and model on the web.

[Related: Small, game-changing utilities for Windows and macOS]

Different manufacturers configure their BIOS or UEFI differently, so we can’t give you exact instructions for how to find the scheduling feature, but it shouldn’t be too difficult to track down—look for some kind of advanced settings or power management menu after you press the proper key. If you can’t find anything, your PC might not have this feature at all, but you should check the web to make sure.

The Dell desktop we used as a test machine for this guide was running Windows 10, and we pressed F2 to enter the BIOS screen. There, we found an Auto Power On option under the Power menu. This gave us the choice to turn the computer on at a certain time every day or on one particular day, but as we’ve said, your PC may be slightly different.

Alternative ways to enter the Windows BIOS/UEFI

On a Windows 11 Lenovo laptop, we were able to access the BIOS/UEFI mode while the computer was still on by navigating through its settings. You can also use the Windows Terminal app. Just know that these two methods are somewhat more complicated and you’ll want to make sure you save all your work before you proceed. Although you’ll be starting with a device that’s already on, you’ll still have to reboot it in the end.

From the Settings app, choose System on the left, then scroll down to click on Recovery. Under the Recovery options heading, find Advanced startup and hit Restart now. Here, Windows will warn you to save your work, but if you’ve already done so you can click Restart now from the dialog box. On the next screen, go to Troubleshoot, Advanced Options, UEFI Firmware Settings, and hit Restart to enter BIOS/UEFI.

If you’d rather use the Terminal app, search for it via the Start menu. Open it and enter this command (without the period at the end): shutdown /r /o /f /t 00. Hit Enter to restart your computer. From the “Choose an Option” screen that appears, click Troubleshoot, Advanced Options, UEFI Firmware Settings, and then Restart.

How to schedule a shutdown on Windows 10 or 11

Shutting down a Windows computer on a schedule is much more straightforward. Use the taskbar search box or Start menu to look for and launch the Task Scheduler program, then click Create Basic Task and give it any name you like.

Work through the task creation process, using the Next buttons to move through the steps. Along the way, you can pick the days and times you want the scheduled shutdown to occur, and have it repeat automatically or leave it as a one-off action. When you get to the Action screen, choose Start a program and enter shutdown.exe as the program to launch. You’ll see a summary, and can click Finish to confirm the scheduling.

To see all the tasks you’ve set up, go back to the main Task Schedule interface and click Task Scheduler Library. You can edit and delete them from here using the options on the right side of the panel. Note that you can configure multiple tasks for multiple times on multiple days if you need to (so your PC automatically shuts down at a different time on a Sunday than a Monday, for example).

How to automatically turn a Mac on and off

The screen you'll see when you schedule an automatic startup or shutdown on macOS.
Make sure your Apple computer is only on when you want it to be on. David Nield

If you’re using a version of macOS that predates Ventura, you’ve got it easy and can skip to the following subsection. But if you’ve upgraded to Apple’s latest operating system, scheduling automatic shutdowns and boots is quite a bit more complicated than it used to be.

You used to be able to tell your Mac to shut down and start up on a schedule by clicking through obvious options in the macOS system settings, but all of those are gone in Ventura. Now, you’ll have to use the Terminal app. To find it, search for it on your computer using Spotlight search or your preferred app-locating method.

Inside this app, you’ll be using a “pmset” command, and there are a few things you’ll need to know before you build one:

  • Dates are formatted as MM/DD/YY, so April 10, 2021 would be 04/10/21.
  • Time is formatted as HH:MM:SS, so 9 a.m. would be 09:00:00.
  • Days of the week are generally formatted using their first letter (Monday is “M”, but there are two exceptions: Thursday is “R” and Sunday is “U”.

Whether you’d like to schedule your Mac to shut down, start up, or reboot, the commands follow a similar pattern. You may also need to enter your password before your computer will complete the task. Use these examples as guides to create your own schedule:

  • Automatic startup: To get your device to turn on every weekday at, say, 8:59 a.m. (the minute before you sit down at your desk), enter sudo pmset repeat poweron MTWRF 08:59:00 into the Terminal. If you’re someone who puts your computer to sleep instead, you can replace “poweron” with “wake”.
  • Automatic shutdown: If you want your Mac to shut down every Friday at 5 p.m., enter sudo pmset repeat shutdown F 17:00:00 into the Terminal. This may just stop you from working into the weekend.
  • Schedule restart: For an automatic macOS restart every other day at 3 a.m., enter sudo pmset repeat restart MWFU 03:00:00 into the Terminal. Maybe now you won’t keep putting off those updates.

How to schedule a Mac shutdown, startup, or reboot in older versions of macOS

Unlike with macOS Ventura, you don’t need to bother with the Terminal app to schedule various tasks in older versions of the OS. Instead, open the Apple menu, then choose System Preferences. To get to the scheduling screen, click Energy Saver and Change Settings (on a desktop Mac), or Battery and Schedule (on a MacBook).

Check the Start up or wake box, and you can set a startup time for every day, only weekdays, just the weekend, or on a single day of your choosing—just use the drop-down lists to set your preference.

[Related: 23 useful Mac settings hiding in plain sight]

The next check box has three options: Sleep, Restart, or Shut Down. Once you’ve made your selection, you’ll get the same choices you do with starting up the Mac. Click Apply to confirm your choices.

A few notes to remember: You can’t have multiple timings for different days, just one startup and one shutdown time for each day you scheduled automation. On a MacBook, startup scheduling will only work if the laptop is plugged in and charging.

Scheduled shutdowns only work when you’re logged into your Mac or MacBook and it’s awake (so you can’t go from a sleep state to a full shutdown). Plus, as with any manual shutdown, certain apps might stop it—like if you have unsaved work open and a save box pops up.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on April 29, 2021.

The post Set your computer to turn on and off on a schedule appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 things to know about Amazon’s new gaming service, Luna https://www.popsci.com/diy/amazon-luna-tips/ Fri, 07 Apr 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=532428
Amazon Luna controller hovering in front of a purple background.
You don't need a Luna controller to get the most out of the service—but you should still consider it. Amazon

Smoother graphics and phone controls can help you get more from Amazon Luna.

The post 7 things to know about Amazon’s new gaming service, Luna appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Amazon Luna controller hovering in front of a purple background.
You don't need a Luna controller to get the most out of the service—but you should still consider it. Amazon

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Amazon Luna finally came out of beta to be widely available in March 2022, immediately impressing users and reviewers. Like competitors such as Xbox Cloud Gaming and Nvidia GeForce Now, the platform streams games straight to your TV, laptop, or phone—think Netflix, but for video games.

To get access to Amazon Luna, you either need to be a Prime subscriber—which gets you a limited number of free games per month—or sign up for one of the specific Luna subscription plans starting at $10 a month. 

1. Amazon’s Fire TV stick is the easiest way to game on a big screen

Amazon Luna streams straight to browsers on phones, tablets, and computers, but the easiest way to get Luna on your big-screen television is with a Fire TV stick. But before you get one, make sure to check if your set is on the list of compatible devices. If you already have Amazon’s TV dongle, just install the Luna app and you’re ready to go. 

[Related: Sign up (and save money) on Amazon’s new Luna game streaming service]

If your TV has a game mode, Amazon recommends turning it on for the best experience. The location of this setting depends on the make and model of your TV, so you’ll have to dig in a bit. If you still can’t find it, we recommend searching for the user manual online.

You’ll also need to connect a compatible controller to enjoy Luna. You can use the official gadget (you can get it bundled up with a Fire TV stick) or one from your Xbox or PlayStation. But those are not your only options.

2. You can optimize your connection on Amazon Luna

For a smooth Luna experience at a 1080p resolution, Amazon recommends an internet speed of at least 10 Mbps. You can optimize your connection and try to hit this target by turning off VPNs and using a wired internet connection where possible.

If you’re seeing buffering and lag, you can scale down the resolution of Luna games to 720p, which uses a more modest 5 Mbps. To do this, on the home page of Luna on the web or in the desktop app, click Settings then Audio & video quality to make the change.

3. You can use your phone as a controller on Amazon Luna

Controller scheme of the Luna controller on a phone screen.
With the Amazon Luna app you can use your phone screen as a controller. Amazon

Whichever device you’re using with Amazon’s gaming service, you can control it using the Luna Controller app (available for Android and iOS). Your handheld device will provide you with a full set of virtual controls to work with, including a d-pad and trigger buttons.

As long as you are signed into the same Amazon account on your phone and on whatever device you’re streaming Luna to, the devices should connect automatically, even if you’re not on the same Wi-Fi network.

You can also use the Luna Controller app to have guests join in your gameplay using their own phones—this is extremely useful if you’re playing a multiplayer title. The only drawback is that they’ll need to sign into the app using your Amazon credentials.

4. You can invite more players with Luna Couch

Luna Couch is one of the more interesting features Amazon’s game streaming service has to offer: it lets you play with friends or family members across the internet with the minimum hassle. Your fellow players don’t need a Luna subscription, but they’ll need an Amazon account to join in. 

From the Luna interface, select Couch on the left and pick a game. Once in it, open the Luna menu—Tab+Shift on a keyboard or the Luna (or Xbox or PlayStation) button on your controller—and pick Start Luna Couch Session.

The platform will give you a code that you can share with other people. All players need to do is head over to the Luna Couch website and enter that code.

5. You can optimize your gameplay by tweaking your device settings

Amazon offers specific advice for certain devices and platforms to help you get the best Luna experience possible. If you’re gaming in the Google Chrome browser, make sure to switch on hardware acceleration—this means the browser will use your computer’s full graphics capabilities.

To access this feature, type “chrome://settings/?search=hardware” into the Chrome address bar and hit Enter. The Use hardware acceleration when available toggle switch should be set to on.

For some unspecified reason, having location services enabled on Fire tablets and macOS can cause performance issues on Luna. You can turn this setting off on Fire tablets by picking Location-based Services from the Settings menu. On macOS, go to System Settings and then choose Privacy & Security and Location Services.

6. Amazon Luna can seamlessly broadcast games to Twitch 

As you might expect, Luna works very well with Twitch, seeing as they’re both run by Amazon. If you’ve never tried live streaming your gaming exploits before, using Luna with Twitch is a great way to start.

From Luna’s web or desktop app, choose Broadcast and Connect with Twitch to get started. You’ll need to sign in or create a Twitch account, then follow the instructions on screen.

You’ll be able to manage your stream from a separate window that will pop up. It includes controls to allow you to share (or not) your audio and webcam feeds, and stop or pause the broadcast at any time.

7. You should think about investing in a Luna controller

As we mentioned, you don’t need an official Luna Controller to use Amazon’s game streaming service: an Xbox or PlayStation controller or your phone will do just fine. You can even use the mouse and keyboard on a computer if you don’t care much for console gaming.

[Related: The best Xbox One controllers of 2023]

However, there are reasons to splash $70 on Amazon’s own gamepad: It’s designed specifically for cloud gaming and has its own direct Wi-Fi connection, so you can easily switch between Luna games on multiple devices.

Its Bluetooth and USB support give the Luna controller versatility, and as you’d expect, it also comes with Amazon Alexa on board. If you’re going to get serious about your Luna gaming, then it’s worth picking up.

The post 7 things to know about Amazon’s new gaming service, Luna appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to move your photos to and from any cloud service https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/move-digital-photos-video-across-services-cloud/ Wed, 29 Jan 2020 17:06:23 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/move-digital-photos-video-across-services-cloud/
Pile of print photos
It's like picking these up and putting them in another box... only it's not. Volodymyr Nikitenko via Deposit Phoyo

Moving your images from cloud to cloud is not as tedious as it seems.

The post How to move your photos to and from any cloud service appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Pile of print photos
It's like picking these up and putting them in another box... only it's not. Volodymyr Nikitenko via Deposit Phoyo

Pictures and videos are likely to be some of your most precious digital possessions. They represent snapshots of loved ones, special places, memorable events, incredible trips, and even some moments that will have you laughing for years to come. We take a lot of these with our smartphone cameras, so we might as well make sure they’re safe and looked after.

Moving your photos and other files to cloud storage is a great idea if you want to protect them, and there are numerous apps and services that will take good care of your images. Even better, if you decide to, say, transfer your Amazon photos to iCloud, it is possible to switch platforms without too much of a hassle.

Get comfortable and open your laptop—phone apps are simply less capable than full-blown computers when it comes to downloading and uploading entire archives of images and videos. And no matter how much you trust your cloud storage provider, always back up your photos and other data somewhere else.

Google Photos

If you have an Android phone, your images likely reside in Google Photos. You can keep them ‘there if you like, but you can always switch.

Importing images to Google’s cloud storage

Google Photos lives on the web, and you’ve got a couple of options for getting pics and vids up into the cloud. First, load up Google Photos in your browser, then simply drag files and folders across from File Explorer (Windows) or Finder (macOS). If you’d rather do this another way, click Upload, then Computer at the top of the Google Photos web interface, and upload your files.

[Related: Google Photos is better at image editing than you think]

For an even easier way to move your photos to the cloud, download the Google Drive desktop app (free for Windows and macOS). It lets you specify certain folders on your computer that will automatically sync with Google Photos, which means that everything you add to those folders will have a copy in the cloud you can access from anywhere. Just open the app, click the cog icon in the top right and go to Preferences. Click Add folder and choose the location you want synced to the cloud. The app will ask where you want the copies of your pics to live—check the box next to Back up to Google Photos and finish by hitting Done.   

Finally, if you’re moving images from Facebook, iCloud, Pixieset, or Pic-Time, Google Photos has a built-in feature to make the switch seamless. Click Upload and from the emerging menu pick Copy from other services. Choose the platform you want to source your stuff from and Google will redirect you to that platform’s login page, where you’ll have to type in your credentials. What you see on the next page will depend on the service you’re dealing with. For example, if you’re moving content from iCloud, Apple’s platform will show you its “Manage your data” menu, where you’ll have a list of options, not all of them related to what you want to do. To move your photos and videos, select Request to transfer a copy of your data, choose Google Photos as the destination for your files on the next page, and hit Continue

Before you seal the deal, make sure you have enough space in your Google Photos account for the incoming files—if you don’t, nothing will transfer and you’ll have to repeat the process all over again. Follow the prompts to give iCloud access to your Google account and hit Confirm transfer to finish. 

This process is not immediate and you may have to wait up to a week for it to complete, depending on the number and heft of the files you’re moving. In the case of iCloud, you’ll receive a confirmation email, but you may have to check your account regularly if you’re using other services. 

How to export Google Photos files to a computer

Downloading one or two photos from Google’s image storage service is easy enough—just select the files from the web interface, click the Menu button (three dots), and choose Download. If you’ve chosen multiple files, they will be wrapped up in a ZIP file. When you’ve downloaded what you need, you can move those photos and videos somewhere else.

If you need to export absolutely everything out of your Google Photos account, head to the Google Takeout service on the web. This tool will help you move all your Google data to another cloud platform, but you can also specify what you want to take with you and what to leave behind. By default, all the boxes on the list of services will be selected, so you’ll want to first make sure Google Photos is the only one—you can do this quickly by hitting Deselect all and checking the box next to Google Photos. Then choose Next step and select Send download link via email from the drop-down menu. If you don’t want to deal with one huge file, you can also choose the frequency of downloads, the maximum heft of each bundle of files, and whether you want to compress your images in a ZIP or TGZ file. Once you’re done customizing, click Create export and wait for the link to that archive (including your selected photos and videos) to appear in your Gmail inbox.

Apple iCloud Photo Library

Screenshot of the iCloud Photo Library wizard
To sync iCloud photos to Google’s platform there’s a built-in tool you can use. David Nield

Contrary to what you might think, Apple does play nice with other cloud services—but only some of them. With the rest, you’ll have to export your photos and videos before you can upload them to other platforms.

How to sync photos to iCloud

The Photos app on Mac takes care of moving files between your computer and the cloud. To add new pictures and videos to your iCloud Photo Library, first open the Photos menu in the Photos app, choose Settings, find General, and make sure the box marked Copy items to the Photos library is checked. Then, choose File, Import, and pick the relevant files.

If you’re using iCloud on the web, you can import photos and videos to iCloud Photo Library by clicking the Upload button (an arrow pointing up into a cloud), then choosing the files you want to grab from your disk. If you’re on Windows, the iCloud for Windows app does a basic, but competent, job—you can specify which photo and video folders on your computer should sync to the cloud by clicking Options (next to Photos) in the main dialog.

Exporting pictures from iCloud

If you’re using a Mac, the iCloud Photo Library on your computer will sync to the cloud in a bespoke Apple-designed database that doesn’t play nice with some apps and services. To get your files into workable formats that other platforms will recognize, you’ll need to export them. Choose File, Export, then Export Unmodified Originals, and pick a new location on your disk. You can export individual files, groups of files, or entire albums. 

If you’re exporting content to Google Photos, that platform has a built-in tool you can use to easily move your images from iCloud. You can check the specific instructions in the section above. 

The iCloud web interface for Photos lets you export images and videos in standard formats as well, but it’s a slow process—you’ll need to individually select files, then click Download (an arrow pointing down out of a cloud). The iCloud for Windows program can help with that: if you click Options (next to Photos in the main dialog), you can specify a folder on your computer to save all your iCloud photos and videos.

Facebook

Facebook privacy settings
There are multiple ways to upload photos to Facebook. David Nield

Technically, Facebook is a social media platform, but if you tweak your privacy settings, you can use it to manage your photos and videos as well.

How to upload photos to Facebook

If you’ve chosen Facebook as the place to host your most precious pictures, you can get them onto the site via your web browser: head to your profile page, then click Photos. From there, choose Add Photos/Videos or Create Album to upload one or more pictures.

Facebook is built around sharing, but you don’t have to share uploaded images and videos with the wider world if you don’t want to. The key tool here is the Default audience box that will pop up as soon as you select your files—this determines who can see what you’re uploading. It’s usually set to Friends by default, but you can change it to Only Me (or whatever audience you want).

How to download all your Facebook photos

Downloading individual photos and videos from Facebook is easy enough: open up the file in your web browser, right-click on it, and choose Save as. You can also open the photo, go to Options (the three dots in the top right corner of your screen) and choose Download.

To save all the photos and videos you’ve ever uploaded to the world’s biggest social network, head to the Facebook settings page on the web and select Your Facebook information. Find Download your information, click View, and check the box marked Posts (this includes photos and videos you’ve shared to the platform, along with other data). At the top of the page, make sure the Media quality setting is High, then scroll all the way to the bottom and select Request a download. You will get an email to your registered address with a download link containing a ZIP file with all of your photos and videos, ready to be uploaded to another platform.

Amazon Photos

Screenshot of the Amazon Photos wizard
You can easily transfer Amazon photos to another account by downloading everything from the cloud. David Nield

If you have an Amazon Prime account, you have unlimited space to store your photos. Yes, you read that right.

The Amazon Photos upload process

If you’re a Prime subscriber, you get unlimited online storage for your photos and 5GB for videos as part of the deal. To get files into your Amazon Drive, you can download the desktop app for Windows or macOS. From the Backup pane, you can have the app scan your computer for photos and videos, or point it toward specific folders to sync to the cloud. Any new files you add to those folders will automatically be uploaded to the web.

Alternatively, open the Amazon Photos web interface and click Add, then Upload photos or Upload folder. If you want to create albums, though, you’ll need to do so manually: click Add, then Create album.

The Amazon Photos download process

To get your movies and pictures out of Amazon Photos and transfer them somewhere else, the best option is the desktop app. Switch to the Download pane inside the app, pick Download folder(s), and assuming you want to download everything, select the Pictures folder from your Amazon Drive. Click Download to and pick a folder on your computer for the files.

You can download photos and videos from the web interface as well, but this is more for one or two files at a time. Select one or more files, then hit Download, and your browser will start saving the chosen files to your disk. If you’ve picked several files, the platform will package the photos together in a ZIP file.

Flickr

Flickr file quality picker
Learning how to download Flickr photos is intuitive. David Nield

Downloading individual photos from Flickr is easy enough. Just hit the download button, select your quality, and you’re done.

Importing

If you need to get photos or videos onto Flickr, one way is to click the little Upload button on the toolbar at the top of the Flickr web interface (the button looks like an up arrow going into a cloud). Choose some files from your computer or drag them into the browser to add them to your Flickr library.

[Related: Your Flickr photos could help scientists keep tabs on wildlife]

Another option, which is easier if you’ve got dozens or hundreds of images and clips to move around, is to use Flickr Uploadr for Windows or macOS. This is only available to those with a Pro account ($8.25 a month or $72 a year), but if you need to shift a substantial number of photos, it’s probably worth the investment.

How to download Flickr photos

To get everything out of your Flickr account, you’ll need to go to your account settings page on the web, then click Request my Flickr data. You’ll get an email with a download link you can click on to save a ZIP file with all your images to your computer.

Alternatively, you can download your pictures and videos through the standard Flickr web interface. Click the download icon (a down arrow) on an album, a picture, or a video—if you’ve chosen an album, the system will pack your images into a ZIP file and send an email to your registered address with a link to download it.

Bonus: Get your content from Instagram and Snapchat

Yes, these apps are social media platforms, not storage services, but we still keep a lot of our photos and videos on them. If you already have a substantial part of your life living on Instagram and Snapchat, you can download it and back it up wherever you want. On Instagram, tap your Profile (bottom right), then the Menu button (top right), followed by Settings. Go to See more in Accounts Center, then Your information and permissions. Once you’re there, tap Download your information and Request a download. On Snapchat, go to the photo library page (tap the button in the bottom left corner of your screen—it’s a small preview of your latest snap.  Select your images and videos, and then choose Export.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 20, 2020.

The post How to move your photos to and from any cloud service appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Tweak these settings for better-sounding phone calls https://www.popsci.com/diy/better-audio-phone-call/ Wed, 05 Apr 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=525422
Person holding phone to their ear in a phone call
There are several variables you can control to improve the quality of your phone calls. Zen Chung / Pexels

Summon all the help you can get to make your calls sound loud and clear.

The post Tweak these settings for better-sounding phone calls appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person holding phone to their ear in a phone call
There are several variables you can control to improve the quality of your phone calls. Zen Chung / Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You’ve probably had to ask  “Can you hear me?” more than once while on a phone call. One of the most vexing frustrations of the modern age is that, despite the rapidly evolving technological landscape, we still have a hard time clearly getting words across during a voice conversation.

Fortunately, your phone is here to help. While your device can’t magically improve your connection, it can help you get more out of it and deploy a few tricks to ensure that you and the person on the other end of the line can hear each other properly.

Phone settings to improve the audio quality of your calls

With iOS 16.4, Apple introduced a new voice isolation feature for phone calls. The smart tech prioritizes the sounds coming from your mouth and automatically blocks out the ambient noise around you. When on a call, activate it by swiping down from the top right corner of the screen to open the Control Center, and then tapping Mic Mode and Voice Isolation.

This feature doesn’t just work in calls made through the Phone app: You can access and apply it in the same way if you’re making voice calls in FaceTime, WhatsApp, Facebook Messenger, or any other calling app on your device.

[Related: How to make voice calls from any device]

When it comes to properly hearing the person you’re speaking to, there’s a volume slider on the Control Center as well, which you can also access simply by using the buttons on the side of your iPhone. Switching to speakerphone might help: On the call screen, choose Audio then Speaker. If you’ve got other Apple devices like iPads or Macs on the same Wi-Fi network and logged into the same Apple ID, you’ll be able to switch to these too via the Audio option on the call screen—a bigger device might have better mics and speakers than your iPhone.

You can also boost call volume on Android via the buttons on the side of your phone, and switching to speakerphone is as easy as on iOS: just tap Speaker on the call screen. If you’re using a Samsung Galaxy phone, you can also head to Settings, then Sounds and vibration, and Sound quality and effects to access two useful features: Dolby Atmos and Adapt sound. The former optimizes voice audio, while the latter tunes the sounds from the phone to your specific hearing abilities.

Pick the Adapt sound option, then tap Adapt sound for and make sure to select either Media and calls or Only calls to make sure you get the benefit on phone calls. Further down you can pick from one of the presets to better match your phone to your hearing—Under 30 years old, 30 to 60 years old, or Over 60 years old—or you can tap Test my hearing to create a customized profile through a series of tests your device runs through connected headphones.

Android has a similar feature to iOS’s Voice Isolation to reduce background noise on calls, but at the time of writing it’s only available with the latest Android 13 update and on the Pixel 7 and Pixel 7 Pro. To access it, head to the Sound & vibration section of Settings, and then tap Clear calling.

Audio quality doesn’t only depend on the settings or hardware on your phone. If cell reception in your area isn’t great, your call won’t sound crisp and could even drop out. If that’s the case, you can make calls over Wi-Fi instead, as long as your carrier supports it (most do). To turn it on on iOS go to Settings, select Phone, and then Wi-Fi Calling.  On Android, go to Settings and tap Network and Internet, Calls and SMS, and then the name of your carrier. Just make sure you’re already logged into whatever Wi-Fi network you want to use before placing the call.

Set up calling apps to improve audio quality in your calls

Most messaging apps can make voice calls now, and if you dig around in the settings for your favorite platform, you may find a few features to optimize the audio on it. We can’t cover every app here, but we can highlight a few.

Some apps have audio optimization on by default. For calls made through Zoom, for example, echo cancellation and background noise suppression are the standard: If you think the feature is interfering too much or the app is applying it too aggressively, you can disable it by going to Settings, Meetings, and turning on Use Original Sound.

Messaging apps often have data-saving features that can reduce the bandwidth audio calls use. If you’re in an area with a strong signal, you’ll want to turn off this option to maximize audio fidelity. However, if your phone has a spotty connection, turning these features on can help. They work exactly like lowering the quality of a YouTube video while on a bad Wi-Fi signal—you don’t get an HD image, but at least the footage doesn’t stop to buffer every 3 seconds.  When you turn on data-saving features, your phone will compress and optimize the audio to get it through entirely, albeit in a lower quality. This will allow you to hear more of the conversation instead of having the audio constantly break up, improving the overall quality of the call.

In WhatsApp, for example, tap the three dots (top right) and go to Settings (Android), or tap the Settings button at the bottom right of the screen (iOS). From there, choose Storage and data to find the Use less data for calls toggle switch. Meanwhile, on Signal, tap the three dots (top right) and then go to Settings, Data and storage, and Use less data for calls.

[Related: How to fix spotty cell service in your home]

Signal also has a call relay feature that protects your privacy by rerouting audio calls through Signal’s servers. This makes it harder for someone to tell where you’re calling from, but it also reduces call quality. It’s not on by default, but if you’ve turned it on for any reason, you can disable it by going to the Settings menu and tapping Privacy, and then Advanced.

Microsoft Teams has a noise suppression option that cuts out unwanted background noise from voice calls. Inside the mobile app, tap your avatar (top left), then choose Settings and Calling. You’ll see under the Noise suppression heading there are several options to pick from, depending on how aggressive you want the suppression to be.

As always, keeping your apps and your mobile operating systems up to date is important in terms of making sure you have the latest bug patches and audio optimizations, which often run in the background without you even noticing. To check for Android updates go to System and System update from Settings. Apple users can check for iOS updates by going to General and Software Update from Settings.

The post Tweak these settings for better-sounding phone calls appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
4 tips to help you achieve ‘Inbox Zero’ in Gmail https://www.popsci.com/reach-inbox-zero-in-gmail/ Sun, 04 Apr 2021 21:42:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/reach-inbox-zero-in-gmail/
A Macbook laptop with Gmail loading in a browser. If you're lucky, you'll reach Inbox Zero in Gmail.
Reaching Inbox Zero in Gmail will be much easier if you follow this advice. Solen Feyissa / Unsplash

If you're looking for some advice on how to clean up your Gmail inbox, look no further.

The post 4 tips to help you achieve ‘Inbox Zero’ in Gmail appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Macbook laptop with Gmail loading in a browser. If you're lucky, you'll reach Inbox Zero in Gmail.
Reaching Inbox Zero in Gmail will be much easier if you follow this advice. Solen Feyissa / Unsplash

Often, email is a case of can’t live with it, can’t live without it. These messages are an essential part of modern-day communications, but sorting through them takes up an inordinate amount of time—time that could be spent doing something more productive.

Fortunately, if Gmail is your email service of choice, it has a number of features that will help you blast through your incoming messages. On top of that, there are plenty of add-ons that will assist you in getting down to an empty inbox—the coveted “Inbox Zero”—as efficiently as possible.

The key is offloading as much work as possible to automatic filters and other tools that will do some organizing for you, leaving you to deal with what’s really important. When you’re done, you should have a nice, clean Gmail inbox.

1. Get Gmail to prioritize your messages

If you haven’t set up tabs in Gmail, now’s the time to do it. Click the cog icon (top right in the web interface), choose See all settings, select Inbox from the labels at the top of the page, and find the Categories heading. For each box you check next to the options here, Gmail will add a new tab with that title to your inbox and sort all relevant emails into it. Click Save Changes at the bottom of the options screen to lock in your edits. As time goes on, Google will also try to guess which messages are important, and you can help it by clicking the importance marker (a right-pointing arrow) to the left of any truly significant conversation.

Gmail's categories, which can help you reach Inbox Zero.
Gmail categories are one way you can sort emails automatically. David Nield

What’s more, you can drag emails between tabs to teach Google how to sort your messages in the future based on type or sender. How can this help you reach Inbox Zero in Gmail? Well, you can ignore the less important categories (like Social and Updates) until the end of the day, then spend a few minutes managing and processing these messages in bulk.

[Related: How Google Tasks can help you organize your Gmail inbox]

2. Set up your own filters

Filters are one of the key ways you can automatically organize your incoming messages. Click the filters icon (three sliders) on the right end of the Gmail search box to set up some search terms. Then click Create filter to set it up. You can also create new filters from individual messages by clicking the three vertical dots in an email’s top right corner and choosing Filter messages like this.

Filters, which can help bring your Gmail inbox to zero.
You can create filters based on sender, subject, size, and various other criteria. David Nield

If you’ve got multiple email addresses coming into your Gmail account, for example, you can mark messages sent to other addresses as less important. Another option is to immediately archive certain emails and mark them as read—they won’t appear in your inbox, so less work for you, but they will still be available via search if you need them.

3. Get creative with Gmail stars

Right from the beginning, Gmail has avoided offering a folder system. Instead, you can use labels and stars to sort your messages. On the web, click the cog icon, then See all settings, and make sure you’re in the General tab. You’ll see a total of 12 types of stars you can use. To make more available inside your Gmail inbox, drag them from the Not in use row to the In use row.

Gmail stars, which can be used to clean up a messy inbox.
Don’t limit yourself to just one star for organizing your messages. David Nield

How does this bring you and Gmail closer to Inbox Zero? By starring and archiving messages, you can clean out your inbox without losing track of important messages. You can view each star category with a simple search, such as “has:yellow-star” or “has:green-check“. To see the search term associated with each star, hover the mouse over the relevant icon on the Settings screen.

[Related: 29 Gmail keyboard shortcuts to help you power through your inbox]

4. Unsubscribe from everything you can

Gmail has a built-in unsubscribe feature to quickly get yourself off newsletter and notification lists you don’t want to be on. You should see an Unsubscribe link in the header of any compatible message. Essentially, Gmail is scanning messages for “unsubscribe” links and making them easier for you to find right up at the top.

The unsubscribe button Google provides for certain emails, which can be helpful in reaching Gmail Inbox Zero.
Unsubscribing from emails makes a bigger difference than you might think. David Nield

At the start, this may feel tedious, but you’ll be amazed at the amount of time you can save by being ruthless with your subscriptions—all those seconds clicking the Delete button really add up. For something even more comprehensive, you can make use of an unsubscribe service that works with Gmail. Unroll.me is one of the best, and also lets you combine multiple incoming messages into a single newsletter.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 6, 2017.

The post 4 tips to help you achieve ‘Inbox Zero’ in Gmail appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Take advantage of all of Android Auto’s new customizations https://www.popsci.com/diy/android-auto-coolwalk/ Fri, 31 Mar 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=524232
Car dashboard screen showing Android Auto's new interface with Google Maps.
Now Android Auto supports more widgets to give you easy access to everything you need while on the move. Google

The system's latest update comes with a wide range of new settings to play with.

The post Take advantage of all of Android Auto’s new customizations appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Car dashboard screen showing Android Auto's new interface with Google Maps.
Now Android Auto supports more widgets to give you easy access to everything you need while on the move. Google

The latest Android Auto update is one of the biggest yet for Google’s in-car interface, giving users more control than ever over how the software looks on their car dashboard.

If you’re completely new to the Android Auto and Apple CarPlay experience, these are the interfaces that pop up in compatible vehicles when you connect your Android or iPhone device. They’re essentially extensions of your phone, giving you access to select apps including maps, music, and messaging.

The internal Google codename for this latest Android Auto update is Coolwalk, though you won’t see it mentioned anywhere officially. It brings with it a split-screen design, streamlined widgets, and a new app launcher.

Changing the layout of Android Auto

By default, the Android Auto interface will show you three widgets: A larger maps panel, a smaller area with media playback controls, and a shortcuts panel displaying recent destinations in your preferred maps app. These widgets represent the apps you’ve used most recently in each category, and if you want to make either of them go full-screen, you can just tap them.

[Related: The new Android 13 features you need to be using]

The interface will also give whatever media playback app you’re using a second screen typically showing recommendations for what to play next. You can access it by swiping left or right on the corresponding icon. As you drive, if you don’t use any of the map destination shortcuts, the media app widget will expand to fill that space.

Depending on your car’s dashboard screen you’ll also see shortcuts to your most-used apps on the side of the widgets or underneath them. Tap any of these shortcuts to make the selected app fill the screen. You’ll also recognize the colorful microphone icon, which you can tap to give voice commands to the Google Assistant.

In the lower-left corner of the Android Auto screen, you should also see a monochrome icon that will either show nine dots or two squares and a rectangle, depending on what’s on screen. Tap this to cycle between the widget view, the full-screen view, and the app launcher, which shows all of the apps available inside Android Auto.

Choosing your Android Auto apps

The apps that you see in Android Auto will be the same apps installed on your phone, but only if they support a car interface. Google Maps is a good example: It’s crucial to the Android Auto experience, so you’ll always see it available through the interface in your vehicle.

But maybe you don’t want to see all the Android Auto-supporting apps you have on your phone crowding your car’s dashboard screen. If there are some you know will never use while on the move, you might want to declutter the app launcher by hiding them from view. You’ll need to set this up on your phone, so don’t do this while driving. From Settings, pick Connected devices, Connection preferences, Android Auto, and Customize launcher. From there, uncheck the box next to any app you don’t want to see in the dashboard interface. You’ll notice some tools, like Google Maps, Phone, and Settings, are not optional, so you won’t be able to hide them from the app launcher.

Go back to the Android Auto menu to switch between night and day (dark and light) modes for maps and customize the interface in various other ways. From this menu, you’ll also be able to enable Taskbar widgets, which will display a new bar along the bottom of the interface so your media playback controls are available at all times.

Customize your Android Auto settings

Screenshot of Android Auto's app launcher.
You can use your phone to pick and choose which Android Auto-supporting apps appear in the car’s interface. David Nield

The renewed Android Auto also offers a selection of customizations you can access from the interface itself. Again, toggling them will require some concentration and focus, so make sure not to play around with them while your vehicle is moving. Get to the app launcher by tapping the nine-dot icon (you may have to access it by touching the widget icon first), and pick Settings.

The first selection of settings covers notifications, so you can choose whether or not you get alerts whenever there’s an incoming message on your phone. There’s also the option to show the first line of conversations and to play a chime on these alerts. Turn off the Suggestion cards setting and you won’t see smart prompts like the option to call a contact you communicate with a lot or navigate to a specific home or work address.

[Related: Your Android phone may soon be able to start your car]

Further down you can set whether Android Auto starts up automatically when it connects and whether the audio you were playing most recently starts up automatically. In our experience, not all media apps obey the rules set down by this setting, so you might still find audio playing (or not playing) no matter what this option is set to.

As well as accessing settings you can get on the phone (such as day and night mode for maps), there’s also a Wallpaper option. Tap this and you’ll be able to access a selection of different patterns and photos. Wallpaper doesn’t show up on the widgets view, but you will see it when you’re accessing menus and the app launcher.

The post Take advantage of all of Android Auto’s new customizations appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The easiest ways to recover deleted files https://www.popsci.com/recover-deleted-files/ Sun, 06 Feb 2022 01:11:18 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/recover-deleted-files/
A man sitting in a study cubicle, holding his head in frustration as he looks at his laptop, which has a lot of stickers on it.
No worries, mate. Tim Gouw / Unsplash

There's more than one way to recover the files you think are forever lost.

The post The easiest ways to recover deleted files appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man sitting in a study cubicle, holding his head in frustration as he looks at his laptop, which has a lot of stickers on it.
No worries, mate. Tim Gouw / Unsplash

Now that we’re living in a mostly digital world, it’s a lot easier than it used to be to accidentally delete that precious family photo or important bank statement. One slip of the finger and whole folders of files can disappear into the digital ether.

If you’re hit by such a mishap, don’t panic. If you keep calm and act fast, you might be able to get your files back. In fact, you can explore a few different methods in your quest to restore your data. From tools built into your operating system to third-party apps you can download for free, here’s how to rescue those files.

Keep a backup

Screenshot of a Dropbox interface
You can recover deleted files from Dropbox with a couple of clicks. David Nield

Nowadays, you really have no excuse for not backing up everything that’s on your computer and phone. The available backup and cloud storage apps are so comprehensive and easy to use that you barely have to do anything to update the spare copies of your data. What’s more, backups are your best protection against any accidental file deletion, not to mention other potential problems like ransomware.

If you don’t already have a backup system in place, it won’t be much help if you’ve arrived here in a panic. But you can at least make sure you set something up to protect your future files. On your computer, look at the options built into Windows (OneDrive) and macOS (iCloud), as well as independent apps such as Dropbox and Google Drive.

All of these services sync your files between computers and the cloud. So when a file disappears from one place, you can restore it from another. For example, in the Dropbox web interface, just click the Deleted files link and then restore whichever file or folder you want back. For even more protection against data loss, consider a service like Crashplan or Backblaze.

Check the Recycle Bin or Trash

Windows 10 Recycle Bin
On a Windows computer, the Recycle Bin should be the first place you check. David Nield

Many people will have already thought of this one. But if you’re not aware, both Windows and Apple computers have folders that keep all deleted files for a short while—just in case you want them back.

A Windows machine calls this folder the Recycle Bin. Its icon might already be on your desktop, but if not, simply open File Explorer, click the drop-down menu at the start of the file path field, and choose Recycle Bin. You can click on individual items and restore them one by one, or select Restore all items to undelete them en masse. Files will return to their original location, though you can copy and paste them somewhere else if you prefer.

[Related: The recycle bin settings you didn’t know you needed]

If you’re on a macOS computer, deleted files will end up in the Trash, and this folder appears on the right-hand end of the dock by default. Again, you can drag files out of the Trash folder, or right-click on a file and choose Put Back from the options menu to restore them to their former location.

Both of these options are time-sensitive. On a Mac, files stick around in the Trash for 30 days. But on a Windows machine, they only stay in the Recycle Bin until the folder exceeds a certain size—so the sooner you act, the better.

Use a third-party app

The interface for Disk Drill.
Third-party apps will tell you if there’s any chance of getting your files back. David Nield

A host of third-party applications promise to at least try to bring back your files from the digital grave—though none are guaranteed to work. These programs scour a specified disk to look for file fragments that haven’t been overwritten yet. Then, they (hopefully) piece those bits back together to make a coherent file again.

Options include EaseUS Data Recovery (for both Windows and macOS), Active@ Undelete (Windows only), Disk Drill (both Windows and macOS), and Recuva (Windows only). You can download and run all of these programs for free, though in some cases, you will have to pay to actually get your data back. Don’t part with any cash until a scan has actually run, and the program has confirmed that it can recover your important files.

All of these choices and most other reputable options are simple to use. And they don’t require much configuration either: Simply choose the drive you’d like to search through and let the app get to work. It’s a good idea to run more than one undelete program on your system, as different apps might be able to detect different sets of files.

How to recover files from phones or tablets

The Recently Deleted folder for the iOS Photos app for an iPhone.
You can recover your deleted photos on an iPhone, but you might have to dig through all those discarded screenshots. David Nield

Phones and tablets handle file storage differently than computers, making it harder to recover deleted information. On the other hand, a lot of mobile apps have an undelete feature built right in, so you might well be able to restore that erased file with just a few taps.

Take photos, for example—they’re the most common type of file you’ll be trying to get back from your phone. In Photos for iOS, tap Albums and then find the Recently Deleted album, which saves erased pictures for 30 days. In Google Photos for iOS and Android, open the menu and tap Library, then Trash to see recently deleted pictures, which stick around for 60 days before they disappear forever.

If your deleted files were erased from a memory card inside your phone, try plugging the card into a card reader attached to your computer and using one of the desktop applications we mentioned above. Again, there’s no guarantee that those files will be recoverable, but these tools are your best bet for getting your data back.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on May 30, 2017.

The post The easiest ways to recover deleted files appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to clear your web history in any browser https://www.popsci.com/erase-browsing-history/ Mon, 07 Jan 2019 21:30:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/erase-browsing-history/
backlit laptop keyboard
Learning how to delete your search history and remove cookies from your browser can help you protect your privacy. Pixabay

Learn how to delete your browsing data and make a habit out of it.

The post How to clear your web history in any browser appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
backlit laptop keyboard
Learning how to delete your search history and remove cookies from your browser can help you protect your privacy. Pixabay

If you want to instantly improve your digital life, take a sticky note, write “delete browsing history” on it, and place it near your computer so you never forget it. Web browsers keep track of your past activity because it comes in handy if you want to find a funny article again, return to your favorite photo of the kids, or if you want to restore a tab you accidentally closed.

At the same time, some people find this constant tracking a little on the creepy side. Not to mention that, if you share a computer with others, you might not want them to find out about a gift you secretly bought them, your interest in 1970s folk-rock, or your more private Google searches.

Fortunately, all of today’s web browsers make it easy to erase your web browsing history and wipe away your tracks online.

What your browser saves

Before you roll up your sleeves and start blitzing all the data stored in your browser, you should know what that information is and what it does. After all, on some occasions, you might want to clear specific types of files and not others. When you dive into a browser’s settings, you’ll see references to these different types of data, though the terms might vary slightly depending on the program.

First of all, our primary concern: your browser history. This is the list of sites and pages you’ve visited in the past. This log helps you retrace your steps, bring back pages you want to refer to again, and reach your favorite sites more quickly. Many browsers draw from your history to suggest specific URLs as soon as you start typing addresses in the search bar.

[Related: You should start using a password manager]

Browsers also track your download history, which is just a list of files you’ve downloaded. Don’t confuse this history with the actual files themselves, which live somewhere on your computer. It’s simply a list of references to them, which can help when you can’t find a specific document or if you want to download it again.

Next up are cookies: little bits of code websites use to recognize who you are. They come in a variety of forms. For example, if you go to a weather website and it instantly shows you the cities you previously searched forecasts for, that’s a cookie in action. If you return to a shopping site and you find the items you left in the shopping basket are still there, that’s cookies at work again. These files won’t harm your computer, but some users don’t like this kind of tracking and prefer to delete them on a regular basis.

While you’re looking at cookies, you might see that your browser distinguishes standard cookies from those from third parties. Third-party cookies track behavior across multiple sites and they’re usually in the ads rather than in the actual page code of a website. You can blame this type of cookie for personalized ads: If you’ve spent some time searching multiple sites for tents and you start seeing tent ads everywhere, third-party cookies are responsible.

Finally, browsers keep a “cache,” which contains local copies of graphics and other elements these programs use to load pages more quickly. If you head back to a site you’ve just visited, for example, the browser can draw site images from the cache rather than pulling them from the web again. This reduces the amount of data your browser has to download each time and speeds up the whole page-loading process. While it can provide snoops with a few hints about your browsing history, you need a certain amount of technical know-how to understand it properly.

When you decide to clear browsing data, most browsers will list all these types of data separately. You can decide to clear everything out, which lets you start all over again—as if you had a new browser on a new computer—or you might decide to keep certain types of files, like the cookies and cache, to make your browsing life more convenient.

Private or incognito mode

For those worrying about privacy, modern browsers allow you to surf in a mode called private or incognito. Simply open a window in private mode, browse as you please, and close it when you’re done. As soon as the window shuts, all the browsing history and stored cookies from that session will automatically disappear. So, if you want to secretly shop for presents on a family computer, incognito mode is a good way to do it without leaving a trace.

However, this mode won’t erase everything you do. If you log on to a site like Facebook or Amazon in incognito mode, those pages will recognize you and record your browsing activity. In other words, your browser won’t remember what you’ve been up to, but any sites you log into will. This means you might see evidence of your private browsing in ads that appear later. And if you download files, private mode won’t wipe them either, though it will clear out your download history.

How to erase your history in any browser

No matter what browser you prefer, they all make it relatively easy to delete your history within a few minutes.

In Google Chrome, click the three dots to the right of the address bar to open the menu, then choose Settings. On the sidebar, go to Privacy and Security, then Clear browsing data. Make your choices from the list, set the time period you’d like to clear, then click the Clear data button. Note: If you’ve set the browser to sync with other computers via your Google account, clearing your history will also erase data across all the other devices where you’ve signed into Chrome. Clicking on Advanced will give you more options for deleting data including the saved passwords you have in your browser.

Those using Mozilla Firefox you should click the three horizontal lines to the right of the address bar to open the Firefox menu, then pick Settings. Click Privacy & Security and then scroll down to the Cookies and Site Data section. Here, you can clear your data completely or manage your data to have more control over what you delete. You can also check the box that clears your browsing data every time you close Firefox if you don’t want to have to worry about doing it manually.

If you’re using Apple Safari on macOS, you can blitz your browsing history by opening the Safari menu and clicking Clear History. Choose the time period you want to erase from the drop-down menu, then click Clear History to confirm the action. When you clear your history in Safari, you won’t get the option to delete different types of data, so it will wipe your cookies and cached files along with your history.

Windows 11 users who are using Microsoft Edge browser a whirl can also clear their browsing history. Click the three dots to the right of the address bar, then pick Settings from the menu that appears. In the Privacy, search and services tab, find Clear browsing data and click Choose what to clear. Next, make your choices from the list, which includes browsing history and cached data, then click Clear now.

Finally, in the popular third-party browser Opera, click the quick settings icon to the right of the address bar—it looks like a stack of three dials. On the emerging menu, scroll down to Privacy & Security, and next to Browsing data click on Clear. This will open the browser’s full settings page, and you’ll be able to choose your types of data and specify your time period. When you’re done, click Clear data

How to erase cookies on any browser

If you really want a clean slate, don’t stop at erasing your history. Getting rid of your browser’s cookies will make sure that there’s no trace of your web surfing, while also protecting your privacy.

On Chrome, do this by going to Settings, Privacy and security, and Clear browsing data. On the next screen, you’ll see a list of all the types of files the browser’s been saving—check the box next to Cookies and other site data and use the drop-down menu at the top of the window to determine the time range. Choose All time, then Clear data.

[Related: Booking a trip online? Here’s what tracking cookies could be gathering about your family.]

Across the street, Mac users using Safari, can go to Settings, Privacy, and Manage website data. Apple’s browser will provide one long list of all the information it’s gathered. Choose to delete select items or click Remove all to get a clean start.

On Firefox, go to Settings, Privacy & security, and under Cookies and site data, choose Clear data. Continue by picking Cookies and Site Data, plus anything else you want to delete, and hit Clear.

Meanwhile, on Microsoft Edge, go to Settings, then Privacy, search, and services, and under Clear browsing data, choose What to clear. In the next window, choose Cookies and other site data, then click on Clear now.

Finally, on Opera you can summon the Clear browsing data options by hitting the Ctrl +Shift+Del shortcut—MacOS users just have to replace Ctrl for Command. Check that the Cookies and site data option is selected and hit Clear data to get rid of them. 

This story has been updated. It was originally published on August 26, 2017.

The post How to clear your web history in any browser appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The easiest way to move your emails from Google to iCloud https://www.popsci.com/diy/gmail-to-apple-mail/ Wed, 29 Mar 2023 12:14:53 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=523680
An iPhone screen showing the Apple Mail app with 129 unread emails.
Your habit of leaving emails unread may not change, though. Sara Kurfeß / Unsplash

You can jump from Gmail to Apple Mail without losing any messages.

The post The easiest way to move your emails from Google to iCloud appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone screen showing the Apple Mail app with 129 unread emails.
Your habit of leaving emails unread may not change, though. Sara Kurfeß / Unsplash

There are more differences among the best email apps than you might think—and just because you’ve used one for years doesn’t mean you should stick to the status quo. You may be able to do better.

Moving from Google to iCloud—from Gmail to Apple Mail, in other words—is one common switch. It’s particularly appealing if you’ve just purchased some new Apple hardware, as Apple’s iCloud services and Mail app work so well on iPhones, iPads, and Macs.

You can make the jump for free, without losing any of your messages. To get started, you’ll need to create an Apple ID, which includes an iCloud email address. You can do this from any Apple device or on the web.

How to add Gmail to Apple Mail and iCloud

Apple's Mail app interface on an iPhone, showing all the email accounts you can add to it, including Google.
Google’s right there as an option when adding accounts to Apple Mail. David Nield

First, you’ll need to get your Apple Mail apps scanning your Gmail account. To do this, Gmail needs to be set up to work with other programs. From Gmail on the web, click the cog icon (top right), then See all settings, and Forwarding and POP/IMAP. Make sure Enable IMAP is selected and leave the default settings in place underneath.

Next, you’ll need to get your Google emails inside Apple Mail. In the macOS Mail app, you can do this by choosing Mail and Add Account: Click Google, Continue, and follow the instructions to sign into your Gmail account. On an iPhone or iPad, open Settings, pick Mail, Accounts, Add Account, and Google, and sign in when prompted. This is a device-specific setting, so adding these emails to your Mac’s Mail app won’t add them to the iPhone version, and vice versa.

It will take some time for everything in your Gmail to show up in Apple Mail, especially if you’ve built up a large volume of messages, so be patient. However, the most recent emails should show up fairly quickly. Note that you can’t import these messages into Mail in iCloud on the web at the time of writing.

Copy messages to Apple Mail and iCloud

A Gmail mailbox in Apple's Mail app on an iPhone.
Apple Mail will transfer your Gmail folders over. David Nield

The steps you take next depend on what you want to do with your Gmail account. One option is to simply leave it in place alongside your iCloud account in Apple Mail. You can manage both mailboxes from the same app, sending and receiving messages using the two separate email addresses.

[Related: How to sync all your email accounts]

If you want to delete your Gmail account, on the other hand, you may want to copy some messages over to your iCloud account—otherwise these emails will be permanently wiped when your Gmail gets shut down. On a Mac, select the relevant messages in your Google mailbox, then drag them over to a folder in your iCloud mailbox. On an iPhone or iPad, find and select the messages to move, tap Edit and Move, and pick the destination folder in your iCloud mailbox.

This process deletes the emails from your Gmail account and moves them to your Mail account—the messages effectively transfer from Google’s servers to Apple’s servers. Unfortunately there’s no quick, automatic way for transferring everything, so you’ll have to be quite picky about which messages you want to bring with you or be prepared to spend a lot of time on the process.

Note that Apple Mail will show the labels you’ve created in Gmail when you import these messages, and will also show the messages that have been tagged as important and starred—see the left-hand navigation pane in Mail on macOS, and the main Mailboxes list in Mail for iOS and iPadOS. This can help you find priority emails that you’d like to transfer over more quickly.

Tidy up your Gmail account

The options for deleting your Gmail account on an iPhone.
You can remove your Gmail account from Apple Mail after transferring your emails. David Nield

You’ve got a few options when it comes to what you do with your Gmail account. You might want to set up an auto-reply message to tell people you’ve switched, mentioning your new iCloud address. To do this in Gmail on the web, click the cog icon (top right), then See all settings, General, and enable the Out of Office AutoReply on option before composing your message underneath.

There is also the option of deleting your Gmail account, if you’ve copied all the emails you need over to iCloud. First, remove it from Apple Mail: You can do this by choosing Mail and Accounts in the macOS Mail app, or by choosing Mail and Accounts in Settings on iOS or iPadOS. You’ll be able to select your Gmail account and remove it. You can then delete your Gmail account (or your entire Google account) from a web page Google built specifically for deleting its services.

You could also remove your Gmail mailbox from the Apple Mail app without deleting it entirely (so you could still check it on the web and in the Gmail app). In this case you may also want to set up Gmail to forward all incoming messages to your Apple Mail account. To do so in Gmail on the web, click the cog icon (top right), then See all settings, Forwarding and POP/IMAP, and Forward a copy of incoming mail.

The post The easiest way to move your emails from Google to iCloud appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Your checklist for maximum smartphone security https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/phone-security-protect-accounts/ Thu, 21 Jan 2021 13:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/phone-security-protect-accounts/
It's easy to take back control of your data with this smartphone security checklist.
Use this security checklist to make sure you're the only person accessing the data on your phone. Priscilla Du Preez/Unsplash

If you think someone might've been snooping on your phone, this is how to take back your privacy.

The post Your checklist for maximum smartphone security appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
It's easy to take back control of your data with this smartphone security checklist.
Use this security checklist to make sure you're the only person accessing the data on your phone. Priscilla Du Preez/Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Everyone wants the data on their phone to stay private, and Android and iOS come with a variety of security features that will prevent other people from sneaking a peek.

If you suspect someone is snooping on you, there are some simple steps you can follow to secure your information, as well as a few warning signs to look out for to make sure it doesn’t happen in the future.

How to keep your lock screen secure

Whether you use a PIN code or a biometric feature (like your face or fingerprint) your phone’s lock screen is the first barrier against unauthorized access.

You can customize lock screen security on Android by going to Settings, Security & privacy, Device lock, and then Screen lock. Meanwhile, from the Settings app on iOS, choose either Touch ID & Passcode or Face ID & Password depending on which biometric security method is built into your iPhone.

[Related: 7 secure messaging apps you should be using]

You should also make sure the screen on your device locks as soon as possible after you’ve stopped using it—otherwise, someone could surreptitiously swipe it while you’re not looking before the locking mechanism kicks in. On Android, open Settings, then go to Display and Screen timeout to set how quickly the screen should turn off—your options go from 15 seconds to 30 minutes. Over in iOS settings, pick Display & Brightness, then Auto-Lock. The shorter the time period you set here, the more secure your data is.

If you need to lend your phone to someone, but still worry about their unfettered access to your handset, know that you can lock people inside one particular app or prevent them from installing anything while you’re not looking. We’ve gone deeper into these features and other similar security options, for both Android and iOS.

How to avoid spyware on your phone

Thanks to the security protocols in place on Android and iOS, it’s actually quite difficult for spying software to get on your phone without your knowledge. To succeed, someone would need to physically access your phone and install a monitoring app, or trick you into clicking on a link, opening a dodgy email attachment, or downloading something from outside your operating system’s official app store. You should see a warning if you do any of these things by mistake, but because it’s easy to disregard those notifications, you should always be careful what you click on.

Android and iOS don’t allow apps to hide, so even if someone has gained access to your handset to install an app that’s keeping tabs on you, you’ll be able to see it. On Android, go to Settings, Apps, and then See all apps. If you see something you don’t recognize, tap the item on the list and choose Uninstall. Within iOS, just check the main apps list in Settings. As the device’s owner, you can uninstall anything you don’t recognize or trust—you won’t break your phone by removing apps, so don’t hesitate if there’s something you’re unsure about.

If you want to do a bit more detective work, you can check the permissions of any suspicious apps. These will show up when you tap through on the apps list from the screens just mentioned—on Android, tap on an app and go to Permissions; on iOS tap an app name from the main Settings page and check what it’s allowed to access. In terms of notifications, system settings, device monitoring, and other special permissions, Android gives apps slightly more leeway than iOS—you can check up on these by going to Settings and choosing Apps and Special app access.

If you think your phone might have been compromised in some way, make sure you back up all of your data and perform a full reset. This should remove shady apps, block unauthorized access, and put you back in control. From Android’s settings page, choose System, Reset options, and Erase all data (factory reset). On iOS, open Settings, then pick General, Transfer or Reset iPhone, and Reset.

Watch what you’re sharing

Apple and Google make it easy for you to share your location, photos, and calendars with other people. But this sort of sharing might have been enabled without your knowledge, or you may have switched it on in the past and now want to deactivate it.

If you’re on an iPhone, open the Settings app, tap your Apple ID or name at the top of the screen, open Find My, and see who can view your location at all times. You can revoke access for everyone by turning off the toggle switch next to Share My Location or remove individuals by touching their name followed by Stop Sharing My Location. You can audit shared photo albums from the Shared Albums section of the Albums tab in Photos, and shared calendars from the Calendars screen in the Calendar app. If you’re in a Family Sharing group that you no longer want to be a part of, open Settings, tap your Apple ID or name, and choose Leave Family.

[Related: How to securely store and share sensitive files]

Android handles location sharing with other people through Google Maps. Tap your avatar (top right), then Location sharing to check who can see your location and to stop them, if necessary. You can check your shared photo albums in Google Photos by tapping the Sharing tab at the bottom of the screen, but you’ll need to open up Google Calendar on the web to edit shared calendars. Hover over the name of a calendar on the left sidebar and click the three dots that appear, and on the emerging menu, select Settings and sharing to see who can view your schedule.

Google Families works in a similar way to Apple Family Sharing, with certain notes and calendars marked as accessible by everyone, though no one will be able to see any personal files unless the owner specifically shares them. If you want to leave a family group, open the Play Store app on Android, and tap your avatar (top left). Once you’re there, go to Settings, Family, and Manage family members. Then, in the top right, tap the three dots and Leave family group.

Protect your accounts

With so much of our digital lives now stored in the cloud, hacking these services is arguably an easier route into your data than physically accessing your phone. If your Apple or Google account gets compromised, your emails, photos, notes, calendars, and messages could all be vulnerable, and you wouldn’t necessarily know it.

The usual password rules apply: Don’t repeat credentials across multiple accounts and make sure they’re easy for you to remember while remaining impossible for anyone else to guess. This includes even those closest to you, so avoid names, birthdays, and pet names.

Two-step authentication (2FA) is available on most digital accounts, so switch it on wherever you can. For Apple accounts, visit this page and click Account Security; for Google accounts, click your avatar on any of the company’s services, go to Manage account, Security, and click on 2-Step Verification.

It’s a good idea to regularly check how many devices are logging in using your Google or Apple account credentials as well. On Android, open Settings and pick Google, Manage your Google account, and Security. Scroll down and under Your devices you’ll see a list of all the gadgets linked to your Google account. You can remove any of them by tapping on their name, followed by Sign out. On an iPhone, open Settings and tap your name at the top to see devices linked to your account—you can tap on one and then choose Remove from Account to revoke its access to your Apple account.

As long as you have 2FA set up, any unwelcome visitor should be blocked from signing straight back into your account, even if they know your password. But to be safe, if you discover some sort of unauthorized access, we’d still recommend changing your password. It’s also a good idea to do this regularly to make sure that only your devices have access to your data.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 21, 2021.

The post Your checklist for maximum smartphone security appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to block or allow browser notifications from any website https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/how-to-manage-browser-notifications/ Thu, 25 Mar 2021 13:01:46 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=278954
A Macbook laptop on a white desk with the browser notifications settings visible for Google Chrome.
Did you make the mistake of allowing notifications in your browser? You can change your mind. Marten Bjork / Unsplash

Tell all those websites to stop sending you notifications (or let specific ones continue to alert you).

The post How to block or allow browser notifications from any website appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Macbook laptop on a white desk with the browser notifications settings visible for Google Chrome.
Did you make the mistake of allowing notifications in your browser? You can change your mind. Marten Bjork / Unsplash

Notifications from apps and operating systems aren’t all you have to deal with these days. Websites are also keen to keep you informed and up to date with their news, adding to the deluge of pop-ups constantly hitting your devices.

Moderation is key to making sure these alerts are useful instead of distracting. You can choose which sites are allowed to ping you by digging into the notifications settings on your device (they’re usually on the list of general settings), but for real control you’ll want to adjust the options in your browser of choice.

Keep in mind that iOS devices don’t allow notifications from websites, so you won’t even have to worry about this if you’re carrying an iPhone in your pocket.

Manage the settings for Google Chrome notifications

Any site that wants to send you alerts will prompt you to deny or accept the request right away. But if you change your mind later, you can tweak these settings by clicking the padlock icon to the left of the address bar. Choose Site settings, find Notifications, and select Allow or Block from the adjacent dropdown menu next to decide if the website you’re on can send you alerts via your browser.

Another way to get to these settings is to click the three vertical dots in the top right corner of the Chrome interface, then go to Settings, Privacy and security, Site settings, and Notifications. Here you’ll see a list of all the sites where you’ve previously blocked or allowed notifications, and you can make changes by clicking the three vertical dots next to any site name.

[Related: The best internet browsers you’ve never heard of]

The same methods work in Chrome for Android, too. Tap the padlock icon in the address bar, then go to Permissions to set the notification rules for the open site. You can also tap the three dots in the top right, and go to Settings, Site settings, and Notifications to see a list of all the options you’ve configured so far.

How to disable or enable Firefox notifications

When you open up a site that wants to send you notifications in Mozilla’s browser, you’ll see a little speech bubble icon appear in the address bar, just to the left of the URL. You can easily ignore this and get on with your browsing, but if you click on it you’ll be able to block or allow notifications from that site.

To review all your notification settings, open the Firefox menu via the three horizontal lines in the top right corner, then choose Settings, followed by Privacy & Security. Scroll down to find the Permissions heading, look for Notifications, and click the Settings bubble to its right. You can use the emerging window to change the listed websites’ permissions and even stop the speech bubble from appearing altogether by checking the box next to Block new requests asking to allow notifications.

In Firefox for Android, you’ll see a prompt to allow or block notifications from individual sites. You can also manage alerts for the site you’re on by tapping the three dots in the corner of the Firefox interface, and then going to Settings, Site permissions, and Notifications.

Allow or deny Safari notifications

Websites that want to send you notifications in Apple’s built-in browser will ask for permission to do so when you open them up, or shortly after. If you want to stop these permission prompts from popping up at all, go to Safari, Settings, and Websites. There, choose Notifications from the left-hand sidebar and uncheck the box labeled Allow websites to ask for permission to send notifications.

You can use the same dialog box to change your mind about a website that you’ve blocked or allowed permissions from in the past. Just click the small drop-down box next to the website in question and choose Allow or Deny from the list.

Change the Microsoft Edge notification settings

When a site wants to send you notifications in Microsoft Edge, you’ll first see a small pop-up box that lets you choose whether to allow or block them. You can also change this site-specific setting at any point by clicking the site information icon (a padlock or “i” symbol) on the far left of the address bar, choosing Permissions for this site, finding the Notifications option, and adjusting the options in the dropdown menu to its right.

[Related: Five simple tricks to speed up your browser]

To look at a list of all the sites you’ve allowed or denied notification privileges, click the three dots in the top right corner of the Edge interface, then Settings, Cookies and site permissions, and Notifications. You can manually add sites to the blocked or allowed list, and edit the settings for sites that are already there.

In Edge for Android, you can tap the padlock or info icon on the left of the address bar, then choose Site settings to modify the permissions of a site, including notifications. You can also tap the three dots at the bottom of the interface and go to Settings, Site permissions, and Notifications to see a list of permissions for all sites.

How to enable or disable Opera notifications

Those who surf the web using Opera will get a pop-up dialog whenever a site wants to send you a notification for the first time—this lets you choose whether to allow or block alerts from the site. To change this setting later for an individual site, click the padlock icon to the left of the address bar and turn the toggle switch next to Notifications off or on.

To see the settings for every site you’ve visited, click the cog icon on the Opera browser’s left-hand sidebar. From there, choose Privacy & security, Site settings, and Notifications. You can adjust the configuration for sites already listed, and add new entries with the Add button.

When it comes to Opera for Android, again you can tap the padlock icon in the address bar, and go to Site settings to control notification permissions. To see the settings for all sites, tap the Opera icon in the lower right corner of the interface and go to Settings, Site settings, and Notifications.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 25, 2021.

The post How to block or allow browser notifications from any website appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Paste text without ugly formatting, and other ways Microsoft’s PowerToys can help you https://www.popsci.com/install-use-windows-powertoys/ Tue, 29 Oct 2019 13:50:12 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/install-use-windows-powertoys/
A Black woman with orange, braided hair sitting in front of a silver Surface laptop, possibly using Microsoft PowerToys.
Behold: a power user. Surface / Unsplash

Power tools for power users.

The post Paste text without ugly formatting, and other ways Microsoft’s PowerToys can help you appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Black woman with orange, braided hair sitting in front of a silver Surface laptop, possibly using Microsoft PowerToys.
Behold: a power user. Surface / Unsplash

If you’re of an age to remember the launch of Windows 95 almost 30 years ago, you may also remember Microsoft PowerToys—add-ons the company built for its operating system and aimed at power users (hence the name). Guess what: they’re still around, and arguably cooler than ever.

After their launch, these utilities gained a cult following among a nerdier, geekier subset of Windows users—those who wanted to tinker and explore beyond the Windows wall. The original PowerToys let you, for example, play CDs from the taskbar, edit right-click context menus, and access the command prompt from anywhere.

The popularity of the add-ons continued with the arrival of Windows XP and a second version of PowerToys in 2001, which included a new set of utilities for creating custom keyboard layouts, and adding different time zones to the system clock. They also expanded the core Windows functionality with extras that were actually useful, such as live previews for switching applications with Alt+Tab, and the option to open a command prompt window from any folder.

With all that history behind them, it’s not surprising that the return of PowerToys caused such excitement—the past few years have been like the revival of a much-loved movie franchise from decades past.

The Microsoft PowerToys interface on Windows 11.
PowerToys for power users. Justin Pot

The latest breed of PowerToys for Windows 10 and 11 will also be rolling out as open source projects, so users can pick them up and customize them. Just visit the official download site in your browser, open the ZIP file, and follow the instructions on the screen to add the utilities. Once installed, you’ll see a little PowerToys icon down in the Windows notification area in the lower right-hand corner.

Load up PowerToys with a click on the notification area icon (or via the Start menu). You’ll see all kinds of goodies. Here are a few highlights.

PowerToys Run

Mac users are familiar with Spotlight, a fast search tool that can quickly open any application or file on an Apple computer. PowerToys Run brings this basic idea to Windows. Use the keyboard shortcut Alt+Space to open a search bar (you can customize the keyboard shortcut if you want), then type the name of any application or file on your computer to quickly open it.

Microsoft PowerToys Run, showing a search bar with Outlook typed into it.
Saving a few moments adds up over time. Justin Pot

It gets better. There’s a built in calculator: type any equation to see the answer and hit Enter to copy it to the clipboard. You can type “shutdown” and hit Enter to turn off your computer; other commands include “restart”, “lock”, “sleep”, and “empty recycle bin”. There’s support for searching your OneNote notebooks, if you use that program, and even for launching Shell commands. You can also launch any website—type the URL and hit Enter—and run web searches—type out your search terms and, you guessed it: hit Enter.

PowerToys Run can really change the way you use your computer: you can do almost anything without touching your mouse. Everything is faster with this tool—don’t overlook it.

Shortcut Guide

The Microsoft PowerToys Shortcut Guide interface.
With PowerToys’ Shortcut Guide, your mouse may become vestigial. David Nield

Speaking of not touching your mouse, take a look at Shortcut Guide. This is admittedly not a utility that will change your life, but it’s still one you may find useful if you want to learn how to get around Windows faster and boost your productivity along the way.

[Related: Become a Windows whiz by creating your own keyboard shortcuts along the way]

It’s really simple to use—tap the Windows key on your keyboard, and the Shortcut Guide PowerToy will bring up a window overlay showing some of the keyboard shortcuts you can use. To use any of the shortcuts, keep the Windows key pressed down and hit the other key listed.

For example, Win+A opens up the Action Center, while Win+M minimizes all the currently open Windows so you can get a look at the desktop. Over on the left you’ll notice shortcuts for snapping windows to either side of the screen, which can be useful for getting two windows up alongside each other.

If you spend a lot of time in Windows, you may be able to memorize these keyboard shortcuts fairly quickly, but it’s always good to have a cheat sheet so you can see how many options are available. Using the Windows key plus a number key is a useful way to jump  between different applications, for instance.

From the main PowerToys window, you can click Shortcut Guide to configure how long (in milliseconds) you’ll need to hold down the Windows key to get the shortcut overlay up, as well as the opacity of the background of the Shortcut Guide window overlay.

FancyZones

The Microsoft PowerToys FancyZones interface.
If you like to compartmentalize your life, you’re going to love FancyZones. David Nield

FancyZones was one of the earliest PowerToys available when the tools returned in 2019, and it lets you split your open windows into zones to keep your windows better organized. You can create themed zones for websites, office apps, browsing your computer, and so on.

Hit the Win+~ (tilde key) keyboard shortcut to launch FancyZones, or get the PowerToys Settings panel up on screen, switch to the FancyZones tab, and click Edit zones to customize the layout. A new dialog will appear, letting you choose how many zones you want and how they’re positioned. If you think you can do better than the templates provided, open the Custom tab on the right to make your own, or edit existing layouts by clicking Edit selected layout.

Back in the main tab, you can tweak a few details of the add-on: You can use the Shift key to drag windows into different zones (recommended), override the Windows Snap hotkeys (for fixing windows to the side of the screen), have zones flash when the layout changes (also recommended), and more.

With open windows on screen, hold down Shift, then drag a window into a zone to organize it. If you don’t enable the Shift key shortcut in settings, as described above, the zones will be enabled every time you move a window on screen.

Use the Focus layout, for example, to put together a tiered stack of windows, one on top of the other, all neatly arranged; or use the Priority Grid layout as a way to keep important programs front and center, with other apps down the sides of the screen. Once you get used to how it works, FancyZones can add a real boost to your productivity.

Paste as plain text

The Microsoft PowerToys Paste as Plain Text interface.
No more messed-up formatting with this PowerToy. Justin Pot

Anyone who writes on the internet for a living knows how annoying it is to remove formatting from text you copied. At least, it used to be—Paste as Plain Text seems to have saved the day.

When you copy text from a website—this one, for example—and paste it into another application, all the formatting choices tend to come with. This means that if you’re adding a quote from a website to a Word document, you don’t just paste the quote—you paste the quote in the exact font of the website you copied it from. This gets messy fast, and it happens everywhere: in emails, spreadsheets, and even design projects.

Paste as Plain Text lets you paste any text without the formatting, meaning it will match the formatting of whatever you’re working on. The default keyboard shortcut, Ctrl+Alt+Windows+V, is a little unwieldy, though you can change the keyboard shortcut in the PowerToys launcher, if you prefer. Anything you paste with this shortcut will be completely free of formatting. It’s simple but life-changing: no more spending time adjusting the font and size of text after you drop it into its new home.

More Microsoft PowerToys you should check out

Microsoft brought back PowerToys in 2019 with just a couple of tools. The collection has grown massively since then, and also works on Windows 11, meaning there are a bunch more PowerToys that are extremely useful and worth a quick mention.

  • Text Extractor allows you to copy text from any image. Use a keyboard shortcut to select text inside an image, and it’ll be copied to your clipboard.
  • Image Resizer can resize any picture in just a couple of clicks—right-click any image file, or multiple image files, in Windows Explorer, then click Resize pictures. You can customize the sizes, if you want, as well as what file format images are resized to.
  • Awake can temporarily keep your computer from falling asleep. Just click the handy coffee cup icon in your tray and you can choose whether to keep your computer awake indefinitely or for a set amount of time.
  • Screen Ruler allows you to quickly measure how many pixels a given area of the screen takes up.
  • Quick Accent makes it easier for Windows users to add accents to any letter, which is great for typing in languages like French and Spanish. Just hold the key you want to add an accent to until you see a popup, then use the arrow keys to choose which accent you want to add to the character.

And this is just to start—Microsoft keeps adding more toys to the box. Stay tuned: we’re sure there will be more.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on October 29, 2019.

The post Paste text without ugly formatting, and other ways Microsoft’s PowerToys can help you appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 ways you can use the iPhone Shortcuts app to improve your life https://www.popsci.com/diy/iphone-shortcuts-app/ Sat, 18 Mar 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=520601
A person holding an unlocked iPhone, with apps on the screen.
With the iPhone Shortcuts app, you can automate many tasks. Adrien / Unsplash

These iOS shortcuts will make your phone even more powerful.

The post 5 ways you can use the iPhone Shortcuts app to improve your life appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding an unlocked iPhone, with apps on the screen.
With the iPhone Shortcuts app, you can automate many tasks. Adrien / Unsplash

The Shortcuts app has long been one of Apple’s lesser-used offerings, and that’s a shame, because it can supercharge your iPhone’s capabilities. With a single tap, you could turn on your smart lights, raise the temperature on your smart thermostat, and start an energetic playlist—and that’s just one example.

Like the macOS version, the mobile Shortcuts app is essentially an automation tool that can combine many tasks into one action that you launch with a tap or a word to Siri. Introduced in 2018 alongside iOS 12, the app is built into the iPhone’s operating system, so you’ll find it on one of your home screens or in the App Library. From the app’s Shortcuts tab, you can start manually building your own shortcut, or install a prebuilt one from the integrated shortcut gallery or the web.

1. Get yourself in the mood to focus

The iOS Reading Mode shortcut for the iPhone Shortcuts app.
The Reading Mode shortcut starts by asking you how long you’d like to read for. David Nield

A good way to start using Shortcuts is to install one made by someone else—you can always open the tool up to see how it works and adapt it to your needs if necessary. Go to the Gallery tab in the app, look for a shortcut called Reading Mode, and install it by tapping the plus icon on the shortcut’s thumbnail.

Reading Mode is a great example of how shortcuts combine multiple actions: It turns on Do Not Disturb, switches to dark mode, opens your reading app of choice and even starts the Apple Music playlist you specify. Tap the three dots on the shortcut entry once it’s installed to customize any of these actions.

2. Edit images in batches

A DIY iPhone shortcut you can use to resize images in bulk.
Shortcuts can quickly apply the same edits to multiple images. David Nield

As you get more confident with Shortcuts, you can start building your own—it helps to think about tasks and groups of actions you do repeatedly on your phone. To create a shortcut from the Shortcuts tab, tap the plus icon in the top right corner and hit Add Action to get started.

[Related: Edit gorgeous photos right on your phone]

If you want to, say, automate a series of photo edits you do again and again, choose Apps, Photos, then Select Photos. From the All Actions list, pick Resize Image as the next action, and enter the desired size. The final action is Save to Photo Album. Tap Done to save your shortcut.

That’s a basic example, but there are lots of other image editing actions available, including the ability to remove backgrounds and rotate images, so you can combine them as you need.

3. Use ChatGPT with Siri

An iOS shortcut that allows you to use ChatGPT on an iPhone.
Put ChatGPT on your iPhone, with help from Siri. David Nield

It’s difficult to avoid ChatGPT at the moment, and the AI chatbot can be used in tandem with Siri on your iPhone. First, register a free account with ChatGPT developer OpenAI, then grab an API key from its site. API (application programming interface) keys are simply identification codes that let one program (Shortcuts) work with another (ChatGPT).

With the key in hand, open the SiriGPT shortcut in your iPhone’s web browser and tap Get Shortcut. In the Shortcuts app, select Set Up Shortcut, paste or type in your API key, and choose Add Shortcut.

If you’d like to launch this shortcut using your voice, you’ll probably want to rename it to something simpler—do so by pressing and holding it, then picking Rename. Launch the shortcut with a tap or a voice command, and ChatGPT will be at your disposal.

4. Let someone know when you’ll be home

The ETA tool for the iPhone Shortcuts app, which lets people know when you'll arrive.
Shortcuts can text on your behalf. David Nield

One of the benefits of running shortcuts on your iPhone rather than your Mac is that it provides a much more precise fix on your location. That can come in handy for all kinds of automations.

Head to the Gallery tab and look for the Home ETA shortcut. When you install and run it, it’ll work out how long it should take you to drive home, and then text your estimated time of arrival to the contact of your choice.

[Related: 14 tricks for getting more out of the underrated Apple Maps app]

Open the shortcut from the Shortcuts tab by tapping on the three dots on its entry, and you’ll be able to easily change the address the shortcut defaults to, as well as the contact(s) who receive the message about your ETA.

5. Look back on your day

The iOS shortcut that lets you reflect on your day.
You can choose the questions and responses to help you reflect on your day. David Nield

If you tap Gallery in the Shortcuts app and use the search function, you should find a shortcut called Reflect on the Day that does exactly what its name suggests. You’ll be asked to answer questions about how your day has been, and you can also set goals for tomorrow.

Your responses will be stored in the Notes app, so you can track your progress over time, and the shortcut will also set reminders for the next day so you don’t forget your goals. To edit the questions the shortcut asks you at the end of each day, open it up by tapping the three dots on its thumbnail.

The post 5 ways you can use the iPhone Shortcuts app to improve your life appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Proton Mail tips that might convince you to ditch Gmail https://www.popsci.com/diy/proton-mail-tips/ Fri, 17 Mar 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519841
Hands on a laptop computer checking Proton Mail.
Proton Mail is a great alternative if you want a more privacy-focused email service. Proton

Proton Mail may be the more privacy-focused email service you have been looking for.

The post Proton Mail tips that might convince you to ditch Gmail appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hands on a laptop computer checking Proton Mail.
Proton Mail is a great alternative if you want a more privacy-focused email service. Proton

For the privacy-savvy email user, Proton Mail has a lot going for it: An intuitive, customizable interface, end-to-end encryption, and easy integration with desktop clients.

Whether you’re thinking about giving Proton Mail a try or you want to get more out of your account, these tips and tricks should give you a good idea of the capabilities of the email service.

You can use Proton Mail for free or pay for premium plans, starting at $5 a month. Ponying up will give you access to other Proton products, including Proton Drive and Proton Calendar. In the case of the email service, a subscription extends the limits of the free plan (which only includes 1GB storage, three labels, and three folders), while giving you extra features such as support for custom domains, and auto-reply messages.

1. Label your messages

Proton Mail gives you two different ways of grouping emails—labels and folders. The key difference is that a message can have multiple labels, but can only be in one folder at a time.

[Related: Use email aliases to organize your inbox—and stay private]

You might have one label set up for work, for example, and one for anything to do with the kids. They’re color coded for ease of reference and you can quickly get to them from the navigation bars inside the Proton Mail app.

To apply a label, select an email and then click or tap the label button on the toolbar at the top (web) or the bottom (mobile) of the screen—the button looks like a small luggage tag.

2. Customize the interface

There’s nothing bad about the default purple-and-white look of Proton Mail, but there are lots of ways to customize it on the web. Click the cog icon (top right), then choose Go to settings and Appearance to see the options.

At the time of writing, you’ve got a choice of seven different color schemes to pick from, and a selection of layouts for the various different views in Proton Mail. Select Compact, for example, to reduce the spacing between messages.

3. Password protect your emails

If you want to make absolutely sure an email is only opened by the recipient, you can protect it with a password: In the compose window on the web or on mobile, click or tap the padlock icon at the bottom of the message. Proton Mail will then ask you to enter the password required to unlock the message, plus an optional password hint.

Because the message is protected by a password, the recipient won’t be able to open it up like a regular email. They’ll get a link that will direct them to a secure page on the web and the message will appear only after they enter the password. Your contact will also be able to reply to the email directly, even without a Proton Mail account.

4. See who is tracking you

Many marketing companies will include trackers in their emails to see when you open a message and on what devices. That information helps them assess the effectiveness of ad campaigns and understand more about customers, but you may well consider it an overreach in terms of your personal privacy.

Proton Mail will block these trackers by default. On the web, click the shield icon just above a message to the right to see if the platform has detected and blocked any trackers. If you want to turn the feature off for whatever reason, on the web click the cog icon (top right), then choose Go to settings and Email privacy.

5. Use swipes and shortcuts

The faster you can get through your emails the better, and Proton Mail offers some help on both mobile and on the web. In the Android and iOS apps, you can deal with messages by swiping them to the left or right—to set what these gestures do, from starring messages to deleting them, from the main menu (three horizontal lines, top left) go to Settings and pick Swipe actions.

On the web, you can use keyboard shortcuts, a well-known way of getting more done in less time. Click the cog icon (top right), then Go to settings and Messages and composing. Use the Keyboard shortcuts toggle switch to turn them on or off, and click the small ‘i’ icon next to it to see a list of supported shortcuts.

You can use N to create a new message, R to reply to an email, and A to archive it. You’ll be through your email backlog in no time.

6. Filter incoming messages

Filters can do a lot of the hard work of sorting through your incoming messages for you, and Proton Mail is well covered in this department. To set up filters, go to the web client and click the cog icon (top right), then choose Go to settings and Filters.

Click Add filter and follow the steps. First, you’ll need to give it a name, set the conditions, and specify the actions that the filter will trigger. For example, you could automatically archive newsletters or automatically star emails from your partner. Finally, you’ll get to test the filter out in preview form before you save it. 

Proton Mail also offers another option, Add sieve filter, which lets you code filters in more detail. You need to do this in the Sieve programming language, which is not difficult to master if you want to try it out.

7. Schedule your emails

If your boss or colleagues are working in different time zones, perhaps you don’t want to send emails right away. Proton Mail can help you set emails to be sent at a specific time and date in the future if you need to.

[Related: Why you should use whitelists to manage your email]

When you’re composing messages on the web, click the little arrow next to the Send button to find the schedule feature, which iPhone users will find by tapping the clock icon. Unfortunately, at the time of writing, the feature hasn’t yet made its way into the Android app.

If you’re on a free Proton plan, you can choose from the suggested dates and times, but if you’re on a premium plan, you can specify the exact moment you want your messages to leave your inbox. Proton Mail keeps outgoing emails in the Scheduled folder until it’s time to send them, and if you need to, you can edit them from there.

The post Proton Mail tips that might convince you to ditch Gmail appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Write these down: the best note-taking apps for your phone https://www.popsci.com/diy/note-taking-apps/ Tue, 14 Mar 2023 14:17:47 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519395
A person using the Apple Notes app on an iPhone.
These apps make taking notes on your phone really simple. Priscilla Du Preez / Unsplash

Turn your smartphone into a digital notepad.

The post Write these down: the best note-taking apps for your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using the Apple Notes app on an iPhone.
These apps make taking notes on your phone really simple. Priscilla Du Preez / Unsplash

Most of us always have our smartphones close at hand, which makes them perfect for taking notes. You can just unlock it, type out what you need from the store, your friend’s new address, the name of a film you want to check out, or anything else, and go on with your day.

There are plenty of excellent apps that can help you take better notes too, going beyond the basics to offer extras like advanced note organization options, the ability to share notes with others, and note reminders.

1. GoodNotes

A person using the GoodNotes app on an iPhone.
GoodNotes is good… at… notes. Goodnotes

GoodNotes certainly doesn’t miss a chance for self-promotion with its choice of name, but it really is good—very good, in fact. You can tell a lot of care has gone into the interface, as there are a host of different tools to use across images, drawings, and text. You can even use it to annotate PDFs.

We like the number of features you get inside the app, such as the choice of paper styles, the ability to search through handwritten text, and support for scanned images and audio notes. There’s easy syncing to various cloud services too.

You can work on up to three notebooks for free inside GoodNotes, while a one-off fee of $9 removes this restriction. A beta version of the app for Android has just been launched, but isn’t yet widely available.

GoodNotes is free or $9 for iOS and Android.

2. Agenda

The Agenda note-taking app, as it appears on a phone screen.
Agenda can handle text, images, links, and files. Agenda

Agenda links your note-taking to your calendar, so you can easily attach dates and reminders to notes where needed. You may be surprised how often this comes in handy, whether you’re planning something big, like a vacation, or handling a smaller task like jotting down the framework of an upcoming work meeting.

The app can work with handwritten scribbles, but it’s geared primarily to handle lots of text across multiple projects and notebooks. You can format text in a variety of ways, attach files to your notes, apply tags for easier organization, and even link between notes. It’s a heavy-duty piece of software.

[Related: Turn your handwritten documents into searchable digital notes]

Agenda is free to use, but certain premium features such as collaboration tools for teams and more note customization options, must be unlocked by a one-off payment of $15.

Agenda is free or $15 for iOS.

3. Notion

The Notion app for taking notes, as it appears on a phone screen.
Notion can take whatever kinds of notes you need it to. Notion

The main appeal of Notion lies in its flexibility and versatility: It’s basically an open canvas for you to use as you like, whether that’s to detail guidelines for a coding project or prepare a list of household chores to complete before the weekend.

It’s slick, accessible, and a delight to use. You can add text, links, tags, and images to your notes, and simply drag elements around to reposition them. Everything is saved instantly, so there’s no danger of losing your work, and individual notes can reference others. Have a look around the web and you’ll see there are countless ways to use Notion, which is a testament to its quality.

Both free and paid plans are available with Notion. If you pay $5 a month for the premium subscription, you can share notes with more people, access a longer history log for your notes, and upload an unlimited number of files to your account.

Notion is free or $4 a month for Android and iOS.

4. Evernote

The Evernote app, as it appears on an iPhone screen.
Evernote is packed full of useful functionality. Evernote

Evernote is the venerable old timer of the note-taking app scene, and has been dutifully recording people’s thoughts, plans, to-dos, and agendas since the year 2000. Today, it includes just about every feature you could need in an app like this.

Some of those features include support for text, images, files, audio, and drawings, advanced search and tagging options, the ability to format the information inside your notes in a wide variety of ways, and easy ways to scan in paper documents or link to pages on the web.

[Related: How to export your Evernote content to another app]

If there is a fault to Evernote, it’s that it does too much—fans of minimalism may want to look elsewhere, but for everyone else it’s fantastic. You can use it for free, but a premium subscription of $9 a month gets you extras including support for more devices, more customizations, bigger file uploads, and more storage for your notes.

Evernote is free or $9 a month for Android and iOS.

5. Squid

The Squid note taking app as it would appear on a phone screen, showing handwritten notes and a sketch.
Squid is perfect for handwritten notes and drawings. Squid

Squid has been built specifically for handwritten notes and doodles, so it’s perfect if you want to quickly jot something down. When that’s done, it’s really simple to organize your sketches and get your notes in order, in whichever way you need.

Tasks like copying and erasing are intuitive and straightforward, as is changing the color and line thickness of the on-screen pen. If you’ve got a phone with a stylus or are going to be syncing your notes with other devices that use a stylus, Squid is definitely worth considering—though you can easily use your finger to make notes as well.

You can use Squid for free, but you can also pay $1 a month for a premium package, which includes more tools (such as text boxes you can type into), extra backgrounds, and the ability to import PDFs.

Squid is free or $1 a month for Android.

6. Apple Notes

The built-in Apple Notes app for iOS.
Apple Notes continues to get new features over time. Apple

Don’t neglect the default apps that come with your phone—Apple Notes if you have an iPhone. Apple keeps adding new features to this app, and recently introduced the ability to lock certain notes behind a passcode with iOS 16.

The app makes every part of note taking straightforward, including formatting text, introducing images and checklists, keeping notes organized with tags and pins, importing drawings and scanned documents, and sharing notes with other people (handy for shopping lists and work projects, for example).

[Related: How to undo text in Apple’s Notes app]

If you spend a lot of time on Apple devices—not just iPhones but also iPads, Apple Watches, and Macs—Apple Notes will keep everything synced between them. If you’re on Android though, it’s not an option.

Apple Notes is built into iOS.

7. Google Keep

The Google Keep app as it appears on a phone screen.
Google Keep makes use of colorful virtual Post-its. Google

Google’s note-taking app goes for the colorful virtual Post-it look. It’s simple enough to get started with, but as you dig deeper you’ll find there are plenty of advanced features as well.

For example, you can associate notes with specific dates and times and get reminders about them, and you can share notes with other people if you need to collaborate on something. The app also lets you use tags so you can quickly group different notes together in categories of your choice.

This being a Google product, the search feature is, of course, well done, and if you don’t want to type you can scribble notes or dictate them via voice recordings. It’s one of the best options if you need something simple, but not too simple.

Google Notes is free for Android and iOS.

The post Write these down: the best note-taking apps for your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 easy ways to troubleshoot a slow computer https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/fix-slow-computer/ Sun, 21 Mar 2021 13:41:22 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/story/uncategorized/fix-slow-computer/
A man sitting in a cubicle, frustrated with a slow computer. He's probably wondering, "Why is my computer so slow?"
When you're struggling with a slow computer, you get old waiting for your websites to load. Tim Gouw / Unsplash

Don’t let your machine succumb to old age.

The post 5 easy ways to troubleshoot a slow computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man sitting in a cubicle, frustrated with a slow computer. He's probably wondering, "Why is my computer so slow?"
When you're struggling with a slow computer, you get old waiting for your websites to load. Tim Gouw / Unsplash

Neither you nor your gadgets can escape the passage of time. A slow computer is generally just a laptop or desktop that’s showing its age. And just as annual checkups can help keep your body healthy, regular maintenance can prevent your device from slowing down too soon.

So the next time you notice your computer running slow, stop what you’re doing and give it a thorough exam. With smart tactics and a little luck, you should be able to bring back at least some of its youthful speed.

Audit your installed apps

The main difference between the bright, shiny computer you unboxed on day one and the sluggish, wheezing beast you might find yourself with after five years, is all the applications you’ve loaded onto it.

Regularly review your list of installed programs, and keep in mind that just because you’ve installed something, it doesn’t need to sit on your hard drive until the end of time. The only apps you should have are those you’re using frequently, so take note of what those are and get rid of the rest. You can always download and reinstall a program if you change your mind.

[Related: When to repair your computer and when to replace it]

On Windows, open Settings via the cog icon on the Start menu, then choose Apps. If you have Windows 11, click Installed apps, and if you have Windows 10, look for Apps & features. You can sort programs by size, name, or when they were installed, so you’ll be able to see tools you may have forgotten about. To remove an app from Windows 11, click the three dots to its right and choose Uninstall. On Windows 10, select the app from the list of apps and hit Uninstall. There are also ways to uninstall a bunch of apps at once if you need the efficiency. 

On macOS, open the Applications tab in Finder, locate the app you want to trash, and then drag it down to the Trash icon in the dock. If you downloaded the program from the Mac App Store, you can also remove it from the Launchpad window—press and hold the Option key until the icons start jiggling, then click the small x button on the top left corner of the application you want to remove. Some apps may leave residual files on your computer, so you may want to make sure you’re completely uninstalling them.

Keep an eye on free storage space

One guaranteed way to slow down your computer is to not give it enough virtual space to work with. Beyond removing apps you don’t use, you should always make sure there’s a good chunk of storage available on the hard drive—around 20 percent at least, if you can manage it.

[Related: Rip out your computer’s guts and craft an external hard drive]

In File Explorer on Windows, you can click This PC (or your computer’s name) on the left to see how much room is left on your local drives. On macOS, go to System Settings, General, and open the Storage tab.

There’s no one-size-fits-all approach to freeing up disk space on your computer. It’s just a question of monitoring what you have on your disk and deleting what you don’t need—from old documents to installation packages. You should also consider moving files you don’t access regularly to the cloud or an external hard drive. Just make sure you always have two copies of your most important files for backup purposes.

Don’t let programs overstep their mark

The default settings in plenty of programs allow them to do whatever they want as soon as they’re installed, including running in the background whenever your computer is on. Allowing your favorite programs to do this means they can jump into action without you having to launch them manually each time. But it’s best to keep the number of active applications a minimum, as many apps running in the background can result in an obnoxiously slow computer.

To see which apps are overstepping their mark on Windows, right-click on a blank part of the taskbar, choose Task Manager, and scan the Processes tab (it should open by default, but if not, click the icon on the left-hand sidebar that looks like three squares forming a 90-degree angle). On macOS, type Cmd+Space to open Spotlight and search for Activity Monitor. Anything eating up CPU or memory could be the reason why your computer is running so slow.

If there are apps that shouldn’t be on these lists, there are two things you can do. First, check inside the applications themselves to see if there’s a setting you can disable to prevent them from running automatically. If you can’t find any, stop them from starting up with your operating system. On Windows 11, switch to the Startup apps tab in Task Manager (its icon looks like a car’s speedometer), and on Windows 10, switch to the Start-up tab. For macOS go to System Settings, General, and Login Items.

Update your programs to avoid dealing with a slow computer

Keeping your apps up to date will fix bugs and security vulnerabilities, but most importantly it’ll prevent your laptop or desktop from slowing down. Most programs will handle this automatically, but it’s worth double-checking that you haven’t missed any updates.

You should also make sure that your programs aren’t collecting bloatware, including add-ons you may no longer need, older versions of a software still hanging around, and installation packages you haven’t deleted.

[Related: How to boost your WiFi speed]

This is especially important for your web browser. Every once in a while, check in on the extensions you’ve installed, and remove the ones you no longer use, as having too many of these can seriously slow down this type of program. On Chrome and Edge, the instructions are the same: click the puzzle piece icon at the top right corner of the window and go to Manage extensions. On Firefox it’s similar—click the puzzle piece icon to the right of the navigation bar and go to Extensions on the sidebar. On Safari, go to Settings and click the Extensions tab. 

Run a system reset if your computer is still too slow

Just like your programs, you can avoid suffering with a slow computer by keeping Windows and macOS up to date at all times. Microsoft and Apple make this difficult to avoid, but you can make sure you’re on the latest version of your operating system through Windows Update (Windows 11) or Update & Security (Windows 10) in your PC’s settings, or Software Update in macOS, which you can find by going to System Preferences and General.

Another way to prevent your computer from slowing down is to reset your device and return it to its factory-fresh state. This process is easy, but it’ll eat up some of your time—it wipes out all but the bare bones of your operating system, so you’ll need to back up all your files beforehand and reinstall all your programs afterward. But a full reset also clears out redundant data, reverts programs back to their original state, and removes all bloat and clutter from your machine. It may sound like an extreme alternative, but it’s often worth an hour or two of inconvenience just to get a clean slate.

On a Windows 11 computer, head to Settings, System and then Recovery. Once you’re there, click Reset this PC. On older versions of Windows, the path is slightly different, but Microsoft has full instructions you can refer to if you get lost along the way. The instructions to reset a Mac computer will differ depending on the processor inside the machine, but Apple has a complete guide to help you through this process.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 21, 2021.

The post 5 easy ways to troubleshoot a slow computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 ways to use the Elgato Stream Deck beyond livestreaming https://www.popsci.com/diy/elgato-stream-deck-alternative-uses/ Thu, 09 Mar 2023 15:14:59 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=518435
An Elgato Stream Deck under a wall-mounted TV, in a room with blue lighting.
The Elgato Stream Deck is more versatile than you might have realized. Elgato

If you love shortcuts, the Stream Deck might be the device for you.

The post 7 ways to use the Elgato Stream Deck beyond livestreaming appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An Elgato Stream Deck under a wall-mounted TV, in a room with blue lighting.
The Elgato Stream Deck is more versatile than you might have realized. Elgato

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The Elgato Stream Deck is traditionally associated with livestreaming, but its usefulness goes way beyond. If you own one, there are numerous ways to incorporate it into your daily life, and if you don’t have one because you’re not a streamer, you just might want to reconsider.

The Stream Deck itself is a physical panel of hardware shortcut buttons that can be used to switch views, add sounds, drop in overlays, and manage a variety of other enhancements and options super quickly. This means you can use it and its siblings (the Stream Deck Mini, the Stream Deck XL, and the Stream Deck Plus) as a control panel for all kinds of computing tasks.

1. Control your music

Dive into the Stream Deck software and you’ll see there’s a System section in the actions list on the right. One of the entries there is Multimedia, which will give you a full selection of audio playback keys: They include start, stop, skip backward, and skip forward.

That means you can manage anything that’s playing with a single tap, should you need to quickly pause your music or pass by a track you really don’t want to hear. The Multimedia actions include system volume controls as well, making it even more useful.

2. Set custom timers

The timer tool for the Elgato Stream Deck.
Count down a specific length of time with the Stream Deck’s timer function. David Nield

When you want to time a lunch break or a study session, you could use a phone app or simply type “timer” into Google. No matter what your standard method of timekeeping is, there’s a good chance it’s not as simple or convenient as the Stream Deck timer.

In the Stream Deck desktop program, find the Stream Deck heading, add Timer to your list of buttons, then specify how long you want it to run. Once the button has been set up, press it to see the minutes and seconds tick away on the Stream Deck’s LED panel, and you can choose a sound to play when time has run out.

3. Switch between audio inputs

If you have both headphones and built-in speakers connected to your computer, switching between them is more of an effort than it really should be. The Audio Switcher plug-in available in the Stream Deck App Store makes it much more straightforward.

Once it’s installed, you can quickly toggle between available audio devices or set a specific one with a button push. You’ll never again have audio blaring out of your speakers when it should have been sent to your headphones.

4. Run any kind of task

Essentially, you can assign any keyboard shortcut to a button on the Stream Deck, so your options are wide open for any program you use. One way to do this is via the Hotkey action under the System heading: just specify the keyboard shortcut you’d like it to launch.

[Related: 20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts]

This works with shortcuts that already exist, but you can create your own series of actions too. If you want a shortcut that, say, resizes images or opens folders, check out the Super Macro plug-in from the Elgato app store. Once you have it, you’ll be able to assign an action to a keyboard shortcut, then add it to the Stream Deck.

5. Level up your video meetings

The MuteDeck plugin in the Elgato Stream Deck App Store.
MuteDeck is a great plug-in for video calls. David Nield

Many of us have had the experience of fumbling around for the right button to press to unmute a microphone or leave a meeting when on a video call, but the MuteDeck plug-in from the Stream Deck store assigns these key features and several more to buttons. You’ll never fumble on a video call again.

The plug-in is compatible with Zoom, Microsoft Teams, Google Meet, and Webex by Cisco. You can also use it to start sharing your screen and to switch between multiple cameras if you have more than one webcam connected—all just a button push away.

6. Open websites and programs

Sure, you can open websites and programs the conventional way, but the Stream Deck offers a Website action (for websites) and an Open action (for applications) under System that make the process very straightforward.

[Related: How to livestream an event for all your friends and family]

Add the Windows Mover & Resizer plug-in from the Stream Deck app store, and you can set the exact location on screen that your program windows open (and on which monitor, if you have more than one).

You can then go further and combine that plug-in with the Multi Action action (under Multi Action) that the Stream Deck offers out of the box. When you’re done, you’ll be able to sit down at your computer, press one key on the Stream Deck, and launch all your important applications in specific positions on the display.

7. Control your smart lights

The Stream Deck works with smart lights from a variety of brands, including Philips Hue, Nanoleaf, and Eve. Rather than messing around in an app on your phone, you can simply tap a Stream Deck button to turn lights on and off, set scenes and colors, and so on.

Head to the Stream Deck store inside the desktop application to find the plug-ins you need for your lights. In the case of Philips Hue, for instance, you’re able to switch scenes, cycle between colors, and change the brightness and contrast. Different buttons can be configured for different lights in your home too.

The post 7 ways to use the Elgato Stream Deck beyond livestreaming appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
4 reasons you should be using WhatsApp Web https://www.popsci.com/diy/whatsapp-web-scan-setup-tips/ Wed, 08 Mar 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=517922
Render of a WhatsApp logo seemingly made out of plastic bouncing in front of a green backdrop.
WhatsApp web provides all the functionalities of the mobile app and more. Dima Solomin / Unsplash

Learn to set up the platform's web client and take full advantage of it.

The post 4 reasons you should be using WhatsApp Web appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Render of a WhatsApp logo seemingly made out of plastic bouncing in front of a green backdrop.
WhatsApp web provides all the functionalities of the mobile app and more. Dima Solomin / Unsplash

There are many reasons why users choose to do their messaging on WhatsApp: from encrypted messages, to support for audio and video calls, group chats with up to 1,023 other people, and extras like file and location sharing. 

But Meta’s platform also offers an easy-to-use web interface. You might be perfectly happy using WhatsApp on your phone only, but it’s well worth it to get set up in a desktop web browser as well—if only to prevent you from having to pick up your phone every time someone sends a funny sticker to the group chat.

To get started, visit the WhatsApp Web portal in your browser, which will give you a QR code. In the mobile app, tap the three dots (Android) or cog icon (iOS), then choose Linked Devices and Link a Device to scan the QR code and get connected.

If you prefer, there are also desktop apps available for Windows and macOS that you can install. The features and benefits of these programs match up with the web app, but the latter will give you the freedom to access your messages and chat logs no matter what computer you’re on.

WhatsApp Web will allow you to forget about your phone

In these hyper-connected, always-online times, lots of us are looking for ways to cut down on the time we spend staring at our smartphone screens. Using WhatsApp on the web can help with that.

[Related: How to get rid of the ‘forwarded’ label on WhatsApp]

Admittedly, you’re just swapping one screen for another when it comes to WhatsApp, but if your phone is staying in your pocket or your desk drawer (or even the next room) then you can keep an eye on important messages without getting distracted by everything else that might be happening on your mobile.

Add in the time saved unlocking your handset and opening the WhatsApp app, and we’re talking about a substantial productivity boost for those times when you need to focus on your computing, at home, or at work.

A keyboard, a mouse, and a larger display make WhatsApp better

There doesn’t seem to be a length limit for WhatsApp texts, and the platform is certainly capable of handling longer missives. If you like to express yourself at length on the app, it’s obviously easier to type on an actual keyboard than on your phone screen.

Having a mouse also helps, as it lets you easily switch between conversations and scroll back through chats more quickly. On WhatsApp Web, you’ll also be working on a larger screen, which means less scrolling to begin with, and a better overview of both individual chats and your conversation list.

Make the most of WhatsApp keyboard shortcuts

Speaking of productivity boosts, using WhatsApp on the web means you can take advantage of keyboard shortcuts. As you know, if you use shortcuts on Windows or macOS, they can help you really power through tasks more easily.

There is a full list of WhatsApp keyboard shortcuts on the platform’s official site, but a few of our favorites include Esc to close a chat, Ctrl+Alt+N (Windows) or Cmd+Alt+N (macOS) to start a new chat, and Ctrl+Alt+Shift+E (Windows) or Cmd+Ctrl+Shift+E (macOS) to archive a chat.

You’ll also be able to use keyboard shortcuts to move around your conversation list. Hit Ctrl+Alt+Tab (Windows) or Cmd+Ctrl+Tab (macOS) to jump to the next chat, or Ctrl+Alt+Shift+Tab (Windows) or Cmd+Ctrl+Shift+Tab (macOS) to go back to the previous one.  Meanwhile, you can open the search panel by tapping Alt+K (Windows) or Cmd+K (macOS).

Create stickers on WhatsApp Web

Another reason to get set up on WhatsApp Web is that it gives you the ability to create your own custom stickers. You can use whatever images you have on your computer to make icons that you can repeatedly stick into your chats.

[Related: The 7 best apps for all your group chats]

To create a new sticker, click the paperclip icon down by the text entry box in a conversation, then choose Sticker. WhatsApp will ask you to pick out an image file from your disk, which you can then crop and rotate as needed. You can also drop emojis and text on top of the sticker to make it your own.

WhatsApp will sync your stickers between devices, so you can then use the ones you created on the web on your phone.

The post 4 reasons you should be using WhatsApp Web appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A complete guide to digital spring cleaning https://www.popsci.com/spring-cleaning-your-computer/ Fri, 04 Mar 2022 22:00:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/spring-cleaning-your-computer/
Person cleaning the screen of a laptop with a cloth as part of their digital spring cleaning.
Ring the warmer weather with a proper digital spring cleaning. Syda_Productions/ Deposit Photos

Blow away those digital cobwebs.

The post A complete guide to digital spring cleaning appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person cleaning the screen of a laptop with a cloth as part of their digital spring cleaning.
Ring the warmer weather with a proper digital spring cleaning. Syda_Productions/ Deposit Photos

Just like you need to dust regularly to keep your house clean, and service your car annually to keep it safe and running, you should do a digital spring cleaning so your computer stays speedy and responsive.

We’re not just talking about wiping down your keyboard and your screen but also clearing up the digital clutter accumulating inside your system, including the apps and files you no longer use. Here’s how to get started.

Get rid of old apps

Unused applications take up precious storage space on your computer and make its operating system work harder than it needs to. These programs force your computer to create shortcuts, sift through settings files, and install updates you’re not actually using. In addition, each app on your system can become a target for hackers or data-mining companies, so the fewer you have, the better.

[Related: It’s time to delete most of your apps]

Start your digital spring cleaning by taking the time to identify the programs you no longer need and uninstalling them—you can always reinstall them later if you change your mind. 

On Windows computers, you can uninstall programs individually or in bulk. The easiest way is by locating the Control Panel by using the search bar in the Start menu and then clicking Uninstall a program. You can sort apps by name, size, or install date to weed out the ones you don’t need, or filter by the hard drive they’re installed on. Then just click an app and select Uninstall to remove it. 

On macOS, open Launchpad, click and hold on any app, and then click the X on its icon when the programs start to vibrate. Some of them might require you to launch an uninstall utility. To do so, open Finder and search “uninstall” along with the app name. If it doesn’t have one, find the Applications folder in Finder and drag the app’s entry into the Trash. Apple’s operating system doesn’t have a built-in way to delete applications in bulk, but you can try a third party app. These tools will also eliminate any trace of the app on your system (including residual files), but they are powerless against the Mac apps that came with your computer, which you won’t be able to delete that easily. 

Doing your digital spring cleaning also means taking care of the apps you want to keep—make sure to download updates for them so they’re running their latest, most secure versions.

Clear away digital clutter

An inevitable consequence of modern-day computing is that as you use your device, junk files will build up, like items you’ve created and forgotten about, documents you’ve downloaded and don’t have a use for anymore, and temporary files generated by the operating system or applications. You can’t stop this from happening, but you can stay on top of the mess with a regular clear-out.

Unless you really know your way around Windows or macOS, it’s a good idea to get assistance from a third-party program for this task. CCleaner (for Windows and macOS) has long been one of the best free options in this department. If you can spare a little money, we also like CleanMyMac X ($35 for a one-year subscription) for macOS, and System Mechanic ($40 for a one-year subscription) for Windows.

If you’d prefer not to rely on these programs, you can probably do some simple cleanup yourself. Sit down and spend an hour or so deleting those photos you’re never really going to look back on or clearing out old documents and spreadsheets that are no longer relevant.

Tidy up your browser

We spend a lot of our computing time inside a browser, and this is another area where you can do some serious tidying. The aforementioned CCleaner also does a good job of clearing out digital garbage that your browser doesn’t really need, but each browser has options of its own you can employ.

On Chrome, go to Settings and click Security and privacy, followed by Clear browsing data to erase cached files, browsing history, plug-in data, and more. This should make your browser a little lighter on its feet. On Firefox, the option is under Preferences, Security & privacy, and Clear browsing data. On Microsoft Edge, you’ll need to go to Settings, then to Privacy, search and services, and scroll down to Clear browsing data. Finally, in the Safari navigation bar, go to History and choose Clear History.

While you’re slashing and burning, check your downloads folder for files you’ve forgotten about and delete the ones you don’t need to free up more space.

Finally, removing unused browser extensions can have the same benefits as uninstalling unused applications. This will streamline your browser, lowering its demands on your computer’s resources and keeping you safer as well. Open up your browser’s extensions or plug-ins page and see if there are any add-ons you can do without.

Organize your system

Keeping your folders organized means less work for your machine and less time for you to find important files. Plus, if everything is organized neatly, you’re less likely to accumulate forgotten apps and tools that will eat up hard drive space.

Sort your system by using the designated user folders (like Documents) and you’ll notice the benefits the next time you need to open something quickly. In particular, you should try to avoid keeping masses of files and shortcuts on your desktop, as it gives your computer extra work. For the same reason, it’s a good idea to spend a few minutes clearing up the Start menu (Windows) or the Dock (Mac), to make sure only the shortcuts you really need are available.

A whole host of cloud services, including Dropbox, Google Drive, OneDrive, and iCloud, can store your files on the web and allow you to delete local copies. This is a handy way to free up some hard disk space and lighten the load on your operating system at the same time. Just be sure you keep the online versions and don’t delete both the local and cloud-based copies of your files—follow the instructions each service has to do this.

Physically clean your equipment

While you’re tackling a computer spring clean, you may as well do some physical cleaning. It will make your machine look shiny and fresh, and it may actually prevent future problems, like having the insides of your desktop clogged with dust. You don’t need expensive equipment or even that much time.

Start by powering down and unplugging your computer. Then grab a can of compressed air to blast dirt off of the keyboard and ports. If you want to go all the way, you can read our full keyboard-cleaning guide. Next, take some time to clean the screen of your laptop or monitor. No matter their make, screens are delicate, so you should be mindful of the product and tool you use. When you’re done, use a dry microfiber cloth to wipe down the outside of your machine and any of its peripherals, such as the mouse and keyboard. Cotton swabs are another helpful tool in the computer cleaner’s arsenal, as they help you clear away built-up dirt from nooks and crannies.

[Related: Your smartphone is gross. Learn how to clean it properly]

For a more comprehensive clean, lightly dampen your cloths or swabs with water. But remember you’re dealing with electronics, so make sure to thoroughly wring and remove any excess water. You really, really don’t want to use cloths or swabs that are completely wet—it could seriously damage your device. If you’re dealing with a desktop PC and you know your way around it, you can dismantle certain parts to really get into those dusty corners, but this step isn’t essential.

With the digital and physical spring cleaning complete, you can power your computer back up and enjoy the benefits of a rejuvenated system—at least until next year.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 20, 2017.

The post A complete guide to digital spring cleaning appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
9 hidden Android features you’re missing out on https://www.popsci.com/hidden-android-tricks/ Fri, 15 Apr 2022 16:12:54 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/hidden-android-tricks/
A hand holding a Pixel phone with the home screen unlocked.
Supercharge your Android experience. Sebastian Bednarek / Unsplash

Be the master of your Google-powered device.

The post 9 hidden Android features you’re missing out on appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A hand holding a Pixel phone with the home screen unlocked.
Supercharge your Android experience. Sebastian Bednarek / Unsplash

The Android versus iPhone debate continues to rumble on. But one thing is certain: Google’s phone software is more versatile and customizable than Apple’s offering. Dig into the settings and discover Android’s secret capabilities, including a host of clever features and useful tools. We’ve collected 9 of them here.

A quick note before we begin: Android has a wide variety of makes, models, and versions, which makes it difficult to find features that will be consistent across all devices. We only verified the following tips on stock Android 13—they should also work on related systems, but some of the menus and procedures may vary slightly.

1. Cast your Android screen

Android's screen cast option
This native option lets you beam your phone’s content to a bigger screen. Beware of your notifications, though. Sandra Gutierrez G.

For a number of years, you’ve been able to broadcast your Android phone or tablet’s display to the larger screen of a television using a Chromecast. In addition to beaming video from all the usual movie and TV apps, this streaming device can mirror your phone. Take advantage of a shortcut in the Quick Settings pane especially made for this feature, which you can access by dragging down from the top of the screen with two fingers. You should find a Screen Cast option in this menu. If it doesn’t show up, swipe left on the Quick Settings menu for more options, or tap the pencil icon at the bottom to add the shortcut.

[Related: Android’s newest privacy rules play catch-up with Apple]

There’s also another way to set up mirroring. First, check to make sure you’ve installed the Google Home app for Android—you probably already used this program to set up your Chromecast. Open the app and choose your Chromecast and your device’s display should appear on the big screen. On your phone, tap Media and choose from Music, Video, Podcasts, or Radio and select a service to start streaming.

2. Run apps side-by-side

Android's split screen feature showing Spotify on the upper half of the screen and Twitter on the bottom half.
For those days when multi-tasking is a must. Sandra Gutierrez G.

This feature has been around since Android 7.0 Nougat, but it’s one of the few users tend to forget about. This side-by-side or top-and-bottom app view (depending on the orientation of your screen) comes in handy when you want to display photos, optimize your social networking, or multitask.

To set it up, make sure both apps you want to see are already open. Then, open the app carousel by doing a short swipe-up gesture from the bottom of your screen. Find the recent app you want to use and press on the circular icon at the top of its preview. On the emerging menu, you should see a Split top option. Keep in mind that not all apps support this feature (like Instagram, for example), so if you don’t see this option, it’s because you can’t use it like this. If you see it, tap Split top, and the app will automatically position itself at the top or left of your screen. On the other side, you’ll see the app carousel, from where you can open a second app. This time, just swipe your way to it and tap on the preview to open it.

You’ll notice a thick black line separating both apps—from the middle drag it up or down to re-distribute your screen. To exit Split Screen mode, just drag the black line all the way up or down.

3. Make text and images more visible

Android's display and text size options.
Among the cool Android tricks you’ll find is being able to make everything bigger. Sandra Gutierrez G.

If you’re struggling to see what’s on the screen—or, alternatively, if you want to cram as much content as possible onto the display and don’t mind doing a bit of squinting along the way—you can zoom in or out on text and objects. Not all apps will respond to these adjustments, but most of them will.

To change size settings, open Settings and go to the Display heading. From there, tap the Display size and text and drag the slider under Font size to make text larger or smaller as needed. Android 13 introduced a new slider on this menu—Display size. You can play around with it to make icons and the Google search bar chunkier. 

4. Change volume settings independently

Android's menu showing independent volume sliders for phone calls, ringtones and notifications.
Don’t forget to set your alarm volume correctly so that you can actually hear it in the morning. Sandra Gutierrez G.

Your device plays several different types of audio—including ringtones, notifications, alarms, phone calls, and media. If you’ve ever gone to the Settings menu and opened Sound & vibration, you’ll have seen that you can use individual sliders to adjust these audio types individually.

However, Android gives you a quick-and-easy shortcut. Tap the physical volume buttons on the side of your device to make whatever’s currently playing quieter or louder (if no media is playing, this action will adjust your ringtone volume). When you do, a small box will pop up on the screen, showing which volume setting is changing and how. At the bottom of that box, you should see three dots. Tap them, and the box will expand to show multiple volume sliders at once. This can save you a trip to Settings.

5. Lock phone borrowers inside one app

Android's app carrousel with app pinning options open.
Make sure “I want to listen to a podcast” doesn’t turn into “Who’s that texting you?” Sandra Gutierrez G.

This is one of those Android hacks that you need to know if you find yourself constantly lending your phone to a friend or young family member. Because if you do, you probably know that sudden anxiety that comes with the possibility of them going through your private information or posting to your social media accounts. 

App pinning lets you be generous without giving up your privacy and will lock one app to the screen until someone unlocks your device. Essentially, the user won’t be able to access any other parts of your phone without your credentials.

Screen pinning is easy to set up. Open Settings, go to the Security & privacy menu, scroll down to choose More security settings, and tap App pinning. Once you’ve turned on the feature, launch the app your friend needs to use and open the app carrousel by making a short upward swipe from the bottom of the screen. Swipe your way to the app you want to pin and tap on the circular icon at the top of the preview. On the emerging menu, tap Pin. To unpin the app, swipe from the bottom of your screen and hold. This will lock your phone and you’ll have to enter your pattern, password PIN, or biometrics to use it.

6. Disable the lock screen at home

The Android menu showing the on-body detection options.
Finally home, shoes off, phone unlocked. Sandra Gutierrez G.

To keep your device safe, you need to set up a PIN code or biometrics scan to unlock your phone. But this makes it more inconvenient to access your apps. Google’s Smart Lock feature lets you remove this obstacle, giving you instant access to your phone—but only when you’re safely at home.

From Settings, tap Security & privacy, go to More security settings and choose Smart Lock. As well as disabling the lock screen when you’re at home (that’s the Trusted Places option), you can also disable the screen when your phone’s Bluetooth is connected to a trusted device, such as your car stereo unit, or when it detects you have it on you.

7. Choose new default apps

The Android menu showing how to set up new default apps
You don’t have to settle for the default. One of Android’s hidden features is the possibility to fully customize your experience. Sandra Gutierrez G.

One of the differences between Android and iOS is that Google’s mobile operating system lets you choose different default apps for web browsing, texting, viewing photos, etc. A default app is the one that opens automatically when you try and do something on your phone—so when you click a link, for example, your default web browser app will automatically open it.

Take advantage of this flexibility by setting up the defaults as you want them. Head to Settings, go to Apps and choose Default apps. Select any of the categories on screen to see a list of installed apps that can take over default duties. For example, if you’d prefer to chat with friends via Facebook Messenger, rather than your phone’s built-in SMS app, you can make Facebook’s product your default messaging app.

8. Bring back lost notifications

The Android menu to install a settings widget
Once you drag the icon, you’ll instantly see a confusing menu that will make you think something went wrong. Fret not—choose Notification log and you’re set. Sandra Gutierrez G.

It happens—you accidentally swiped away one of the notifications that you wanted to read fully and now you have a nagging sense someone emailed you, but are not sure. If you want to review all of your recent notifications on Android, you’re in luck. This ability is possible—though the option isn’t easy to find.

[Related: Switching from iPhone to Android has never been easier]

Tap and hold on an empty part of the home screen, and a screen-adjusting mode will pop up. Choose Widgets, and find the Settings shortcut. Drag this icon to an empty space on one of your home screens, drop it in place, and a list will automatically pop up. Choose Notification log from the list and tap the icon to open up Android’s notification history.

9. Activate one-handed mode

Android's messaging app with the one-handed keyboard activated
Don’t pull a muscle on your thumb—you can make your keyboard adapt to you. Sandra Gutierrez G.

As today’s phones continue to grow in size, they become harder and harder to operate one-handed. So Google’s custom keyboard, which is the default option on certain Android phones, has a solution: A special one-handed mode that you can switch to with a simple shortcut. If you own a Pixel phone, this keyboard will be your default typing option. If you’re on a Samsung or LG phone, you’ll have to first download Google’s version and set it as your default keyboard (as demonstrated in tip 7).

Open up the keyboard as normal and tap and hold on the comma key. Drag up to the right-hand icon to enable one-handed mode. The arrow lets you switch this smaller keyboard from side to side, the bottom icon lets you reposition it, and the top icon restores the full-size keyboard. Other phone keyboards may also have one-handed modes, but they can be harder to access than Google’s. Try looking up your phone model and searching “one-handed keyboard” to learn more.

This story has been updated. It was first published on June 7, 2017.

The post 9 hidden Android features you’re missing out on appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You should back up your Chromebook. Here’s how. https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-back-up-chromebook/ Fri, 03 Mar 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=517027
Person putting Chromebook into a bag.
Your Chromebook is not saving the files in your Downloads folder. If there's anything you want to save, you'll need to back it up. Anete Lūsiņa / Unsplash

Your Chromebook doesn't save everything automatically.

The post You should back up your Chromebook. Here’s how. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person putting Chromebook into a bag.
Your Chromebook is not saving the files in your Downloads folder. If there's anything you want to save, you'll need to back it up. Anete Lūsiņa / Unsplash

We shouldn’t have to tell you the benefits of backing up your computer data, but keeping copies of your most important files should something happen to the originals is always a good idea. If you ever need those backups, you’ll be grateful you took the time to make them.

Chromebooks need backups, too. Even if these laptops were designed to mostly operate online, the files you download, for example, only live on the local storage. So if you want to keep a copy of those, you’ll need to back them up manually. Here’s how to make sure all of your documents are safe should you lose access to your machine. 

Back up local data on your Chromebook

This is where you need to focus most of your attention when it comes to backing up your Chromebook. Some web platforms or Android apps running on your Chromebook might only save some data you’ve stored locally and nowhere else. To check what’s getting left behind in your machine, open the Files app from the ChromeOS launcher.

[Related: Revive your old computer by turning it into a Chromebook]

Navigate around your system using the folder links on the left: Click Camera for example, to see photos and videos saved from the Chromebook’s webcam, or Downloads to see files you’ve saved from the web. You can also click Recent to see documents you’ve saved to your Chromebook in the last few days.

Unfortunately, there’s no app or integrated tool that will automatically and constantly sync all of this data to the web for you. Instead, you’ll need to run the backup manually, so it might be worth setting yourself a reminder to do it every week or so, depending on how often you tend to save files to the local storage.

The good news is that backing up the files on your Chromebook is not difficult to do. Select the items you want to save by clicking on them—to select them in bulk, hold down Ctrl while clicking, or use Shift+click to select an entire range. You can also press Ctrl+A to select all of the files in the folder you currently have open.

You can then drag the selected files to the Google Drive entry in the navigation pane on the left. This will send the documents to the cloud, where you can organize them as needed. Another option is to press Ctrl+C to copy the selected files, browse to a Google Drive folder in the left-hand navigation pane, and then press Ctrl+V when you’re ready to upload the files.

Google Drive doesn’t necessarily have to be the cloud-syncing service you use, either. You could also open up Dropbox in a web browser, for example. Click Upload, and then pick the files from your Chromebook’s local storage that you want to transfer to the web.

But whichever cloud service you use, you’ll need to repeat the process every so often, as ChromeOS doesn’t back up local storage automatically the way Windows or macOS do.

Back up Chromebook data using web and Android apps

Web apps such as Google Docs, Gmail, and Slack all live online and are constantly syncing your information through the internet. If you’re working on a web browser, then your data is safe and you don’t need to back it up. Whenever you need to access it from another device, you can just log into your account and your files will be there.

But there are a few exceptions. If you’re working offline in apps like Google Docs, Sheets, or Slides, all changes will live locally on your Chromebook until you’re back online. Unfortunately, there’s no way to back up these changes as you would files—you just need to get back online again as quickly as possible to secure them.

It’s more or less the same story with Android apps. Most of the time, these tools do a good job of automatically syncing your data online, so you don’t need to do anything. One exception might be messaging apps you have installed on your Chromebook and nowhere else. Check the app’s options to see if your messages get synced anywhere, and how you should handle backups if you need to.

[Related: Best Chromebooks under $300]

If you’re not sure if a web or Android app is saving any data locally, it almost certainly isn’t unless you’re working offline, as we’ve already mentioned. Even when files like videos or podcasts live temporarily in your local storage, there will still be copies of them in the cloud, so you don’t need to worry about copying them anywhere else.

It’s worth mentioning that ChromeOS syncs data such as bookmarks and browsing history to your Google account by default, so you don’t need to back it up either. To check what the system is sending to the cloud, click the notification tray (bottom right), then the cog icon, and then Accounts, Sync and Google Services, and Manage what you sync.

The post You should back up your Chromebook. Here’s how. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Read this before setting up a 5G WiFi network at home https://www.popsci.com/diy/5g-home-internet-setup-tips/ Thu, 23 Feb 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=514465
5G wifi router sitting on a home counter.
Routers like the Netgear Orbi NBK752 come with a SIM card slot. Netgear

Go wireless or go home—oh, wait.

The post Read this before setting up a 5G WiFi network at home appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
5G wifi router sitting on a home counter.
Routers like the Netgear Orbi NBK752 come with a SIM card slot. Netgear

When it comes to getting internet at home, you’ve got a growing number of options: You can get wired broadband, connect to satellites orbiting Earth, or wirelessly pipe 5G into your property.

Having this kind of internet at home works more or less like it does on your phone. You’ll just need a router with a 5G SIM card slot which will then connect to the nearest cell tower and give you all the speed and convenience of this mobile network.

As far as your laptop, phone, and other devices are concerned, a 5G WiFi network looks just the same as standard broadband. You might find the time it takes requests to travel from your device to a server and back (also known as latency), may be higher than on regular WiFi, but faster download speeds might make up for it.

If you’re a gamer, latency problems may be reason enough to forgo a 5G home connection, but this technology will continue to improve with the building of more cell towers. And if you have the budget, you can even run a broadband WiFi network alongside a 5G one, giving you a backup should you ever need one.

1. Check 5G coverage where you live

There’s little point in setting up a 5G home network if you’re getting little to no 5G at your address. If you’ve got a 5G phone, you can easily use it to check the coverage at your place—just switch off WiFi and visit a site such as Speedtest to learn about download and upload rates at your location. 

[Related: All the info you need to refute 5G conspiracy theories]

You can also look up 5G coverage in your area by checking the maps provided by carriers such as T-Mobile and Verizon. And even if we’re focusing on 5G in this guide, note that 4G LTE is also an option—you just won’t get the maximum speeds if your router falls back to 4G LTE.

2. Pick the right 5G plan for you

T-mobile is leading the way as the company with, reportedly, the best 5G coverage in the US. You can buy a kit and subscribe to a plan starting at $50 a month. You can also buy an all-in-one kit from Verizon starting at $25 a month. Other providers have yet to jump in, but they still offer 4G LTE plans you can consider.

You can also set up a 5G network yourself. You’ll need a 5G router (such as the Netgear Nighthawk M6, at a hefty $800) and a 5G SIM with a data plan attached. Just make sure to check with your provider if the SIM card you want will work with a router rather than a phone. Also, you should bear in mind that you’ll need a lot of data to support all of your devices.

3. Position your router correctly

Once you’ve got your 5G router installed, all the usual WiFi optimization tips will apply. The way you’re getting internet into your home might be different, but the WiFi network generated by your router is much the same as a conventional one.

That means the position and placement of your router are important: Somewhere central, away from walls and floors, is best. The good news is that a 5G router doesn’t have to be fixed to the broadband entry point, so you can put it anywhere you want as long as there’s a power socket nearby.

4. Expand your network

Speaking of maximizing coverage, you can also attach mesh WiFi system to get wireless internet into all the corners of your home. These work in tandem with your 5G router to support more devices across a bigger space.

As far as your mesh nodes are concerned, it doesn’t matter if the incoming internet is supplied over 5G, 4G LTE, or broadband—these units will still optimize coverage across your home and keep your devices on a stable connection.

5. Go wired when necessary

Part of the appeal of 5G home internet is that there’s one less wire: You don’t need to connect your router up to the local fiber network because it is communicating directly with the 5G towers in range.

However, most 5G routers and mesh WiFi nodes offer the alternative of onboard Ethernet ports, which come in handy for devices where speed is most important, such as game consoles and streaming boxes.

6. Split your devices

Having both broadband and 5G WiFi networks at home is expensive, but if you absolutely need a reliable connection, there’s the benefit of still being able to get online if someone inadvertently cuts an internet cable at the end of your street.

[Related: Your WiFi and your smart home don’t get along. Now what?]

There’s also the advantage of being able to connect a large number of devices to the web without worrying about network congestion or gadgets interfering with each other. But you’ll need to be a little strategic about where you put each device. For example, if your phone controls your smart home lights and thermostat, they will all need to be on the same WiFi network. Likewise, if you’re Chromecasting movies from your tablet to your TV, they’ll also need to share a WiFi network.

Any gadget can connect to a 5G WiFi network, but if you’re using it as a backup, think about connecting devices that don’t use too much bandwidth or need a constant internet connection. Gadgets that don’t necessarily need to connect to any other pieces of hardware in your home are also a good fit for your 5G network.

7. Configure your router

Just like a standard WiFi router, your 5G router is going to come with a bunch of onboard configuration options. They’ll vary depending on the model you pick, but most of them include parental controls, speed tests, device management, and software updates.

In the case of the router supplied for Verizon 5G Home Internet, for example, you can see which gadgets are currently connected and set up a guest network.

Correction March 2, 2023: This story has been updated to reflect that T-mobile has reportedly, at the time of writing, the best 5G coverage in the United States.

The post Read this before setting up a 5G WiFi network at home appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best free AI tools you can try right now https://www.popsci.com/diy/free-ai-sites/ Thu, 23 Jun 2022 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=451953
A person on a laptop playing with Craiyon, one of many free AI tools.
Why work when you can reimagine R2-D2 in a Van Gogh painting?. Mart Production / Pexels

Experience the power of a neural network right in your browser.

The post The best free AI tools you can try right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person on a laptop playing with Craiyon, one of many free AI tools.
Why work when you can reimagine R2-D2 in a Van Gogh painting?. Mart Production / Pexels

Software developers are keen to show off the latest in artificial intelligence, which is why you’ve probably seen an increase in articles and advertisements about various free AI tools anyone can access through a web browser.

Whether you want to generate weird and wonderful AI images from text prompts or create a musical composition in partnership with a computer, there are now plenty of cool AI websites to explore.

These apps are getting better with time, and they can give you a good idea as to what AI can do and where it might be headed in the future.

Magic Sketchpad

Pros

  • Can be used as a creativity prompt
  • Easy to save your drawings

Cons

  • Can take some practice to get right

If there’s an artist inside you, Magic Sketchpad could help bring it out. This free AI tool is an experiment from a team at Google that gets a neural network to draw along with you. Every time you let go of a line, the platform will respond to your scribble by finishing the drawing according to a set category.

The neural network has been trained on millions of doodles mined from the also highly entertaining Quick, Draw! browser-based game. Start Magic Sketchpad by picking a category from the drop-down list at the top right of your screen—there are plenty available, from frogs to sandwiches. The tool knows the sorts of shapes and lines people tend to make when they’re trying to draw simple concepts like a bird, a ship, or a cat, so it can predict what you’ll draw next and finish the doodle for you.

Magic Sketchpad can also help artists augment their work or provide new prompts for creativity, and as far as AI websites go, it’s one of the most entertaining. Maybe one day we could see computers doodling as well as humans do.

AI Duet

Pros

  • Not just for musicians
  • You’ll get results quickly

Cons

  • No export options
  • Can struggle with rhythm

If you’re more of a musician than a sketcher, AI Duet might suit you better. Built by an engineer at Google, AI Duet puts a keyboard down at the bottom of your screen and produces an automatically generated response based on what you play on it. You can click the keys on your screen, hit them on your keyboard, or even connect a MIDI keyboard to your computer.

A traditional approach to a project like this would have involved a programmer coding in hundreds or even thousands of responses to specific patterns a user might play. But AI Duet comes up with its own responses based on a huge database of tunes it has trained on. This gives the program the ability to generate melodies that match a user’s input without any specific instructions.

[Related: These music recording apps are your first step to winning a Grammy]

This is another example of how AI can work with artists to produce new creations, whether that’s for movie soundtracks or background music in games. Theoretically, you could rework one riff an endless amount of times.

Craiyon

Pros

  • Unlimited images
  • Each prompt creates multiple responses
  • Lots of flexibility

Cons

  • Results can take a while

By now, there’s a high chance you’ve seen the creations of AI image generator Craiyon, formerly known as Dall-E Mini. Essentially, it’s a neural network that turns text inputs into images—you type what you want to see, and the system generates it.

It is as simple as typing out what you want to see in the box at the top and clicking Draw. As far as free AI tools go, it couldn’t be much more straightforward.

You can combine two of your favorite fictional characters in a setting of your choosing, or reimagine a famous work of art in a different style— you’ll soon figure out which prompts work best

To generate images, Craiyon pulls in information from millions of photos online and their captions. That means it has a vast visual knowledge of everything from celebrities to national landmarks.

The results produced by Craiyon are a little rough around the edges for now, but it’s not difficult to see how we could eventually use this technology to generate highly realistic images from scratch using only a text prompt. For faster responses and no ads, you can pay from $5 a month for a paid plan.

Even Stranger Things

Pros

  • No graphic design experience needed
  • One of the quickest ways to experience AI

Cons

  • Only really has one trick

Even Stranger Things is worth a look even if you’re not a fan of the Netflix show that inspired it. The platform lets you submit a photo of anything you like and turns it into a Stranger Things-style poster.

The site was built by creative technologist David Arcus, and it taps into the Google Cloud Vision API, a machine learning system trained to recognize images based on a vast database. So by processing thousands of pictures of dogs, for example, the AI learns to more accurately spot a dog in other photos.

Even Stranger Things will try to identify what’s in the picture you’ve submitted and incorporate it into the finished design, usually with broadly accurate results.

It’s quite a simple AI tool, but it shows how we can use databases to teach machines to spot new patterns that aren’t in their training materials. The platform is also a great example of how algorithms can apply a particular visual style to photos to create something new.

Talk To Books

Pros

  • Good for existential questions
  • Very simple to use
  • Offers multiple answers

Cons

  • Prompts need to be carefully worded

Talk To Books is yet another artificial intelligence tool created by engineers at Google. In this case, the platform uses the words from more than 100,000 books to automatically respond to a question or text prompt.

While you can’t really hold a conversation with the site, you can ask questions like “How can I fall asleep?” and “How did you meet your partner?” to get answers that generally make sense. Type your prompt, then press Go to see the results, and you can filter by literary genre if needed.

This is another example of how machine learning enables AI to predict a good response to a question or prompt by analyzing patterns in text. It’s perhaps a glimpse into how free AI software could change web searches in the future.

[Related: The FTC has its eye on AI scammers]

At this stage, AI can’t really finish novels, or even news articles, but given enough data and refinement, these may be possible uses for it in the future.

Pix2Pix

Pros

  • Fast results
  • Offers helpful tips along the way
  • Ability to use random prompts

Cons

  • Limited number of image styles

As the name suggests, Pix2Pix is an AI image generator that takes one picture and turns it into another. In this case, the tool shows you a photograph based on something you’ve doodled.

Scroll down the page and you’ll see there are four different examples to try out: cats, buildings, shoes, and handbags. Sketch out your drawing in the window on the left, and click Process to see what the AI makes of it.

This is another engine based on a GAN, where two neural networks work in tandem to produce realistic results, and even figure out where the edges of objects in images should be.

Turning sketches into realistic photos can be useful in all kinds of areas, from building construction to video game design. And the quality of the results is only likely to improve as these neural networks get smarter.

ChatGPT

Pros

  • Sounds natural
  • Will chat about almost any topic
  • Responds to feedback

Cons

  • Not always accurate
  • Requires you to create an account

ChatGPT has attracted plenty of attention for the way it can generate natural-sounding text on just about any kind of topic, and it feels like a watershed moment in artificial intelligence.

This is what’s called a Large Language Model, which, as the name suggests, is trained on large volumes of sample text. Very, very, large, in fact. It’s then able to predict which words should go together and in which order, and it can improve its own algorithms as human beings rank its responses in terms of quality and appropriateness.

ChatGPT is somewhat like a sophisticated autocorrect engine, and you can try it out for free (though you’ll need to create an account and might find it’s unavailable at busy times). Test its knowledge on a topic you know a lot about, and feel free to offer feedback.

Deep Dream Generator

Pros

  • Wide range of picture styles
  • Can work with a base image
  • Images can be refined

Cons

  • Limited number of free generations
  • Requires you to create an account

Fire up the Deep Dream Generator in your web browser, and you’ll be asked for a text prompt to create an image—it works like Craiyon in that respect, though you’ll get extra options in terms of image generation and refinement.

You can, for example, specify a particular style, such as photorealistic or fantasy. You can also add artists you want to mimic, or even digital camera models you’d like the AI engine to try to emulate. Another option is to supply your own base image for Deep Dream Generator to work with.

Underpinning Deep Dream Generator is a neural network trained on a huge database of images that the engine is trying to replicate, and it’s impressive in terms of the breadth and speed of the results that can be achieved. The platform requires users to spend “energy” to generate images, though, and the less you’re paying them, the fewer pictures you’ll be able to make at a time.

Runway

Pros

  • Vast number of AI tools
  • Simple interface
  • You can train your own AI models

Cons

  • The best features require payment
  • You’ll need to create an account

Runway is an AI playground with a lot of different tools you can experiment with: create images from text prompts, create new images from existing images, erase parts of images, quickly remove backgrounds, generate a transcript from a video, and more.

For the text-to-image generator, for example, just type out a few words—such as “artistic painting of a solitary figure in an open meadow filled with flowers”—and Runway will go to work. You can choose from artistic styles, mediums (like chalk or ink), and even moods to refine a picture.

Other tools, like the one that colorizes black and white photos, require even fewer clicks. You can use Runway for free, but you’re limited in terms of export resolutions, storage space, and image generations—paid plans start at $15 a month.

It’s all based on advanced machine learning models that can recognize and repeat patterns. You can even use Runway to train your own AI models, making it suitable for advanced users: You might want to train it on photos of your face, for instance, and then generate endless portrait images of yourself in all kinds of styles and settings.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 23, 2022.

The post The best free AI tools you can try right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You can now use your HomePod Mini as an indoor weather station https://www.popsci.com/diy/homepod-temperature-sensor/ Tue, 28 Feb 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=516029
An orange HomePod Mini device sits on a wooden desk right next to a laptop, a keyboard, and an external hard drive.
You may not have known it when you got it, but the HomePod 2 and HomePod Mini have multiple sensors inside. Matúš Gocman / Unsplash

The new temperature and humidity sensor came as a surprise to HomePod Mini owners.

The post You can now use your HomePod Mini as an indoor weather station appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An orange HomePod Mini device sits on a wooden desk right next to a laptop, a keyboard, and an external hard drive.
You may not have known it when you got it, but the HomePod 2 and HomePod Mini have multiple sensors inside. Matúš Gocman / Unsplash

Apple unveiled the HomePod Mini in November 2020, and not long after that users discovered the smart speaker had an integrated temperature and humidity sensor that the company hadn’t told anyone about.

With the rollout of the 16.3 software patch for iOS and iPadOS, you can now enable this sensor and use it to keep tabs on what’s happening in the room your speaker is in.

You can also find a temperature and humidity sensor in the second-generation HomePod Apple launched in January 2023—and this time its existence was disclosed upfront. So if you’ve got a HomePod Mini or a HomePod 2, it’s time you use its integrated sensor as part of your smart home setup. 

Make sure your device is up to date

To use the built-in sensor in the HomePod Mini and HomePod 2, you’ll need the latest Apple software, which in this case means iOS or iPadOS 16.3 or later. To check the OS version your iPhone or iPad is currently running, open Settings, tap General, and Software Update. If an update is available, you’ll be able to download and install it on this screen.

[Related: Four ways you can get your music to follow you from room to room]

Once that’s done, you can check the software of your HomePod. Open the Home app on your iPhone or iPad, then tap the three dots (top right), and select Home Settings and Software Update. If an update is available, you’ll be able to install it from this screen.

Don’t be surprised if you find all of this has already been automatically done for you—iPhones, iPads, and HomePods are all capable of applying updates in the background, so you may not have anything to install. As long as you’re using software versions higher than 16.3, you’re good to go.

Checking temperature and humidity

With all of your devices updated, you can simply say “hey Siri, what’s the temperature in here?” or “hey Siri, what’s the humidity in here?” to get a reading. If you’re on your iPhone, you can ask Siri through your handheld device about the specific room where the HomePod is in—so “hey Siri, what’s the temperature in the kitchen?” for example.

You don’t have to use your voice if you don’t want to—you can also get readings through the Home app on your iPhone or iPad. From the front screen of the app, either tap the room where the HomePod is to see the conditions there or select Climate at the top to see readings from every temperature and humidity sensor in your home.

In rooms where there’s more than one sensor (if you’ve got two HomePods set up, for example), you’ll see an average reading for the room. Tap through on any device to see more details about it, including its position and whether its sensor is active.

Setting up automations with your HomePod

One clever way you can use these sensors is to have them trigger smart home automations. You could have a fan turn on automatically if a room gets too hot or too humid, for example, or turn up a thermostat if a room gets too cold, provided that these other devices also work with the Apple Home app.

[Related on PopSci+: When it comes to privacy, smart devices are not the smarter choice]

To create an automation, head into the Home app, tap the room your HomePod is in, select either Temperature or Humidity, and then choose Add Automation. You can then set the temperature or humidity threshold that triggers the automation, the time of day or night it’s active, the people who need to be at home for it to be actioned, and what you want to happen with another smart home device as a result.

You can find, edit, and delete these automations from the same Temperature or Humidity screens used to create them, and you can come up with multiple ones for the same speaker. A warning, though—note that Apple says that extended periods of playing music at a loud volume on a HomePod can interfere with temperature and humidity readings.

The post You can now use your HomePod Mini as an indoor weather station appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to check if your computer has been tampered with https://www.popsci.com/computer-tampering-security-guide/ Sun, 12 Dec 2021 17:40:29 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/computer-tampering-security-guide/
A man wearing sunglasses and a blue plaid shirt sitting in a dark room using an Apple Macbook laptop.
Everyone knows sunglasses are much more practical than a full Guy Fawkes mask when you're hacking. NeONBRAND / Unsplash

There are some easy ways to tell if someone has been using your computer.

The post How to check if your computer has been tampered with appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man wearing sunglasses and a blue plaid shirt sitting in a dark room using an Apple Macbook laptop.
Everyone knows sunglasses are much more practical than a full Guy Fawkes mask when you're hacking. NeONBRAND / Unsplash

Whether you’re in an open office where colleagues regularly wander past, or live somewhere—like a college dorm—where you feel comfortable leaving your laptop unattended in the presence of relative strangers, it can be all too easy for someone else to sneak a look at your computer.

If you want to keep your device secure in communal environments, your best bet is to stop unauthorized access in the first place. Still, there’s some detective work you can do if you suspect someone else has been using your device.

Always make sure you lock your computer

Since prevention is better than a cure, you ideally want to prevent others from accessing your laptop in the first place. A simple way to do that is to lock your laptop behind a password whenever you step away from it.

On macOS, you can get back to the lock screen at any point by opening the Apple menu and choosing Lock Screen, or hitting the keyboard shortcut Ctrl+Cmd+Q. It’s straightforward on Windows, too. From the Start menu, click your avatar, then choose Lock. Alternatively, the Win+L keyboard shortcut works as well.

[Related: How to remove Bing results from your Window Start menu]

If you keep leaving your desk in a hurry or just always forget to lock your computer when you step away from it, set your laptop to lock itself after a certain amount of idle time. On macOS, open the Apple menu and pick System Settings, then scroll down to Lock Screen. Find the option to Require password after screen saver begins or display is turned off, and use the dropdown menu to choose exactly when your computer will lock itself after it’s been idle. You can use the options and dropdown menus right above this to change the time it takes for a screen saver to appear or the display to turn off.

To automatically lock Windows 11, click the Start menu, then the cog icon to open your settings. Then go to Accounts > Sign-in options and find the Additional settings heading. Click the dropdown menu next to If you’ve been away, when should Windows require you to sign in again? and choose When PC wakes up from sleep. To set when your computer should start snoozing, choose System from settings, then Power & battery, and click Screen and sleep to adjust the various options to your liking.

On Windows 10, open the Start menu and hit the cog icon to access your settings. From there, go to Accounts > Sign-in options and make sure the Require sign-in option is set to When PC wakes up from sleep. To set idle time duration, go to your settings and pick System, followed by Power & sleep.

The duration of your PC’s various sleep and idle options is up to you—a shorter time is better for security and battery life, but also means your computer might lock itself while you’re still in front of it if you haven’t touched the keyboard or mouse for a few minutes. Start with something around five minutes, and adjust it if you feel that time is too short.

Check for recent activity

Let’s say you suspect someone might have been able to access your laptop while it was unlocked, or maybe even knows your password. Your next step should be to check for telltale signs of unusual activity inside the most commonly used apps.

Start with your web browser and call up the browsing history to see if someone else has left a trace. From the Chrome menu (three vertical dots in the top right corner of your browser), go to History, then History again; from the Firefox menu (three lines), choose History, then Manage history; from the Microsoft Edge menu (three dots), choose History, then either All to view recent pages in a dropdown menu or the three dots in the top right of that menu followed by Open history page; and from the Safari toolbar on macOS, choose History, then Show All History.

Most programs on your computer have some kind of history or recent files list. In Microsoft Word, for example, click File, Open, then Recent. In Adobe Photoshop, you can choose File and Open Recent. Whatever the applications on your system, you should be able to find similar options.

If you’re not sure what program a would-be laptop infiltrator might have used, check the file system—your intruder might have left something behind on the desktop or in your computer’s download folder, but you can dig deeper, too. On macOS, open Finder from the dock, then switch to the Recents tab to see all the files that have been edited lately. There’s a similar screen on Windows too, accessible by opening File Explorer and clicking Quick Access (this may appear by default).

Finder window on macOS showing recent image files.
Finder can show you all the files that have been worked on recently in macOS—a good way to check if your computer has been tampered with. David Nield

If you’re still using Windows 10, you’ve got another screen you can check: the timeline. Click the Task View icon on the taskbar, which looks like two stacked rectangles with a scroll bar to their right. If you don’t see it, right-click your taskbar and choose Show Task View button. Scroll down your timeline to find any files that have been opened, websites that have been viewed, and Cortana commands that have been run. The Task View still exists on Windows 11, but it functions differently, and there’s no timeline.

You can dig into absolutely everything that’s happened on your laptop or desktop recently, but the utilities involved are quite difficult to decipher. You might have to run a few web searches to make sense of the information they provide. The utilities will also log all system actions, including those taken by the computer itself. Just because you see activity at a time you weren’t around doesn’t mean someone tampered with your device—it could have run a task itself.

[Related: Set your computer to turn on and off on a schedule]

On macOS, you can do so with the Console—find it by opening Spotlight (Cmd+Space) then typing “console” into the box. If you don’t see anything, you’ll have to click Start streaming to begin viewing system log messages, but this may slow down your computer. These logs will give you a comprehensive list of everything happening on your computer, and you can narrow down the entries via the Search box. Type “wake up” into the box to see all the times your Mac has woken up from sleep, for example.

Over on Windows, you have Event Viewer—look for it in the taskbar search box. Again, it’ll provide you with a mass of information, presented in mostly technical language. Click the right-pointing arrow next to Windows Logs to view a number of subcategories, select System and then right-click System. Choose Filter Current Log, find the Event sources dropdown menu, select Power-Troubleshooter and click OK. This should present you with a list of all the times your laptop woke up.

Get some extra help from apps

Realtime Spy app window
Spytech Realtime-Spy will keep an eye on your laptop in your absence. David Nield

If you’re serious about catching laptop snoopers in the act, some third-party software might be in order. One of the best we’ve come across is Spytech Realtime-Spy, which works for Windows or macOS through a simple web interface. You can test out a demo version online, too.

The program shows you the apps that have been used, the websites that have been visited, and the connections that have been made on your computer. It will even take screenshots and record individual key presses. It’s a comprehensive package but will set you back $80 per year.

Another option is Refog, which concentrates mainly on logging keystrokes on your laptop’s keyboard, but which also monitors web usage and takes screenshots. The software costs about $30 per month for Windows or macOS, but there’s a free trial if you want to test it first.

While these programs can alert you to potential snoopers, they can also be used to spy on other people. Of course, we’d strongly advise against doing this. Otherwise, you’re the creep.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on July 20, 2019.

The post How to check if your computer has been tampered with appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
6 ways ChatGPT is actually useful right now https://www.popsci.com/diy/chatgpt-use-cases/ Fri, 24 Feb 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=514911
Close up to a screen showing the home page of ChatGPT
Yes, ChatGPT is fun, but it can also be incredibly useful. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

Cheating on your essays isn't one of them.

The post 6 ways ChatGPT is actually useful right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Close up to a screen showing the home page of ChatGPT
Yes, ChatGPT is fun, but it can also be incredibly useful. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

It’s been difficult to get away from ChatGPT lately. The advanced artificial intelligence chatbot has been trying its hand at writing emails and even books, and Microsoft has added a customized (and rather controversial) version of it to its Bing search engine.

It’s not difficult to see what all the fuss is about if you try it out for yourself. You can engage the bot in conversation on just about any topic, and it will respond with coherent, human-like answers by using its text prediction technology.

Once you’ve played around with it, you might wonder if there’s actually any real use to ChatGPT—other than ethically dubious purposes, like cheating on essays. But there are already a lot of ways it can help you day to day.

1. Learn to code

ChatGPT is an impressive coder, no doubt thanks to the reams of code that it’s sucked up during training. While human programmers still have the edge, ChatGPT can be really handy if you want to learn languages such as HTML, CSS, Python, JavaScript, or Swift.

[Related: No, the AI chatbots (still) aren’t sentient]

Just ask ChatGPT to give you the code for a specific functionality, like “write the HTML to center an image,” and that’s what you’ll get back. It’s that simple. You can also use the bot as a debugging tool by copying and pasting lines of code into it and asking it why they’re not working. If you need clarification on anything, just ask.

2. Find ideas for activities

One way to sidestep any ChatGPT inaccuracies is to ask it for suggestions rather than hard facts. For example, you could request ideas for games for toddlers, outdoor activities for adults, or fun ways to pass the time on a long car journey.

If ChatGPT’s suggestions aren’t suitable, you can get the bot to refine them. Ask for games that need less preparation or don’t take as long to play. You can also request ideas for activities you can do in any kind of weather or that people of any age can enjoy. The bot won’t get tired of throwing out more recommendations.

3. Prepare for an interview

ChatGPT doesn’t know for sure what questions might come your way at your next job interview, but it can give you some kind of idea of what to expect and help you prepare. We wouldn’t rely on it entirely for interview prep, but it can certainly help.

The more specific you can be about the type of job you’re going for and the format of the interview, the better. Type in something like “questions asked at face-to-face customer service jobs,” for example. While there’s no guarantee that ChatGPT will get it exactly right, it will be able to draw on its training to make some decent guesses.

4. Generate writing prompts

As you would expect from publications like Popular Science, we think there’s plenty of life left in human authors before AI takes over. The text that ChatGPT produces is no doubt groundbreaking, but also tends to be rather generic and repetitive, as you would expect from a large-scale autocorrect machine.

However, the bot can be great at giving you prompts for writing ideas, which you can then work on yourself. Ask it about character or scenario prompts, for example, or get its thoughts on what might happen next in a certain situation. This can work for any kind of writing, from a novel to a wedding speech. It may not be able to write as well as you, but it can help you brainstorm

5. Get music, TV, and movie recommendations

The version of ChatGPT that’s available to the public only has information up to 2021, but with that limitation in mind you can ask it about movies, TV shows, and music that’s similar to stuff you already like. The answers can be hit or miss, but they might be good options to explore.

You can also ask ChatGPT about obscure and little-known songs by your favorite bands that are worth discovering. We tested the platform by asking about the works of R.E.M. and it came up with a really good and appropriate answer (the song “Camera”), before proceeding to give us incorrect information about the track length and style. That’s ChatGPT in a nutshell.

6. Ask for advice

ChatGPT doesn’t know or think anything, really, but it has absorbed a vast trove of information from human writers (some say in violation of copyright law). That means you can ask it for advice on anything from long-distance relationships, to moving houses, to starting a business.

[Related: Building ChatGPT’s AI content filters devastated workers’ mental health, according to new report]

Obviously, ChatGPT won’t know the intricacies of your own situation, but it can generate a list of considerations to weigh up, some of which you might not otherwise have thought about. We wouldn’t recommend living your life entirely based on ChatGPT’s opinions, but it can still be helpful if you don’t know where to start tackling a particular problem.

The post 6 ways ChatGPT is actually useful right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 ways to translate websites on your phone https://www.popsci.com/diy/translation-tools-for-phone/ Fri, 17 Feb 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=513128
Screenshot of the mobile version of the Microsoft Edge browser.
These mobile browsers will take you even further than your language skills will. David Nield

Know the lingo without knowing the lingo.

The post 5 ways to translate websites on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of the mobile version of the Microsoft Edge browser.
These mobile browsers will take you even further than your language skills will. David Nield

There’s a whole world outside the English-speaking corner of the internet, so you have likely come across a website in a language that’s not your own.

When you do, resist the temptation to instantly tap the back button, as modern-day mobile browsers can translate the text with just a couple of taps. The accuracy of these tools isn’t perfect but the technology behind them is getting better, and even with some errors, you’ll still be able to understand the main idea and details in a story. 

What you need to do to translate a website on your mobile device will depend on your browser of choice. In most cases, the app will assume the language you’re fluent in is the one your phone is set to, which is controlled via System and Languages and input in Settings on Android, and via General and Language & Region in Settings on iOS.

How to translate websites on the Google Chrome app

Google has both a popular mobile web browser and a translation engine, so when you open up a foreign language website in Chrome you’ll see an overlay pop up at the bottom (Android) or top (iOS) of the screen, offering to translate it for you. Tap on English (Android) or Translate (iOS) to decode the content.

[Related: 7 language apps and tools to help you navigate the world]

The translation will continue throughout the website until you turn it off, so if you’re browsing around links on the site, text will still appear in English automatically. If you need to jump back to the original language on an Android device, tap it on the translation bar. On iOS, tap the Google Translate icon to the left of the address bar and select Show Original.

Tap the three dots (Android) or cog icon (iOS) on the right-hand side of the translation pop-up to automatically translate certain languages or sites. You can also manage these options by tapping the three dots in the top-right (Android) or bottom-right (iOS) corner of the Chrome interface and choosing Settings and Languages.

How to translate websites on the Microsoft Edge app

Edge (for Android and iOS) comes with its own translation engine as well. Open up a website in a language that’s not your own, and you’ll see an offer to translate it pop up at the bottom (Android) or top (iOS) of the screen. Tap to accept the translation, which will continue as long as you stay on the same site.

If Edge has detected a language incorrectly, you want translations to run automatically, or you’d like to exempt the current site from future translations, tap on the three dots (Android) or cog icon (iOS) on the overlay that appears. On Apple devices, these extra options will also appear as an additional step before translating a site.

To go back to the original language, reload the page and don’t accept the translation when prompted. You can also configure how the browser manages translations through the browser app settings: Tap the three dots at the bottom of the Edge interface, then choose Settings, General, and Microsoft Translator.

How to translate websites on the Apple Safari app

Safari comes as the built-in browser on iOS and can take care of all of your translation needs. Load up a website in a language other than your iPhone’s default one, tap the AA icon to the left of the address bar at the bottom of the screen, and choose Translate to English from the menu that appears.

You’ll also need to tap Enable Translation on the next dialog box to confirm that you’re happy with Apple sending the site’s text to its servers for translation. If you’re not, you’ll have to rely on your own language skills. Safari will remember which sites you’ve given it permission to translate for the next time you visit them.

The translation will stick until you leave the current website, so any links that you tap within the same site will be automatically translated, with no extra privacy pop-up to get through. To return to the original language on a page, tap the translation icon to the left of the address bar, and then View Original.

How to translate websites on other mobile browsers

Many other mobile browsers are available, including some that have built-in translation options (Brave) and some that don’t (Opera). You can always use the translation features integrated into your phone’s software to decode blocks of text, if you need to. It’s not quite as helpful as translating entire pages, but it’s better than nothing.

[Related: How to translate any website from your browser]

On Android, you’ll need to start by installing the Google Translate app. Open it, tap your profile picture (top right), choose Settings, and then Tap to Translate to enable the feature. Once that’s done, you should be able to select text in any of your apps and pick Translate from the pop-up overlay to do just that.

On iOS, simply select a block of text and the Translate option should appear (if it doesn’t, tap the right arrow icon). You’ll need to confirm that you’re okay with Apple analyzing the text, and if you are, you’ll then get a panel showing the translated text. You can have it read out to you, or copy it to the clipboard on your iPhone.

The post 5 ways to translate websites on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You should try connecting a keyboard and mouse to your Xbox https://www.popsci.com/diy/xbox-to-keyboard-and-mouse/ Wed, 15 Feb 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=512320
Close up to a white Xbox controller on a black table.
Entering passwords with one of this is a nightmare. thiago japyassu / Pexels

Controllers are not your only option if you have an Xbox Series X/S.

The post You should try connecting a keyboard and mouse to your Xbox appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Close up to a white Xbox controller on a black table.
Entering passwords with one of this is a nightmare. thiago japyassu / Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

When you buy an Xbox Series X or an Xbox Series S, the obvious move is to use the wireless controller that comes in the box. But if need them, these Microsoft consoles can also work with a keyboard and mouse—just like any Windows computer.

Hooking up extra peripherals to your console can make typing and navigating menus much easier, and if you want, you can also use them to play compatible games.

What to know before connecting a mouse and keyboard to your Xbox

The vast majority of wired keyboards and mice should work fine on your Xbox Series X/S. The only major restriction is that the console doesn’t support Bluetooth devices, so wired or dongle peripherals are your only options.

We couldn’t find any reports of any keyboards or mice that didn’t work with Microsoft’s gaming machine, perhaps because the underlying architecture is similar to Windows. So if you can plug the gadget into a USB-A port, you should be okay.

[Related: Xbox Series X vs. PS5: How to pick between the two biggest new game consoles]

Input devices with their own wireless USB dongles should also work well, but it’s more of a hit or miss. If you’re using a piece of hardware you already own, just give it a try to see if it’s a good match. But if you’re buying new, take a minute to look at the specs and make sure there’s a mention of Xbox compatibility. 

A keyboard and mouse setup allows for a lot more precision and fluidity in games, as you’ll know if you regularly game on PCs and consoles. However, while your keyboard and mouse will work everywhere in the Xbox menus, you won’t be able to use them in every game you play. And that’s not least because it would give you an unfair advantage over other players online using standard controllers.

If you need to know whether a specific title supports a keyboard and mouse, a quick web search is the easiest way to find out. Various sites maintain updated lists you can check out, but at the time of writing, some of the popular Xbox Series X/S games that support peripherals other than controllers include The Sims 4, Halo, Sea of Thieves, and Minecraft. Keep in mind that some games only offer limited support, so you might be able to use the keyboard for in-game chat but not for gameplay, for example.

Connecting a keyboard and mouse to your Xbox console

Connecting a mouse and keyboard to your Xbox is simple. All you need to do is plug your keyboard or mouse into a spare USB port on the Xbox Series X/S and you’re up and running. You’ve got three ports to choose from: two around the back of the console and one on the front. It makes no difference which ones you use.

If you’re these ports are already taken by other accessories such as a gamepad controller or external storage, you can connect a USB hub. This takes up one port on your console but adds a few extras for whatever you want. There’s no definitive list of compatible hubs to refer to, but most devices out there should work seamlessly. If you’re buying a new one, we’d recommend making sure that it specifically mentions Xbox Series X/S support, just to be on the safe side.

Note that the Xbox Series X/S consoles use USB Type-A ports, not the smaller USB Type-C, so pick your keyboard, mouse, or hub accordingly. If you already have your peripheral but it connects via USB-C, a simple and inexpensive adapter should easily do the trick: they’re about $10 and available from most electronics stores.

If you’re using a keyboard or mouse with a wireless USB dongle, follow the instructions that came with your device. Most of the time, connecting them to your Xbox is just a matter of plugging the dongle in and waiting a few seconds—it’ll automatically find the devices and get them working with the console they’re plugged into.

Configuring a keyboard or mouse on your Xbox Series X/S

Once your keyboard is connected to your Xbox Series X/S, it’s time to test it. Try navigating around the main Xbox interface, using the arrow keys to move, the Enter key to select, and the Esc key to go back. If you try running a search using the box in the top left corner of the screen, you should be able to type out your search using the keyboard.

The Xbox Series X/S have their own keyboard shortcuts as well. Tap Y to run a search, for example, Tab to go forward through items on the screen (or Shift+Tab to go backward), or Win+I to open up the main Settings panel. And if you can’t momentarily reach your keyboard, you can always keep using your standard controller, as one doesn’t replace the other.

[Related: The best Xbox One controllers of 2023]

Unfortunately, testing a mouse isn’t quite as easy. The peripheral won’t work on the main Xbox interface and menus, so you’ll need to open a compatible game or app to see if everything is working fine. You can refer to one of the online lists we mentioned earlier, but you can also try Microsoft Edge, which comes pre-installed in your console.

If you want to personalize your experience, there aren’t many configuration options you need to know about. There are none for a connected keyboard, but when it comes to the mouse, you can select the cog in the top right corner of the interface to get to the Settings screen. There, pick Devices & connections and then Mouse—you’ll able to change the pointer speed and swap the functions of the primary and secondary (left and right) mouse buttons.

The post You should try connecting a keyboard and mouse to your Xbox appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to translate any website from your browser https://www.popsci.com/diy/translation-tools-for-browsers/ Fri, 10 Feb 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=511100
Screenshot of Safari's translation tool.
Safari, Chrome, and Edge are some of the browsers with built-in solutions for translation. Sandra Gutierrez

You can now learn the news from the horse's mouth—without having to speak horse.

The post How to translate any website from your browser appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of Safari's translation tool.
Safari, Chrome, and Edge are some of the browsers with built-in solutions for translation. Sandra Gutierrez

Coming across text in a foreign language in your desktop browser no longer requires hiring an interpreter or pulling out a translation dictionary. Thanks to regular improvements in artificial intelligence and translation engines, you can now convert text into your own language with just a couple of clicks.

These solutions aren’t yet 100 percent accurate, especially when it comes to slang, turns of phrase, or more obscure and technical terms. But they should give you a very good idea of what’s being said and what the gist of an article is. If you find that your browser of choice doesn’t have the necessary tools built in, there are third-party apps and extensions you can turn to.

How to translate text from your browser

Google Chrome now comes with Google Translate built-in. You can see your browser’s default language in Chrome’s settings (click the three dots to the top right then Languages, if you want to change it). But when you load up a website that’s not in this language, you should see a box pop-up on the address bar asking if you want to run a translation. Just click on your default language to do this.

[Related: 7 language apps and tools to help you navigate the world]

You can also click the three dots to the right to have specific conversions (e.g. Spanish to English) run automatically or to exempt a site from automatic translation. The same menu enables you to flag up an incorrectly identified language. If the pop-up doesn’t appear, you can right-click anywhere on the actual webpage to find the translation option, and it’s also possible to translate specific blocks of text by highlighting and right-clicking on them.

Should Microsoft Edge be your browser of choice, this program also has its own integrated translation tool. As with Chrome, it should kick in automatically when you visit a website that isn’t in your browser’s default language, which you can set by choosing Languages from the main settings pane (click the three dots in the top right corner to see it).

When you visit a foreign website in Edge, an address bar will pop up—just click Translate to run the suggested translation. Use the drop-down menu to pick a different language to translate into, or click More to always or never translate websites in this language. You can also exclude specific sites from conversion. As in Chrome, you can also right-click on pages to translate them, as well as selecting text and right-clicking on the selection to translate specific sections.

Then there’s Apple’s Safari, which matches Chrome and Edge by having its very own built-in translation engine, which should offer its services instantly as soon as you visit a webpage that’s not in the language set for macOS. You can check and change what this is by opening the Apple menu, then choosing System Settings, General, and Language & Region.

If a translation is available in Safari, you’ll see a translate button (two speech bubbles) up in the address bar at the top of the interface. Click on the icon, choose the Translate to English option, and confirm the action. The same menu lets you edit your preferred languages, and go back to the original if you want. Just like on Edge and Chrome, you can also translate specific blocks of text by highlighting and right-clicking on them.

It’s worth noting that Safari will politely ask if it can send the web text to the cloud for processing, which is something that Google’s and Microsoft’s tools also do,  but don’t ask you about. This is crucial for the tool to work, so if you’re not comfortable with that, the translation won’t happen.

Using third-party extensions to translate text

There are also third-party browser extensions that you can turn to for translating web pages. You’ll need to do this if you’re using Mozilla Firefox, for example, as it doesn’t have a built-in translation feature, though it does have a Firefox Translations add-on that appears to be an official Firefox-developed product. Install the extension, and its icon will appear at the top of web pages written in a foreign language.

Change the languages that the extension has detected if needed, then click the Translate button to run the translation. Via the Options button on the right of the extension’s toolbar, you can also turn off translation prompts and disable translations for a particular website. Click Options and then Translation preferences to set your default language in Firefox, and edit the lists of languages and webpages the add-on should ignore.

[Related: Learning a new language? Here’s how to perfect your pronunciation.]

There isn’t an official Google Translate extension for Firefox, but there are plenty of compatible extensions that make use of Google Translate’s engine. One example is To Google Translate, which doesn’t translate entire webpages, but it sends text you’ve selected and right-clicked on to Google Translate for processing. It can be a nice complement to Firefox Translations.

You’ll find multiple translation extensions for browsers running on the Chromium code (including Chrome, Edge, and Opera). One of the more interesting ones is DeepL Translate, which pops up as soon as you select text on a page to offer a translation. This add-on can also read foreign text aloud and translate what you write in your browser into a new language.

Another option is Translator uLanguage, which brings a whole host of translation features right into your browser. You can convert entire pages or text selections into different languages, have translations read out to you, look up words in a dictionary, and save specific words and phrases to your own vocabulary list for future reference. It’s ideal if you’re learning a language.

We also like Mate Translate, which is also a comprehensive suite of various language tools. You can look up words and phrases and save them for later reference, convert entire pages or selected blocks of text, and hear translations read out loud. The add-on is also able to translate Netflix subtitles, though this doesn’t happen automatically—you’ll need to highlight the subtitles to translate.

The post How to translate any website from your browser appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Improve your PS5 experience with a keyboard and mouse https://www.popsci.com/diy/ps5-keyboard-and-mouse/ Tue, 07 Feb 2023 13:23:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=510406
A PS5 on a wooden desk with a DualSense controller, a keyboard, and a mouse nearby.
It's nice to have a variety of controller options. Nubelson Fernandes / Unsplash

Changing your input options can make some on-screen tasks simpler.

The post Improve your PS5 experience with a keyboard and mouse appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A PS5 on a wooden desk with a DualSense controller, a keyboard, and a mouse nearby.
It's nice to have a variety of controller options. Nubelson Fernandes / Unsplash

The DualSense gamepad that comes with the Sony PlayStation 5 does a fine job controlling the gaming action on screen, but it’s not quite as good for entering text, running searches, or typing out passwords.

That’s where a keyboard and mouse come in. You can attach these PC peripherals to your PS5 to make typing a whole lot easier, so you won’t struggle to get through menus and fill out forms.

Check support and compatibility

Just because the PS5 supports an attached keyboard and mouse doesn’t necessarily mean you can game with them, not least because it might give you an unfair advantage over other players online. Some developers have built keyboard and mouse support into their games, but it’s not all that common.

The games that will work with a keyboard and mouse tend to be those with a slower pace, such as Minecraft or The Sims—the sort of games where you’ve got time to reach for a mouse or look down and type. A quick web search should tell you if your favorite game will work with a keyboard and mouse, and you can also find full lists online.

[Related: This year’s best mechanical keyboards]

It’s also worth bearing in mind that the PS5 won’t work with every keyboard and mouse out there. Most models will function fine, but it’s not guaranteed. If you want to use a piece of hardware you already own, just try to connect it and see how it goes. If you’re buying something specifically for this purpose, check online or in the product listing to see if it supports a PS5 connection.

If a keyboard or mouse spec sheet doesn’t mention PS5 support one way or the other, it’s difficult to know for sure if it will work besides actually trying it. There are lists you can consult on sites such as Reddit, and you’ll see that some peripherals won’t work wirelessly but will work if you plug them in directly, so it’s worth trying both options before giving up.

How to connect a keyboard or mouse to a PS5 via USB

The easiest way to connect a keyboard and mouse to your PS5 is to simply plug these peripherals into spare USB slots on the console: You’ve got a USB Type-A port and a USB Type-C port on the front, and two USB Type-A ports on the back, and any of them can be used to hook up a keyboard and a mouse.

You won’t have to configure anything, and the peripherals should work straight away. Try running a search, for example, via the magnifying glass icon in the top right corner of the interface, to verify that the devices are properly connected. Even if a game doesn’t support a keyboard and mouse, you should be able to use them in the PS5 menus.

While these devices should start working straight away, there are a few settings you can tweak for further customization. Open up Settings (the cog icon in the top right corner of the PS5 interface), then select Accessories, and Other Accessories. You can configure the keyboard layout and its repeat rate and repeat delay, the pointer speed of the mouse, and whether you’re using it with your left or right hand.

You can also use a USB hub to connect a keyboard and mouse to your console—you’ll only use one PS5 port this way. As with the peripherals themselves, check that the USB hub has PS5 compatibility before you buy it. Most will function fine, but it’s worth double-checking by reading the product listing or reviews from other users.

How to connect a wireless mouse or keyboard to a PS5

You can do away with cables and connect a keyboard and mouse over Bluetooth too. First, get your input device in pairing mode, so it’s ready to connect. If you’re not sure how to do this, check the instructions that came with it, or run a web search using the model name of the keyboard or mouse.

Open up Settings on your PS5 via the cog icon in the top right corner, then choose Accessories, General, and Bluetooth Accessories. The console will start looking for nearby Bluetooth devices, and the peripheral you’ve put into pairing mode should show up—select it to make the connection.

[Related: This year’s best wireless mice]

The device will be added to the registered accessories list at the top (where you should also see your DualSense controller). In the future, whenever the PS5 and the input device are both switched on, they should connect automatically. If this doesn’t happen, select the peripheral in registered accessories and choose Connect.

Some keyboard and mouse models come with wireless USB dongles that will plug into your PS5 and automatically connect your peripheral without any wires involved. However, these will need to be specifically PS5-compatible to work (not just made for Windows PCs, for example)—check the specs of the keyboard and mouse to make sure.

The post Improve your PS5 experience with a keyboard and mouse appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to share streaming service logins while you still can https://www.popsci.com/how-to-share-your-online-streaming-logins/ Mon, 02 May 2022 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-share-your-online-streaming-logins/
A person pointing a TV remote at a TV with Netflix on the screen. It's possible they're sharing a Netflix account with someone else.
A new login has been detected. Freestocks / Unsplash

Do you even know who else uses your Netflix now?

The post How to share streaming service logins while you still can appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person pointing a TV remote at a TV with Netflix on the screen. It's possible they're sharing a Netflix account with someone else.
A new login has been detected. Freestocks / Unsplash

Because Netflix and other streaming services are more amorphous and unmoored than traditional hard-wired cable and other forms of media, it’s become common to share passwords and other login information with friends and family. That may be changing, as streaming platforms appear poised to permanently claim a majority share of watchers and listeners.

Most popular streaming services have built password-sharing hurdles into their platforms, and they can always add more as users become more siloed and reliant on individual companies. In this ever-changing environment, maybe you’re wondering if you should even share streaming accounts at all. Might you run into technical or legal problems down the line? We’ve taken a detailed look at the major streaming services to help you figure out those answers.

How to share Netflix with other people

The Netflix interface showing Black Mirror in the main spot. Netflix is one of the most commonly shared streaming services.
Each Netflix plan offers a different number of simultaneous streams. David Nield

Each of the four Netflix plans gives you access to a certain number of concurrent streams. Both Basic plans (with and without ads) let you watch on one screen at a time, the mid-tier Standard plan ups that to two, and the most expensive, 4K- and 8K-ready Premium plan lets you watch on four screens at once.

You can set up multiple profiles (perhaps for you and your kids) inside a single account, and although Netflix itself once tweeted “Love is sharing a password,” the streaming service has begun shrinking the circle of people it allows you to “love.” Still, you’re fine to pass on your details to a handful of people, as long as you stick to the simultaneous streaming limits and make it work within the platform’s rules and regulations.

Per the Netflix terms of use, you can’t share login details with people outside of your household. What that means is not clearly defined, but the platform’s sharing page uses the words “live together.” Although the company won’t automatically charge you if you share your Netflix account with someone who doesn’t live with you, it may try to verify that their device is allowed to use the account. To do so, Netflix will email a link to a verification code to the main account holder, and that code must be entered on the unverified device within 15 minutes.

[Related: How to kick strangers and exes out of your streaming accounts]

If you’re worried about recent headlines that suggested Netflix would block any device that didn’t log in from the account’s primary location at least once every 31 days, don’t be—at least not yet. The company later told The Verge that those rules were posted accidentally and only meant to apply to three countries where it has been testing account sharing restrictions: Chile, Costa Rica, and Peru.

Can you share HBO Max?

If you’re thinking of sharing HBO Max logins to watch The Last of Us, you need to know it’s something the streaming service doesn’t encourage. Dig deep enough into the HBO Max support pages, and you’ll see that your HBO Max password “should not be shared with anyone outside your household.” It’s not clear what the company means by “household,” but it does say your account can have up to five profiles for kids and adults.

HBO Max also says simultaneous streams are “limited,” without specifying what the maximum number of streams actually is—perhaps you could try to find out by loading up additional streams on your account until you get an error message.

When to share Hulu account details

Like Netflix, Hulu lets you set up multiple profiles within a single account for all the members of your family. It’s more restrictive when it comes to simultaneous streams, though: the standard plans only allow concurrent viewing on a maximum of two screens.

But if you’re paying extra for Hulu Live TV, you can pay another $10 a month for the Unlimited Screens add-on, which lets you watch simultaneously on as many devices as you like. But even with this service, you’re limited to five screens at once for the HBO, Cinemax, Starz, and Showtime channels.

Hulu’s subscriber agreement only mentions sharing passwords to make it clear that you’re responsible for everything that happens on your account. So if you do share your account information, you do so at your own risk.

How to share Disney Plus

Disney is notoriously protective of its copyrights and anything else it owns, so it’s no surprise that the company’s terms of use explicitly require you to agree that “you will not share your account or account information with others.” You can, however, create seven total Disney Plus profiles per subscription. That doesn’t mean seven people can watch Disney Plus at once, though—the streaming service limits simultaneous streams to four.

How to share Amazon Prime Video

The Amazon Prime Video interface, showing Good Omens in the main preview spot.
Amazon Prime Video is connected to the rest of your Prime account. David Nield

Amazon Prime Video is, as the name suggests, part of the Amazon Prime package. You can share this streaming service with one other adult, up to four teenagers, and up to four children within a single Amazon Household. Everyone doesn’t have to live at the same address, either, just the same country or region is fine. Each Amazon account within a household has a three-stream limit for simultaneous Prime Video streams, and you can’t watch the same video on more than two devices at once.

Beyond that household, though, sharing your personal Prime Video login credentials with someone else will give them access to much more than TV shows and movies. They’ll also be able to shop for stuff on Amazon, get at files in your Amazon cloud storage, read your e-books, and so on. Ultimately, unless you’re setting up an Amazon Household, it’s probably not worth the risk to share your Prime Video password.

How to share YouTube TV

YouTube TV just has the one $65-per-month plan, and that gives you the ability to share YouTube TV with up to five other people at no extra charge. This is part of the same family group sharing you get with Google Drive and other Google services: everyone logs in with a different Gmail address, but can access some of the same shared services.

[Related: How to secure your Google account]

Set up a family group, and all six members can each access up to three streams at once. The catch is that Google asks that you and any members of your family group sign in within your designated home area (defined by ZIP code) at least once every three months to keep your subscription active.

Sharing a YouTube TV account with someone outside your family group is much riskier than sharing a Netflix or Hulu login. Because each YouTube TV account is tied to a Google account, someone using your Google login information will also have access to all your other Google apps and services, including Gmail.

Can you share a Spotify account?

The Spotify interface.
Spotify limits you to one stream at a time. David Nield

Spotify accounts are clearly designed to be used by one person and one person only. You can register as many devices as you like, but you can only listen to your tunes on one at a time. That might cause problems if you’ve passed your login credentials on to friends and family.

Paying for Spotify Premium lets you bundle multiple accounts, with plans for two to six people. Each person gets their own login information, but everyone needs to live at the same address. That means it’s not a great option for sharing among people living in different places.

Naturally, Spotify lets you and members of your family plan listen to your music wherever you go, but it’s presumably applying some background checks to make sure you actually live at the address you’ve specified. Considering sharing your password is specifically prohibited in the Spotify user agreement, a family plan is your best bet for getting other people on your account.

How to share Apple Music

Because an Apple Music subscription is so tightly tied to an Apple ID on specific devices, and that ID gives access to everything else Apple offers (from email to iCloud), it can be risky to share your Apple Music login. Plus, you can only stream Apple Music tracks to one device at a time.

[Related: Why and how to set up a second Apple Music library]

Like Spotify though, Apple Music offers a family plan: up to six people can use the same account for $17 a month. Everyone needs their own Apple ID, but only one person pays for purchases. If you’re a parent, you can restrict what your kids can and can’t do after you’ve added them.

Each family member gets one Apple Music stream, plus their own recommendations, playlists, and more. Apple seems to be less strict than Spotify when it comes to having everyone at the same address, as long as you’re all in the same country, but bear in mind that anyone in your Apple family will only be able to make purchases with your registered card.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 22, 2019.

The post How to share streaming service logins while you still can appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to snooze your browser tabs https://www.popsci.com/diy/tab-snoozing-guide/ Fri, 03 Feb 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=509432
close up on hands typing on laptop keyboard
Glenn Carstens-Peters / Unsplash

Having a bajillion open tabs might look messy, but it's not slowing you down.

The post How to snooze your browser tabs appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
close up on hands typing on laptop keyboard
Glenn Carstens-Peters / Unsplash

Browsing sessions can quickly lead to dozens of tabs popping up along the top of your screen. And when you can no longer read the tab titles, you know you’re in trouble. This is not only demanding on your brain, but also on the available memory and battery life of your computer. 

Luckily, web browsers are getting savvier when it comes to managing that tab overload. To help mitigate the issue, they’ve added a feature that allows you to snooze tabs you haven’t visited in a while, reawakening them only when you need them.

Your browser doesn’t let go of the contents of these sleeping tabs, it just puts them into storage until it’s time to go back to them. This reduces the demand on your computer’s resources, making the tabs you are actually using fast and responsive.

How to put tabs to sleep on Google Chrome

Google Chrome has a built-in Memory Saver function to target inactive tabs and limit the impact they have on your system. When you’re ready to go back to these tabs they automatically reload back to the state they were in when you left them.

To turn this feature on and off, click the three dots (top right), and choose Performance. If Memory Saver is on, you can prevent certain tabs (such as music sites on pause or chat pages, for example) from going to sleep. To do this, just click the Add button and enter the site URL.

[Related: Google Chrome’s new search function will help you keep tabs on your tabs]

But that is only a precaution, as Chrome is smart enough to know what tabs need to stay active, even if you haven’t manually added them to the list. Pages with partially filled-out forms, active audio or video playback, live screen sharing, or active downloads won’t get snoozed.

If you need more control over the process, you can get browser extensions like Snoozz. The free add-on for Chrome gives you more choices over which tabs get tucked into sleep, how long they need to be inactive for before they’re targeted, and when they come back.

How to put tabs to sleep on Microsoft Edge

Microsoft Edge offers the ability to put tabs to sleep as an integrated feature, which means they’re automatically unloaded from memory until you switch back to them. Each sleeping tab saves 85 percent of its memory and 99 percent of its CPU usage, Microsoft says.

You can find the feature by clicking the three dots (top right), then choosing Settings and System and performance. There you can toggle the feature on and off, choose whether or not sleeping tabs show as faded on the tab bar, and set the period of inactivity required before a tab goes to sleep.

Certain websites won’t be snoozed automatically, such as those playing audio or those currently using your microphone or webcam, even if they’re in the background. You’ll also be able to prevent certain pages from getting paused: Just click on the Add button to specify one of these URLs.

If the built-in feature isn’t giving you what you need, you can choose one of several third-party alternatives. A free option is Tab Suspender, which offers settings including a customizable idle time and the ability to disable tab suspensions until your laptop reaches a certain battery level.

How to put tabs to sleep on Mozilla Firefox

In Mozilla Firefox, the sleeping tabs feature is called Tab Unloading, and it’s built right into the browser. Firefox says it reduces memory usage and will automatically kick in when system memory is running low. The program will retain details like your scroll position and data in unfilled forms for when a tab wakes back up, and Firefox won’t unload tabs playing media or running in picture-in-picture mode.

The feature isn’t quite as easy to access as it is in other browsers. Type about:unloads into the address bar and hit Enter to see the system resources each open tab is using up, and when you last accessed them. The sites at the top of the list will be first in line for snoozing—but remember Firefox will only do it when memory is running low.

Clicking the Unload button will manually snooze “the least-recently-used” tabs, though the exact criteria for this aren’t clear. If you’d rather disable the feature completely, type about:config in the address bar, hit Enter, and then change the browser.tabs.unloadOnLowMemory value to false (search for it using the box at the top, and then double-click to change its value).

A busy third-party extension market has built up around Firefox, and several tools will let you snooze tabs in a slightly more user-friendly way. One that you might want to try out is the free New Tab Suspender, which automatically puts inactive tabs into stasis after a period you specify.

How to put tabs to sleep on Apple Safari

Safari is something of an outlier because it doesn’t include a visible and native tab snoozing tool. We’re assuming the software uses some optimization techniques to reduce system resource load when you have a lot of tabs open, but we can’t find any official documentation from Apple on the topic.

[Related: How to organize your browser tabs vertically—and why you should do it]

Unfortunately, there aren’t any third-party extensions you can turn to either. Safari is quite restrictive when it comes to what add-ons are allowed to do, and functionality such as putting tabs to sleep is off-limits to outside developers. If this is a feature you absolutely need, you’re going to have to swap browsers.

The post How to snooze your browser tabs appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
What cables to connect to your TVs and monitors for the best picture https://www.popsci.com/diy/tv-cables-guide/ Mon, 30 Jan 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=508204
close up to laptop connection sockets
Not all USB-C connectors are made equal. TheRegisti / Unsplash

How to choose the right cables for your TV or monitor

The post What cables to connect to your TVs and monitors for the best picture appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
close up to laptop connection sockets
Not all USB-C connectors are made equal. TheRegisti / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Connecting a device such as a laptop or a console to a television or monitor only requires a cable. Unfortunately, sometimes making that link isn’t as straightforward as it should be.

You not only have different connection standards to deal with—all with their own specific port shapes and sizes—but you’ve also got various versions of those standards to consider. Choosing the wrong one can result in a picture that’s not as good as it could be or, in the worst-case scenario, no picture at all.

With a little research, you can ensure you’ve got the right cables connecting your TV or monitor to your favorite devices. As a plus, you’ll also get a better idea of what’s possible from the display tech you’re using.

Check your specs

Connecting a device to a display is a three-part equation: You’ve got the device (i.e. the console or laptop), the display (i.e. the TV or monitor), and the cable that goes between them. To get all the features of a specific connection standard, all three links in this chain have to support it.

Start by looking into the specs of your main device, whether it’s a PlayStation 5 or a Mac Mini. A quick web search or a careful read-through of the bundled instructions should tell you what display standards the hardware is compatible with. This is the first step in knowing which cables to get.

[Related: Best HDMI cables for 2022]

Next, turn your attention to your TV or monitor—you’ll find you have a bit more flexibility here, as perhaps you’ve got several different displays at home you can choose from or you’re already thinking about an upgrade, giving you the opportunity to get one with a certain specification. Look up the model name and number of your display online and you should be able to tell which standards it supports. Most TVs and monitors provide multiple options, and you only need one of them to match up with your primary device.

You’re looking for a matching connection standard, and chances are it’ll be one of the most popular ones such as HDMI, DisplayPort, USB-C, or Thunderbolt. But don’t get it wrong: each of these has a number of nuances and variations you need to know about in more detail to make sure you pick the right cable.

What to know about the HDMI connection standard

Close up to HDMI ports on a tech device
HDMI is one of the most popular video transferring standards, but newer laptops don’t have enough space for it. TheRegisti / Unsplash

High-Definition Multimedia Interface, commonly known as HDMI, has the familiar plug where the top is slightly larger than the bottom. It’s a well-established standard, especially for TVs and set-top boxes, but because the port takes up a lot of space, it’s becoming less common as laptops get thinner and lighter.

The latest version at the time of writing is HDMI 2.1, bringing with it the ability to handle 10K resolution video at 120 frames per second. When you enable HDR (which keeps dark and light parts of the frame well balanced), you’ll be able to get a 4K image at 120 fps or 8K at 60 fps. In total, the newest HDMI version can transmit 48 Gigabits per second to your television or monitor. Compare that to the previous iteration of the standard, HDMI 2.0b, where the Dynamic HDR-enabled resolution immediately drops to a maximum of 4K at 60 fps. 

There are a few other extras in HDMI 2.1 that HDMI 2.0b doesn’t have, such as the Variable Refresh Rate (VRR) used by some PC graphics cards, the PlayStation 5, the Xbox Series X, and the Xbox Series S. With that faster 4K refresh rate and VRR, it’s really gamers who benefit most from the standard.

If your primary device and your TV or monitor both support HDMI 2.1, and you absolutely want those top specs, you need a cable that supports it. Older cables will work, but won’t provide the top resolutions and refresh rates. Look for the HDMI 2.1 and “Ultra High Speed” labels on the packaging, as they indicate support for the full 48 Gbps speeds. If a cable isn’t advertising its HDMI 2.1-ness, it’s probably using an older standard, but if you want to make sure, a quick web search on the cable’s brand and model should tell you for sure.

What to know about the DisplayPort connection standard

close up of a hand holding a regular DisplayPort and a mini DisplayPort cables
There are two kinds of DisplayPorts: regular and mini. ifeelstock / Deposit Photos

DisplayPort isn’t as ubiquitous as HDMI, but it’s still extensively used in the world of Windows and macOS computers. While the standard goes up to version 2.1, at the time of writing it’s highly unlikely you’ll see any device on the market that goes beyond DisplayPort 1.4 or 1.4a, as demand for upgrades is not that high and companies are sticking with older technology. DisplayPort 1.4a supports up to 32.40 Gbps of total bandwidth, and resolutions up to 8K at 60 fps and 4K at 120 fps with HDR enabled.

Fortunately, choosing a DisplayPort cable is pretty straightforward—you just have to look for that 1.4 or 1.4a support on the packaging or the listing. There are some DisplayPort 2.0 cables on the market at the moment, but it’s unlikely you’ll find hardware to plug them into, so there’s no point getting a cable that supports the latest standard unless you want to futureproof it for several years to come.

It is also worth looking for a VESA logo on the packaging, which means the cable has been certified by the Video Electronics Standards Association, the organization that develops the DisplayPort spec. That’s not to say cables without this badge won’t work as well, but it’s another mark of quality that could well help you 

Another point to bear in mind is that USB-C and Thunderbolt ports and cables support DisplayPort technology as well, which is why some specs lists might seem confusing. But this doesn’t really change which types of cables you need to get, as you’re first and foremost looking at the physical connector ports when choosing what to buy.

What to know about the Thunderbolt connection standard

Close up to macbook sockets
You can’t know if a cable or outlet supports Thunderbolt just by looking at them. TheRegisti / Unsplash

Another display standard you’re likely to see in the computing world is Thunderbolt, with the latest version being Thunderbolt 4. It brings with it 40 Gbps of bandwidth and is capable of driving not one but two 4K displays at 60 fps with HDR. This works via a daisy chain system, so you can connect one monitor up to your laptop, for example, and then a second monitor to the first monitor.

Thunderbolt 4 can transmit data and video and uses DisplayPort 2.0 technology for the latter. Physically, it uses a smaller version of the DisplayPort connector or the well-known USB-C standard. This can make things confusing as you won’t be able to tell the difference between Thunderbolt 4 and standard USB-C ports and cables just by looking at them. To make sure what you’re dealing with, you’ll need to carefully check the spec listings on the product for a mention of the Thunderbolt tech. One example is the Apple site for the MacBook Pro, where they list Thunderbolt 4 among the device’s specs.

The same applies when you’re shopping for cables, as you’ll also need to look for that mention of Thunderbolt 4. If you find it, the cable connector will always be USB-C. Your monitor may have a USB-C-shaped Thunderbolt 4 port or a DisplayPort port instead, in which case you can buy a cable with USB-C on one end and DisplayPort on the other.  

What to know about the USB-C connection standard

Close up to USB-C cable
It might be confusing, but USB-C is not a video transferring standard—it’s a connector system. Marcus Urbenz / Unsplash

Many modern laptops only come with USB-C ports now, which means you’ll need a cable that fits accordingly to output video. 

But it’s important that you understand that USB-C is not in itself a video transmission standard like HDMI or DisplayPort, but a connector system—it describes the physical ports and connectors on cables and devices, not their transferring abilities. 

[Related: How to connect a soundbar to a TV: HDMI ARC vs optical]

If you want to output video using USB-C you’ll need to make sure the port and cable are also Alt Mode, meaning they can transfer video on top of all the normal USB jobs, such as charging and transferring data. Depending on the hardware or cable, this connector system is able to support any one of the standards previously mentioned on this list: DisplayPort (up to version 1.4), HDMI (up to version 1.4b), and Thunderbolt (up to version 4). If your device’s USB-C port or cable support video transfer you’ll see one of these standards mentioned (and probably Alt Mode too) when looking at its specs list.

Many monitors now come with USB-C ports as well, but you’ll need to check the display’s specs to see whether it uses DisplayPort, HDMI, or Thunderbolt. It’s the same when choosing cables: Look at the product description to make sure it supports the same video standard as your primary device and monitor. The maximum resolution will depend on the video tech, but you can typically get 4K at 60 fps with HDR.

The versatility of USB-C means you can find USB-C-to-HDMI and USB-C-to-DisplayPort cables as well. These may be a better option for you depending on the monitor or TV you’re using, and the product specs should tell you the resolution and fps you can expect from the cable.

The post What cables to connect to your TVs and monitors for the best picture appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This new iOS feature lets you share entire image libraries. Here’s how to set it up. https://www.popsci.com/diy/icloud-shared-photo-library/ Thu, 26 Jan 2023 13:35:21 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=507520
screenshot of iOS's new feature Shared Libraries menu
It's never been easier to manage all of those photos from that trip you took with your friends. David Nield

Having iCloud shared photo libraries gives Apple users an easy way to collectively manage numerous pictures and videos.

The post This new iOS feature lets you share entire image libraries. Here’s how to set it up. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
screenshot of iOS's new feature Shared Libraries menu
It's never been easier to manage all of those photos from that trip you took with your friends. David Nield

With the launch of iOS 16.1, Apple introduced a new way to share pics and videos with a small group of people. It’s called iCloud Shared Library and you can use it straight from your iPhone, but it’s also accessible from iPads and Mac computers.

The old way of sharing photos and videos, Shared Albums, hasn’t gone away, but iCloud Shared Library is a more comprehensive option. It’ll give people the ability to not only see an image collection but also curate and edit it. It’s also ideal for when you want to stop bombarding the group chat with an endless string of photos of your toddler. 

Starting an iCloud Shared Photo Library

Before you can use iCloud Shared Photo Library on your iPhone, make sure it’s running iOS 16.1 or later. You should also have iCloud Photos in your Apple account enabled, which you can check on your phone by going to Settings, tapping on your name at the top, and then choosing iCloud and Photos. Once that housekeeping is done, from Settings, tap Photos, choose Shared Library, and Get Started.

The system will then move these photos and videos out of your personal library and into the shared library, so they’ll show up somewhere different in the Photos app. You’ll be able to preview the shared library before continuing, and then you can invite other participants through Messages or via a link you can paste into any app you like.

[Related: The easiest ways to back up iPhone photos without iCloud]

Finally, iOS will ask you if photos and videos you take in the future will go to your shared or personal library by default. You can switch between them on a case-by-case basis inside the camera app by tapping the library button: it’s the icon showing two silhouettes, top right in portrait mode. You can also change the default destination of your images at any time via Photos, Shared Library, and Sharing from Camera in Settings.

Using an iCloud Shared Photo Library

When you’ve set up an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you’ll have that and your existing personal library in the Photos app. To switch between them from the Library view, tap the three dots (top right) then choose Personal Library, Shared Library, or Both Libraries. To make it easier to tell which items are in which library, you can enable the Shared Library Badge option. This will overlay an icon (showing two silhouettes) on images and videos that belong to your shared library.

Every participant in the shared library will have full curation permissions and the same options in their Photos app, allowing them to add and remove items, as well as edit them. The only privileged member of a shared library will be the person who created it in the first place: they’re the only ones who can kick out members or add new ones by going to Photos then Shared Library in their phone’s Settings. From this screen, the administrator can also delete the shared library, and if you’re a guest, you can use this menu to leave.

Shared libraries also show up in the Photos apps on iPadOS and macOS. If you’re on a Mac, launch Photos and you’ll see a drop-down menu at the top, just to the right of the main navigation pane. Click on it to switch between Personal Library, Shared Library, and Both Libraries, and right-click on any image or video to move it between your personal and shared library, and vice versa.

Note that, by default,  the photos and videos inside an iCloud Shared Photo Library will count against the storage quota of the person who created the library, but not of those who’ve been invited to share it. So if you’re expecting to create a large image collection, it’s probably a good idea to have someone paying for extra iCloud storage to host the library.  

How Shared Albums compare

Compared with the Shared Albums feature, an iCloud Shared Photo Library is designed to give fewer people greater access to photos and videos. Think of parents sharing photos of their kids, for example, or a group of friends gathering photos and videos from a shared vacation.

[Related: How to manage the iPhone camera’s AI effects your way]

You can have up to 200 Shared Albums at a time, each one with a maximum of 100 participants who can add photos and videos, but not edit them. Meanwhile, you can only have one iCloud Shared Library at a time, which you can only share with up to six participants, everyone with full control over the collection. Shared libraries are more spacious as well: they can have as many photos and videos as your iCloud storage will allow, whereas shared albums can only include up to 5,000 items.

There’s also the tighter integration shared libraries have with the Camera app on the iPhone—the ability to send photos and videos directly to an iCloud Shared Photo Library is really convenient. But to take full advantage of this feature, your shared library should be a space you’ll be using a lot, rather than a bunch of photos and videos you only check back on occasionally.

The post This new iOS feature lets you share entire image libraries. Here’s how to set it up. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Set up remote access to your computer so you can use it from anywhere https://www.popsci.com/remote-access-computer-and-files/ Thu, 08 Apr 2021 21:21:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/remote-access-computer-and-files/
An Apple macOS computer on a white desk against a white background.
Access the files on your home or office computer from anywhere. MockupEditor.com / Pexels

Remote access isn't just for IT professionals anymore.

The post Set up remote access to your computer so you can use it from anywhere appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An Apple macOS computer on a white desk against a white background.
Access the files on your home or office computer from anywhere. MockupEditor.com / Pexels

Even if you conscientiously save your data to the cloud, having remote access to computer files on your home or office machine can be a game-changer. Maybe you’re sitting in a hotel room and need to run a program on your home PC. Or you’re out and about and want to run a desktop app on your phone.

That’s where remote desktop tools come in. Once configured, these programs allow you to securely connect to a computer from another device. You’ll be able to fully control your computer from any location, and it’ll almost be like actually sitting down to the real machine from afar. Just a decade ago, you’d need a degree in computing to wrap your head around the ins and outs of remote access programs. Now, as we’ll demonstrate, you can manage these tools with just a few clicks or taps.

Apple and Microsoft tools

Apple and Microsoft both have their own remote desktop tools. Depending on what you want to do, though, these options shouldn’t necessarily be your first choice. For example, Apple sells a fully fledged Remote Desktop program for a hefty $79.99, but it’s really aimed at information technology professionals and network managers. If you’re a home user connecting to one Mac from another, opt for the simpler Screen Sharing option instead—it won’t cost you anything.

To set it up on macOS Ventura, open the Apple menu, go to System Settings, click General, hit Sharing, and turn on Screen Sharing. With that set up, click the info button (an “i” in a circle) to decide who can share your screen. If you’re still using macOS Monterey, the steps are slightly different: from the Apple menu, go to System Preferences, Sharing, and tick the box next to Screen Sharing.

Once you’ve set this up, you can access your original Mac from any other macOS machine that’s signed into the same iCloud account. Just open Finder and go to the Shared section of the sidebar. Find your home computer in this section, click it, and choose Share Screen.

While Screen Sharing works great for Mac devices, it complicates the process of accessing your Apple computer from any other operating system. While you can hook up to macOS from Windows and other devices using this method, it will require some advanced network tweaking—and isn’t really worth the hassle. Instead, consider using a third-party remote desktop tool instead. We’ll get to those.

The Screen Sharing options on macOS Monterey, granting you remote access to computer files on an Apple computer
Screen Sharing is a simple option for macOS users. David Nield

Microsoft makes its own Remote Desktop tool free for both Windows and macOS, but there’s a caveat: You can only connect to a Windows machine running a Professional or Enterprise version of Windows. You tend to find these systems on office devices, not personal ones, which will count out most home users. Of course, if you have installed one of these pricier versions of Windows, you can use the Remote Desktop Connection program to configure access. Otherwise, we’d recommend using a third-party option.

Third-party tools: Google Chrome and TeamViewer

Chrome Remote Desktop
Chrome Remote Desktop is a simple, cross-platform solution. David Nield

While Apple and Microsoft offer pricy remote tools aimed at IT professionals, anyone can use the free remote-access option Google built into Chrome. You gain access through your Google account, and the tool employs the same syncing technology that keeps your passwords and login information available in Chrome on multiple platforms. You can get Google’s remote tool for your browser, as an Android app, and even for iOS and iPadOS devices.

Connecting to a computer only takes a few clicks or taps. Open the web app on the computer you want to access remotely, and click Share my screen. On the next page, make sure you select Remote Access from the left-hand sidebar and click the download button under Set up remote access. As you set it up, you’ll need to give your computer a name and a PIN to access it.

[Related: Where to find, edit, and remove everything your browser knows about you]

Next, turn to the device from which you plan to access your original computer. If you’re on a different computer, launch the web app, and your original machine will appear under the My Computers listing. Click on it, enter the PIN you set earlier, and you’ll be up and running. The remote machine will open a remote access window, within which you will see your original computer’s desktop screen and be able to interact with it via the remote mouse and keyboard. You’ll also see options to perform tasks such as creating a new window, changing the size of the desktop, and sending a Print Screen command to copy the screen. You can access these options from the icon at the very top left of the remote access window: click it to open a drop-down menu.

If you’re on a phone or tablet, you’ll use a similar process to gain access to your original machine. When you fire up the Chrome Remote Desktop app for Android or iOS, you’ll see a list of computers where remote access has been enabled. Tap on any of them to enter the PIN and connect. Drag down from the top of the screen to access mouse and keyboard controls.

Another free and easy option is TeamViewer, though you can pay to add more devices (starting at $84 a year). First, download the app onto the computer you’ll want to connect to. Then open it and choose the option marked Installation to access this computer remotely (the other option is for accessing the computer while somebody else is using it). TeamViewer will guide you through the process of setting your computer up for unattended access, which basically involves giving it a name and a password. Your linked computers connect to each other through a TeamViewer account, which is free to set up and lets you see your devices wherever you sign in.

Remote computer access tool TeamViewer being used to access an Apple macOS computer from a Microsoft Windows PC.
What it looks like to access a Mac from a Windows machine with TeamViewer. David Nield

Next, install TeamViewer on the devices you want to connect from. This time, you’ll want to connect rather than set up unattended access. As soon as you sign in with the credentials you just created, the original computer should appear. You can connect by entering the password you’ve already set up. Along the top of the connection window, you’ll see all the controls you’re going to need, including options for transferring files between computers and setting the screen resolution and quality. You’re essentially live-streaming your desktop, so reducing the quality a little might lead to a smoother experience.

File-syncing services

If you only need access to your files rather than to the whole computer, you can opt for a much easier setup. Several programs will happily sit on your main computer and upload your key files to the cloud, as well as letting you download those files to any other device.

Windows makes its built-in OneDrive available for macOS, Android, and iOS. Initially, OneDrive gives 5GB of free space for your files, but you can get more by paying extra. The cheapest upgrade level is $1.99 a month for 100GB of space, and it goes up from there.

The iCloud window on a macOS Apple computer
You can sync any kind of file you like with iCloud. David Nield

Apple bakes iCloud into macOS and iOS and also offers a basic client for Windows (at the moment, no Android app is available). Users get 5GB of space for free, and upgrades start at $0.99 a month for 50GB of data. You can use iCloud to sync and back up any files you’d like.

Dropbox saw the potential of file syncing before either Apple or Microsoft, and it offers client apps for all the major desktop and mobile platforms. You only get 2GB of space for free, though. If you’re going to need more than that, you’ll need to fork over $11.99 a month or $120 a year.

Dropbox on a Windows computer.
Dropbox syncs your files to any device you like. David Nield

Finally, Google Drive is available on Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS. While it focuses mainly on document editing in the cloud, it’s also a perfectly functional file-syncing service. You’ll get 15GB of space in the cloud (spread across all your Google products) for free, and upgrades start from $1.99 a month for 100GB.

All of these services work in a similar way: You install them on your computers, phones, and/or tablets, and then you choose which folders to sync to the cloud. Make changes on your devices to instantly update the online copies of those files. Even if you haven’t installed the apps on a computer, you’ll still be able to access your files through any web browser window.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on September 9, 2017.

The post Set up remote access to your computer so you can use it from anywhere appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 ways to clean up your Facebook News Feed https://www.popsci.com/clean-up-your-facebook-news-feed/ Wed, 19 May 2021 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/clean-up-your-facebook-news-feed/
A woman in a white long-sleeved shirt sitting in front of a Macbook laptop at a white table, looking at her Facebook News Feed, maybe thinking about cleaning it up.
Make sure you only see what you want to see on Facebook. Cottonbro Studio / Pexels

More of what you want to see, less of what you don't.

The post 7 ways to clean up your Facebook News Feed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman in a white long-sleeved shirt sitting in front of a Macbook laptop at a white table, looking at her Facebook News Feed, maybe thinking about cleaning it up.
Make sure you only see what you want to see on Facebook. Cottonbro Studio / Pexels

With nearly 3 billion daily users to its name, Facebook is buzzing with activity—particularly if several hundred of those people happen to be friends with you. Between wedding photos of friends-of-friends-of-friends, angry articles from your political uncle, and all-caps updates from the girl you haven’t seen since middle school, your News Feed can get cluttered with information you couldn’t care less about. Don’t settle for reading every other post—here’s how to clean up your feed so it will only show the people and news you actually care about.

1. Unfollow your friends

The options for unfollowing a friend on Facebook.
Sorry, not sorry, Sophie. David Nield

Facebook includes more options than you might think for cleaning up your News Feed, including the ability to unfollow your friends. This isn’t the same as unfriending someone; you’ll stay friends with them but their posts won’t appear in your feed. It’s perfect if you want to occasionally check up on or message people, but aren’t interested in the minutiae of their daily lives. And don’t worry—they won’t know you’ve unfollowed them.

[Related: How to make your Facebook account more private]

Click on the three dots next to any post in your News Feed and choose the Unfollow option to unfollow your friend. Alternatively, go to your friend’s profile page on the web, click the Friends button at the top, and select Unfollow from the drop-down menu. If you’re viewing a profile on the mobile app, tap the Friends button and choose Take a Break.

2. See fewer posts from someone

The options on Facebook when you choose to hide a post.
Hiding posts can help you escape annoying ads or ignore frustrating friends. David Nield

Let’s say you don’t want to see as many posts from someone, but you’d still like to get the occasional update. Instead of unfollowing that friend, you can opt to see fewer posts from them. You’ll find this setting via the same drop-down menu as the unfollow option: in the top right of any post in the News Feed. Click Hide post, and you won’t see as many posts from that person in the future. If you hide a post from an ad or a Page, you won’t hear about it again.

When you hide a sponsored post, rather than something from one of your friends, Facebook asks for some feedback about why you took the action you did. It uses your response to decide which ads to serve you in the future. If you decide to tell Facebook why, you’ll see another menu with other privacy-related steps you can take. Click the Make changes to your ad preferences option to take more control over the ads Facebook shows you (see below for more on this).

3. Prioritize your close friends

Facebook's options for creating a Close Friends list.
Prioritize your close friends so your cleaned-up News Feed shows more of the things you care about. David Nield

In any group of acquaintances, there will be some people you care about more than others. To help you focus on your nearest and dearest, Facebook creates a custom friends list for you called Close Friends. Updates from anyone in this select group will always prompt a notification (if you’ve got them enabled) and put the post high up in your News Feed. Fortunately for your friends’ self-esteem, they won’t know whether or not they’re on your Close Friends list.

[Related: You don’t have to delete Facebook, but you could definitely be using it better]

To set up your list, you’ll need to open Facebook in a web browser and look at the scrollable menu on the left side of the screen—these options aren’t available in the mobile app. Click Friends and find the Custom Lists option. Click that, then the Close Friends link. You can add or remove friends via the Manage button in the top right. While you’re there, you might notice that Facebook has suggested other lists for you, such as Acquaintances. More on that feature below.

4. Set up your own friend lists

Creating a custom friend list to help clean up Facebook's News Feed.
Don’t let Facebook tell you what to do—set up your own friend list. David Nield

You don’t have to settle for the friend lists Facebook makes for you. From the Custom Lists screen, click Create List, and you can make a group based on the buddies you play cards with, the relatives you’re closest to, or any other mix of people you like.

The lists you make for yourself won’t affect how often you see your friends in your News Feed, but you can bookmark each list for quick access. Facebook used to offer the ability to see only updates from people on a given list, but that no longer appears to be the case. Now, the most you can do is click on the individual profiles of people on a list to see what they’ve posted recently.

That said, custom lists remain useful as a way to limit the audience who sees anything you post on Facebook. For example, you might want to tweak your settings so only your closest friends and relatives will see all the baby photos you’re uploading. To do so, click the audience drop-down menu under your name when you are creating a post. Scroll down to find the desired list, select the circle to its right, decide if you want this to be your default audience, and hit Done.

5. Choose who you see first

Facebook's options for choosing which friends' posts you see first on your News Feed.
Chris always has good posts, but Christopher doesn’t, so make sure you pick the right one. David Nield

If you’d rather not get notifications each time your close friends post, you can use a different setting to choose who comes first in your News Feed. Go to Facebook in a web browser, click your profile photo in the top right, open Settings & privacy, and select Feed. The top option (Favorites) lets you set who you’ll see first in your News Feed. Just click the star icon next to any page or profile to mark them as preferred.

[Related: Make Facebook useful by turning off all its annoying features]

This works a lot like Close Friends, but you won’t get notifications about everything these people or pages do—their posts will just be prioritized in your News Feed. If you’re using the mobile app, you can tap the Menu button in the bottom right, select Feeds, and choose Favorites from the top of the screen to see only posts from these accounts. Again, your friends won’t get any alerts about how you’re sorting them, so you don’t have to worry about hurting anyone’s feelings.

6. View posts in chronological order

Facebook's options for viewing posts in chronological order, or most recent.
If you want to see the newest posts, this is the option for you. David Nield

Another option for your feed is to switch to seeing posts in chronological order. On the web, go to the scrollable menu on the left-hand side of the screen and click Most Recent. This will clean up your News Feed so the newest posts are at the top.

Unlike the tips we’ve already mentioned, this actually gives you less control over what appears in your News Feed. But it’s still a useful way to switch up what’s displayed, and perhaps see updates from people you haven’t checked in on for a while. To go back to the normal view, click the Home icon (a house) at the top of the screen, or the Facebook icon in the top left.

7. Adjust your ad settings

Facebook's options for adjusting ad settings.
Why yes, my interests are Deez Facebook typography! But not facility management. David Nield

Facebook uses a lot of personal data to decide which ads to display on your News Feed. To view and edit some of this information, click your profile photo at the right end of the toolbar at the top of the Facebook site. Pick Settings & privacy from the list, then Settings, and select Ads from the menu on the left to open the Ad Preferences page. Follow the same steps in the mobile app, but tap Ad Preferences after Settings.

From here, you can edit a lot of different options. Click Ad Settings, Categories used to reach you, Other categories, and See all categories to view what information Facebook is using to serve you ads, and click the Remove button next to any one of these to eliminate it. From this same series of menus, you can prevent Facebook from showing ads based on details such as your relationship status or job title. Back on the Ad Preferences page, behind the Advertisers option and Advertisers whose ads you’ve clicked button, it’s possible to block Hide Ads from certain companies.

Facebook can also show you ads based on what you do on sites and apps beyond the social network, and it goes the other way as well: Your behavior on Facebook can affect which ads you see when you’re browsing around the rest of the internet. You can manage and learn about some of these options from the web (Ad Preferences > Ad Settings > Data about your activity from partners), but you have much more control from the mobile app.

Inside the app, tap the Menu button in the bottom right, touch Settings & privacy, then Settings. Under the Security heading, tap Off-Facebook activity. Here, you can see recent activity, learn about what all this data means, and manage what Facebook and connected sites do with your information. Tap Select Activity to Disconnect to selectively sever Facebook’s link with other sites, Clear History to delete everything up to the present, and Disconnect Future Activity to stop the social media platform from sharing data with other places on the web. It’s hard to say if any of this will matter, because only Facebook knows how well these settings work, but doing something is generally better than doing nothing.

This story has been updated. It was originally posted on April 18, 2017.

The post 7 ways to clean up your Facebook News Feed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Instantly edit Facebook posts and other social media mistakes https://www.popsci.com/diy/edit-social-media-posts/ Thu, 19 Jan 2023 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=506397
A phone screen with social media app icons visible, including Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter.
Everyone makes mistakes on the internet, but there are ways to fix them. dole777 / Unsplash

Take back what you said on social media.

The post Instantly edit Facebook posts and other social media mistakes appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A phone screen with social media app icons visible, including Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter.
Everyone makes mistakes on the internet, but there are ways to fix them. dole777 / Unsplash

By design, it’s very easy to publish to social media from just about any location and any device connected to the internet, so there are going to be times you wish you could undo a post. Maybe you wish you hadn’t said what you said, shared a photo without permission, or simply made an embarrassing typo.

Twitter, Instagram, and Facebook all enable you to go back and edit your posts, or delete them completely. We can’t guarantee that no one will have reacted to or screenshotted your original post in the meantime though, so quicker is better when it comes to making these changes.

How to edit a tweet

The edit options on Twitter, currently only available for Twitter Blue.
Yes, you can edit a Tweet, but only if you’re subscribed to Twitter Blue. David Nield

The wrinkle with Twitter is that you need to be a paid-up member of the Twitter Blue club to edit tweets. Twitter Blue costs $8 a month for the web ($11 if you sign up on a phone), and gives you extras such as app themes and folders for bookmarked tweets, as well as editing functionality.

If you have a Twitter Blue subscription, you’ll get a 30-minute window after you post a tweet to make edits to it. After that, you’ll need to leave the tweet as it is, or delete it. What’s more, other users will be able to see a label that says the tweet has been edited, and can select the tweet to see the earlier versions of it.

To edit a tweet, you must be on the same device you used to post it. If that’s a phone, tap a tweet on your profile, then touch the three dots to the right of it. If the edit window hasn’t closed, you’ll see Edit Tweet on the menu that pops up. Choose that, and you’ll be able to make whatever changes you want. Finally, tap Update to send the new version live.

On the web, you’ll also see three dots next to all of the tweets on your profile—click on them to find the Edit Tweet option, and if you see it, you’ll be able to make alterations. To get rid of a tweet completely, the Delete Tweet option is in the same menu, and you’ll be asked to confirm your decision before it’s erased.

How to edit an Instagram post

The options menu for editing and deleting an Instagram post on the web.
You can edit existing Instagram posts, but you can’t add new photos to them. David Nield

Unlike Twitter, there’s no time limit for editing Instagram posts, so you can fix typos going back years. On the web, go to your profile and select the post you want to change. Then click the three dots (top right) and choose Edit.

You can adjust the caption of your photo or video, change who’s tagged in the photo or video, and add or edit a location tag. If you’re editing a multiple-image carousel post, you can delete individual pictures or videos from the group. You can’t swap out the photo or video though, or add new content to the post—you’ll need a whole new post for that. When you’re happy with the way the post looks, click Done.

[Related: Why the web version of Instagram is better than the app]

The process is similar on the mobile apps. Tap your profile picture (bottom right), then pick a photo or video. Touch the three dots in the top right, choose Edit, and you make your changes. To confirm them, tap the blue checkmark (Android) or Done (iOS) in the top right corner. The post stays where it is in your timeline, and although it gets marked with an “edited” label, people won’t be able to see past versions.

You can find the option to Delete an Instagram post in the same menu as the edit option: behind the three dots. And while you can’t edit comments you’ve left on other people’s posts, you can remove them: Click or tap the three dots next to a comment you’ve left, then pick Delete on the next dialog.

How to edit a Facebook post

The editing screen for a Facebook post.
You can change pretty much everything when you edit a Facebook post. David Nield

As on Instagram, there’s no time limit on editing Facebook posts. If you have the site open in a web browser, head to your profile via the link on the left, then scroll down to the post you want to alter. Next, click the three dots at the top right of the post, then Edit post.

You can change just about everything in a Facebook post, if needed, including the text, attached images, and the location and contact tags. You can even change the post audience by clicking the current audience label at the top (it will say whatever the current audience is, such as Friends or Public). Tap Save when you’re done.

On the Facebook mobile apps, tap your profile picture (top right), then your name. Touch the three dots next to the post you want to change, then Edit post, and you’ll be able to make your changes. All the same options are available as on the web, and you can tap Save when you’ve finished. Note that anyone who can see the post can view its edit history via the menu behind the three dots.

Tapping on those three dots also gives you the option to delete posts. You can also edit and delete any comments you leave across Facebook, whether they’re on your own posts or on posts from other people: click or tap the three dots to the side of a comment, then choose Edit or Delete as needed.

The post Instantly edit Facebook posts and other social media mistakes appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
29 Gmail keyboard shortcuts to help you power through your inbox https://www.popsci.com/diy/gmail-keyboard-shortcuts/ Wed, 18 Jan 2023 13:33:46 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=506066
A Macbook keyboard illuminated by red, orange, and purple light.
These shortcuts will work on any computer, in any browser. Andras Vas / Unsplash

Speedrun through your emails

The post 29 Gmail keyboard shortcuts to help you power through your inbox appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Macbook keyboard illuminated by red, orange, and purple light.
These shortcuts will work on any computer, in any browser. Andras Vas / Unsplash

You’re likely already familiar with keyboard shortcuts for Windows and for macOS, but you may not know that Gmail on the web has its own set—and they’ll work in any browser on any desktop platform.

The best keyboard shortcuts help you get computing tasks done at a faster pace, with no need to reach for a mouse or trackpad—and when it comes to managing an overflowing and chaotic email inbox, any kind of productivity hack is going to be useful.

How to turn on Gmail keyboard shortcuts

Perhaps they’re less well known because you have to enable them first: With Gmail open in a browser tab, click the cog icon (top right), then See all settings. Under the General tab, make sure that you’ve selected Keyboard shortcuts on.

If the ones we’ve picked out below aren’t enough, you can create your own. From the main Gmail settings screen, click Advanced, find the Custom keyboard shortcuts option, and select Enable. Click Save Changes, and a new Keyboard Shortcuts tab will be added to the settings page. You can use that tab to edit existing shortcuts or create new ones.

The basics

C: Compose a new email

  • Tap the C key anywhere in Gmail and a new compose window will pop up in the corner of the screen, with the cursor in the To: field of the new email.

D: Compose a new email in a new tab

  • You don’t necessarily want to obscure your current Gmail view with a new message, and the D key will start a new email in a new browser tab.

Slash: Run a search

  • Tap the / key anywhere in Gmail, and the cursor will fly up to the search box at the top, ready for you to type out some search terms and dig into your archive.

Period: Open the More menu

  • The More menu (which may show up as three dots, depending on your settings), holds options including the ability to mark emails as read and mute threads.

V: Open the Move to menu

  • The Move to menu (which may appear as an arrow inside a folder icon) lets you quickly apply one of your Gmail labels to the current message.

L: Open the Label as menu

  • Use the Label as menu (which may be display as a bookmark-like icon) if you want to apply several labels to a message simultaneously.

Composing messages

Ctrl/Cmd+Shift+C: Add CC recipients

  • Ctrl or Cmd+Shift+C, (depending on if you’re using Windows or macOS, respectively) is the shortcut for adding carbon copy (CC) recipients to your email—contacts who are copied in along with the original recipient.

[Related: Use Google Tasks to help organize your Gmail inbox]

Ctrl/Cmd+Shift+B: Add BCC recipients

  • This does almost the same task as the previous shortcut, only blind carbon copy (BCC) recipients can’t see which other email addresses have been BCC’d in.

Ctrl/Cmd+Enter: Send an email

  • Once you’re happy with the way your message looks in the compose window, you can use this shortcut to immediately send the email.

Ctrl/Cmd+K: Insert a link

  • Use this if you need to refer the recipient to a website address. You can either highlight the text to link from first, or enter the URL in the dialog that pops up.

Shift+Esc and Esc: Shift focus

  • These shortcuts switch focus between the compose box and the main Gmail window, so you can sift through your inbox while you’re writing.

Ctrl/Cmd+M: Open the spelling suggestions

  • Gmail comes with its own spell-checker, and this shortcut will bring up replacements for words that look incorrectly spelled.

Managing emails

X: Select a conversation thread

  • With a list of messages on screen, you can use the cursor keys to move between them, and then the X key to select one or more of the emails.

E: Archive

  • Once you’ve selected one or more emails, or if you currently have a conversation thread open, tap E to move them (or it) from your inbox to the archive.

[Related: 38 advanced Mac keyboard shortcuts for productivity]

S: Add a star

  • As with the archive shortcut, tapping S adds a star to any selected or open emails. If you have several star types set up in your Gmail settings, repeated taps will cycle through them.

M: Mute

  • With one or more emails selected (or open), you can use M to mute the conversations, so new messages in those threads don’t bring them back to the inbox.

R: Reply; A: Reply all

  • These shortcuts can be used when an email thread is open, and if you add Shift in front of either of them, the reply will opens in a new pop-up window on your screen.

# : Delete emails

  • In Gmail, the # key isn’t used to apply hashtags, but to send any selected or open emails directly to the trash folder, ready to be deleted.

Getting around

G, then I: Go to your inbox

  • Several shortcuts help you jump around the interface, and you can press G, followed by I (in succession) to go to the inbox from wherever you are in Gmail.

G, then S: Go to your starred messages

  • Pressing G, followed by S will take you straight to the messages you’ve starred for later reference.

G, then D: Go to your drafts

  • If you’re ready to carry on working on an email you already started at some point in the past, tap G, then D to open your drafts.

G, then T: Go to sent messages

  • The G and T shortcut (tap them one after the other) is the one to use if you want to review the emails you’ve recently sent from your Gmail account.

G, then N: Go to the next page; G, then P: Go to the previous page

  • Whatever view you’re in, from your inbox to the drafts folder, these keys will let you move through pages of conversation threads.

U: Go back to the conversation list

  • If you’ve opened an email from one of Gmail’s views (like starred or sent messages), tap the U key to go back to the previous list of emails.

Handling threads

Asterisk, then A: Select all conversations

  • Tap *, then A (in succession, not together) to select all of the conversation threads currently on your screen in whatever view you have open.

Asterisk, then R: Select read conversations; Asterisk, then U: Select unread conversations

  • Tapping R or U after * will restrict your selection to just read or just unread threads.

Shift+N: Update a conversation

  • Sometimes you’ll have a thread open and a new email will appear in it (indicated by an alert in the corner). Shift+N will refresh the thread.

[Related: 4 tips to bring your Gmail inbox to zero]

] or [ : Archive the thread and move on

  • Tapping ] or [ will archive the thread you’re currently viewing and move to the previous or next one in your current Gmail view.

Underscore: Mark an open thread as unread

  • If you’re viewing a thread but want to mark it as unread again, tap _ to do just that and return to the previous view.

Semicolon or colon: Expand or collapse the entire conversation

  • The ; and : keys are handy for expanding or collapsing all the messages in the thread you’re currently viewing.

The post 29 Gmail keyboard shortcuts to help you power through your inbox appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Stop using your phone for directions and use a smartwatch instead https://www.popsci.com/diy/smartwatch-navigation/ Fri, 13 Jan 2023 17:20:12 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=505349
A person wearing a teal Apple Watch on their wrist, perhaps about to open up Maps and get directions to a destination.
Your smartwatch can get you home, or away from home, if you need it to. Casey Horner / Unsplash

Handsfree navigation, right from your wrist.

The post Stop using your phone for directions and use a smartwatch instead appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person wearing a teal Apple Watch on their wrist, perhaps about to open up Maps and get directions to a destination.
Your smartwatch can get you home, or away from home, if you need it to. Casey Horner / Unsplash

Whenever your hands are full, or you don’t want to be walking around with your phone in front of your face, your smartwatch can take over navigation duties. Some models will even guide you along your route without being connected to a phone.

Displaying turn-by-turn direction only adds to the capabilities of the latest smartwatches, which can also track steps, place calls, play music, make payments, show your daily schedule, and more. It’s another reason why if you’re trying to use your phone less, a smartwatch might be the solution you’re looking for.

How to get directions on an Apple Watch

An Apple Watch Maps navigation screen, showing a left turn onto Transverse Drive in 70 feet.
Seventy feet is close—the Apple Watch will make a sound to help ensure you don’t miss your turn. Apple

If you have an Apple Watch with LTE functionality, you’ll be able to find your way without an iPhone, because it will be able to connect to the web to get mapping information itself. If not, your smartwatch will rely on your iPhone to get directions and send them to your wrist, but you can still do everything from the smaller device.

To start, open the Maps app on your watch screen. From there, you can either look for a place using the search option at the top, or tap Location to choose somewhere on the map itself. You’ll also see lists of places you’ve favorited and visited recently on the same screen. Once you’ve picked a destination, you’ll be asked to choose the type of navigation you want: Driving, Walking, Transit, or Cycling.

After that, you’ll see step-by-step directions on screen (tap the map icon at the bottom to switch to the map view). Your watch will also make sounds to help you on your way: a low tone followed by a high tone means “turn right,” while a high tone followed by a low tone means “turn left.” You’ll feel a vibration when you’re on the last leg of the journey, and then another when you’ve reached your destination.

Google Maps is also available for the Apple Watch, but the experience isn’t quite as comprehensive. When you open the app on the wearable, you can only choose from locations you’ve already saved in Google Maps on your phone, including your stored home and work locations. Select any location from the list, and you’ll get turn-by-turn directions on your Apple Watch screen.

How to navigate with Garmin smartwatches

A Garmin Fenix 7 smartwatch showing its maps and navigation display.
Garmin smartwatches, including the Fenix 7, offer full maps and GPS. Garmin

Garmin makes a host of smartwatches, many of which have GPS and navigation capabilities. We’ll focus on the models with full navigation and map support, offering similar functionality to Apple Maps and Google Maps. In other words, these wearables give you the ability to pick places and see your location on a map, rather than just pointing you in the right direction with an arrow from your current spot.

Garmin smartwatches with full navigation support at the time of writing are the Fenix 7 series, the Tactix 7 series, the Gen 2 Epix, the Forerunner 955, the Forerunner 945 LTE, the Enduro 2, and the Descent Mk2 series. All of these require a connected phone except the Forerunner 945 LTE, which offers phone-free navigation.

[Related: Smart ways to travel efficiently, no matter where you’re going]

On these watches, press the upper right button to get to the main menu. From here, you have two options: Map and Navigation. If you pick Map, you can then choose somewhere on the map that appears by zooming in and out and scrolling around. Once you’ve selected a destination, press the upper right button again, and you can start moving immediately (Go) or store the place to get back to later (Save location).

Choose Navigation, and you can pick from places you’ve previously saved, nearby points of interest, or even the location where you started an activity like a run or a bike ride.

Once you’ve chosen a destination (using either Map or Navigation), you’ll see your route plotted on a map. To switch to step-by-step instructions, press and hold the middle left button, then hit Turn By Turn.

Google Pixel Watch, Samsung Galaxy Watch, and Fitbit smartwatches

A Pixel Watch showing its Google Maps navigation display.
Google Maps is available on watches running WearOS. Google

To get directions on the Pixel Watch, Samsung Galaxy Watch, Fitbit Sense 2, or Fitbit Versa 4, you’ll need to launch Google Maps. If you’re using a Pixel or Samsung model with LTE connectivity, you can get these directions even if you don’t have your phone with you. Otherwise, you’ll need to rely on a linked smartphone for a connection to the internet to figure out your turns. At the time of writing, navigation also only works on Fitbit smartwatches if they’re paired with an Android phone, though the company says iPhone support is coming in early 2023.

There are three icons at the opening Google Maps screen: the microphone (so you can verbally tell your device a destination), the keyboard (so you can type one in), and the map (so you can pick a spot via the map view). Lower down, you’ll also see a list of places you’ve recently visited or searched for. Once you’ve used one of those options to find a specific location, your watch will offer a choice of travel methods (driving, walking, transit, or cycling), together with the estimated travel time for each one.

Choose your mode of transport, and Google Maps will calculate a route. When  turn-by-turn instructions show up on the screen, tap Show map underneath these steps to switch to the map view, then tap the menu icon (three lines) to go back. You’ll get a small vibration on your wrist when a turn is coming up, prompting you to look at your watch. With any luck, you’ll get to your destination without a hitch.

The post Stop using your phone for directions and use a smartwatch instead appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best social media alternative is old-school blogging https://www.popsci.com/diy/blogging-platforms/ Wed, 11 Jan 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=504505
hands on laptop typing next to a notebook and a coffee mug
Putting together thoughts in 280 characters was hard. Imagine what will happen if you have no limit. Daniel Thomas / Unsplash

Social media is dead. Long live blogging.

The post The best social media alternative is old-school blogging appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
hands on laptop typing next to a notebook and a coffee mug
Putting together thoughts in 280 characters was hard. Imagine what will happen if you have no limit. Daniel Thomas / Unsplash

In recent years, social media platforms haven’t shown a whole lot of respect for user privacy, and have constantly proven to be detrimental to our mental health and bring out the worst in people. This has led some to believe the age of social media is drawing to an end and if you’re one of them, you may be wondering how will you invest your newly available digital time. 

Private group chats in messaging apps have become a popular way to share photos and videos away from the glare of social media feeds. But if you still want some level of exposure, blogging is a way to get your thoughts, pictures, links, and other content out into the world. It goes back to an earlier, simpler time on the internet, and if that sounds appealing to you, this is how you post like in the good old days.

Why you should start a blog

As the internet first began to open up to the masses, many people started up personal blogs: Their own space on the web where they could share musings, pictures, videos, music, links to other places on the web, and just about anything they wanted. 

Gradually, social media platforms began to take over this same role, as they were easier to use, better suited for mobile apps, and easily connected users to hundreds or thousands of people, which meant that a person’s audience could get exponentially bigger pretty quickly.

[Related: 5 healthy and productive alternatives to doomscrolling]

But as all the connectivity and speed we associate with social networks starts to seem less appealing, blogging‘s slower, more structured and controlled approach has begun to look attractive again. The reduced exposure can be an asset, too—even if you choose to make your posts widely available online, the bigger attention span required to read a blog post will make it more likely to have a following that’s genuinely interested in your voice and not only reading for the sake of hating. 

Tumblr

Tumblr is the perfect place to turn to if you’re switching from social media to blogging. It focuses on seven quick post types—text, photo, quote, link, chat, audio, and video—and pages can look a lot like Twitter feeds,  just with more of a blogging framework around them.

Just as with social media, your Tumblr home page also has a timeline with a rolling feed of posts from other blogs you’re following on the platform. It also includes mechanisms you’re very much familiar with from social networks: On Tumblr you’re able to give likes, comment on other people’s posts, and even reblog them to your own page.

The platform balances all of the speed and convenience of these social features with the added extras of a blog, like your choice of layouts, your own personal URL, and the ability to tag your posts, for example. You can also manage multiple blogs from the same account, and make some of them password-protected if you don’t want the internet at large finding them or seeing what’s on them.

There’s a lot to explore on Tumblr, but you may be interested in the big art community that set up shop here, along with a lot of fandoms based around popular culture. Tumblr is free to use without any restrictions, but you can pay $5 a month to remove ads from your feed. 

WordPress

Some of the biggest sites on the web are built on WordPress. The platform is similar to Tumblr in the way it offers a specific group of post types, but this service offers more of everything: More features, more customizations, more layouts, and more room to expand and add functionalities like online shopping or booking, for example. You can think of it as a more advanced version of Tumblr that you can upgrade if and when you need to.

There are thousands of templates for you to choose from, both paid and free, and when it comes to your blog’s structure, you can have static pages (like the classic ‘About me’) as well as chronological posts and even drop in features like web forms or polls. The posts themselves can include images, links, galleries, or straightforward text, and you also get control over other elements such as post comments.

But the social networking features are rather rudimentary. You can follow other blogs, and comment on and like posts, but it’s all a lot more basic and less intuitive than it is on something like Instagram or Twitter (or indeed Tumblr).

There are two ways to use WordPress. Without paying anything, you get your own URL on the WordPress.com domain, and you’ll see ads embedded in your posts and dashboard. If you pay a monthly fee (starting at $11), you get extras like your own domain name, no ads, video upload functionality, and the ability to earn revenue through your site.

Blogger

While not as modern as some of the other options here, Google’s Blogger allows you to create a good-looking blog very quickly—and even make money off it. But this is proper old-school blogging and with that comes pros and cons. 

The platform is a bit old-fashioned and staid, and you don’t get specific post types as you do on Tumblr or WordPress—everything is a standard post, but you can easily include images or links if you need them. On the flip side, Blogger is free, easy to use, and includes a lot of advanced features like traffic statistics and the option to make money from ads on your site.

The theme options are a little more limited than on Tumblr or WordPress, but if you want and know what you’re doing,  you can tweak the HTML and CSS that makes up your blog yourself. You can also organize posts with tags, and there are plenty of widgets to pick from—from those that will show off your most popular posts, to those able to provide a contact form. You can also enable multiple authors for your blog, so several people are allowed to post on the same page.

Blogger doesn’t really have any social media features. The closest you’ll find is the ability to enable comments on your posts and a simple reading list feature that lets you keep up with new content from other blogs on the platform. 

Everything that Blogger offers is free to use, but if you want to use your own domain (rather than one on blogger.com) you’ll have to pay a hosting provider for it. 

Medium

Medium allows you to embed pictures and other media types inside your posts, but it generally appeals to writers. If you want somewhere to post longer, text-based posts and aren’t so bothered about taking time to play around with layouts and HTML code, then Medium is definitely worth a look.

Creating posts on Medium is much easier than on WordPress and Blogger, and as soon as you try it, you’ll see that the emphasis is on minimalism and ease of use. You can quickly drop in videos and images and apply formatting with only a couple of clicks, but the platform keeps most of the screen blank to focus on the text you’re writing. 

[Related: 3 Twitter alternatives, in case you’re looking]

There are some social media features here, including the ability to follow other Medium blogs, and the option to add comments and ‘claps’ (likes) to posts. You don’t get any real theming options, and other than the header image and the color palette you choose, every Medium blog looks more or less the same. 

Something unique about Medium is that authors can lock access to any of their posts, which means they’ll only be available to users paying a monthly Medium subscription of $5, which also removes the ads from the interface. This model also allows writers to generate money for their posts if they get enough traffic.

The post The best social media alternative is old-school blogging appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to recover old versions of files on programs like Excel and Photoshop https://www.popsci.com/diy/recover-old-version-of-file/ Sat, 07 Jan 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=503389
vertical view of a person using an apple computer
Turning back time is possible—at least for your files. Tyler Franta / Unsplash

Retrace your digital steps when you need to.

The post How to recover old versions of files on programs like Excel and Photoshop appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
vertical view of a person using an apple computer
Turning back time is possible—at least for your files. Tyler Franta / Unsplash

Many of us have come to rely on the Ctrl+Z (Windows) or Cmd+Z (macOS) undo shortcuts to get us out of trouble when a key tap accidentally wipes out three hours of writing or a misplaced click has suddenly turned a photo entirely green.

But if you need to retrace more of your steps over a longer period of time, you’ve also got options. This feature is technically known as file versioning, and it keeps old versions of files available should you ever want to go back to them. This can be particularly useful if, for example, you suddenly realize you’ve been inputting the wrong figures into a spreadsheet for the past week.

Some applications come with file versioning built in, so if you want to go back to a proto version of a document, you should start there. You’ll also find the feature in several cloud backup services, and there are integrated options you can turn to in Windows and macOS as well.

File versioning in applications

If you need to get back to an earlier version of a file, start by checking the application you’re editing it in. It’s likely the program has the most complete archive of a file’s changes, and it’ll be the most straightforward option for getting them back. To find the option on the specific app you’re using, you’ll have to have a hunt around its menus, but you can always run a quick web search to see if file versioning is available.

Most online apps automatically store different versions of a document in the cloud, so you’ll probably find file versioning there. In Google Docs, for example, go to File, Version history, and pick See version history to see older iterations of the open file. Click on any item to go back to it. If you know you’re about to make some significant changes, for example, you can also name a particular edition of a file to make it easier to get back to later.

[Related: Save space on your laptop and in the cloud by compressing files]

The same option is available in Microsoft Office applications. In the Windows editions of Word, Excel, and PowerPoint, click File, Info, and Version History to see the saved versions of your file: They’ll appear in a list on the right and you can pick any past iteration to go back to it. If you’re on macOS, click on the name of the file at the top of the window, then pick Browse Version History.

The Adobe Photoshop image editor has an extensive and well-known undo feature, but it also had file versioning built right into it. To get the relevant panel up on your screen, choose Window and then Version History. You’ll see a list of older versions of the image you’re currently working on, which you can jump back to with a click.

File versioning in cloud backup services

Cloud backup services are constantly syncing changes to the cloud, and most of them keep a record of older file versions as well. Take Dropbox, for example: On the web interface, click the three dots next to any file, then choose Activity and Version history to see your options for going back in time.

We’ve already mentioned how you can access versions from inside Google Docs, and it works the same for Sheets and Slides. To retrace your steps with other types of files on Google Drive, open up the web interface, right-click on a file, and then choose Manage versions to view a list.

The same functionality is built into Microsoft OneDrive. Open up the service’s web interface in your browser, click the three dots next to the file you want to work with, then choose Version history from the pop-up menu. Office files will open up in a new browser tab with the version list next to them. When it comes to other types of files, you’ll see a list of old versions of those on the right.

Then there’s Apple’s iCloud. Version histories aren’t available through the iCloud Drive interface on the web, so you’re unable to roll back files from there. Still, many native applications (including Pages and Numbers) use iCloud behind the scenes to store old versions of files, so if you’re using those programs, you’re better off checking their interface. 

File versioning in Windows and macOS

If you need even more ways to keep track of file versions, we’ve got them. Windows users have a tool called, appropriately enough, File History. You can find it by searching for “file history” from the Start menu and clicking on the top result—if the feature isn’t already on for your main hard drive, you’ll need to turn it on first.

But before your computer can start saving multiple versions of your files, you’ll also need to specify a second hard drive (either internal or external) to save those copies, which you can do via Select drive. Use Exclude folders to set up locations you don’t want File History to touch, and use Advanced settings to configure how often you want your computer to store file versions and for how long.

[Related: How to securely store and share sensitive files]

Even though macOS relies mostly on the built-in file versioning feature on their apps,  users also have an integrated backup solution that covers all files in a Mac computer.  It’s called Time Machine and you can get to it by opening the Apple menu, then choosing System Settings, General, and Time Machine.

As with File History on Windows, you’ll need a separate hard drive to store the copies of files, and in this case, it has to be an external storage device. You’ll be able to select this drive through the Time Machine settings, as well as exclude certain folders from the backup. You’ll also be able to set how often your computer automatically backs up your files, including any new versions.

The post How to recover old versions of files on programs like Excel and Photoshop appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Why you should use whitelists to manage your email https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-whitelist-an-email/ Tue, 03 Jan 2023 21:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=502775
close up of the email app icon on an iphone with a red notification showing 6,753 unread messages
Don't ever be afraid of the unreads again. Brian Tromp / Unsplash

Filtering messages before they hit your inbox may be a more practical approach.

The post Why you should use whitelists to manage your email appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
close up of the email app icon on an iphone with a red notification showing 6,753 unread messages
Don't ever be afraid of the unreads again. Brian Tromp / Unsplash

The simplicity and convenience of email have made message overload a real problem. Now, companies, friends, committees, colleagues, social networks, apps, organizations, relatives, spammers, and bots are bombarding our inboxes day and night, turning this once seemingly magical form of communication into a bloated mire of unimportant messages that we’ll never get around to reading.

But you can make things better by using whitelists. This feature has been present in most email clients for years and gives you more control over which messages actually get through to you. 

How email whitelists work

If you think about all of the emails that cascade into your inbox on a daily basis, you might notice that the majority are unsolicited and not specifically directed at you. This permissive attitude towards email is why messages continue to build up to a daunting extent.

Rather than letting everything through and then trying to filter out the junk—the normal approach to email management—a whitelist is a more proactive alternative. You’ll be setting up a roster of contacts you’re actually happy to get messages from, and your email client will demote the rest from the get-go. It’s your inbox after all, and perhaps it’s time you get stricter in terms of what is allowed to access it.

[Related: The 5 best email apps to rescue your inbox]

For all those non-whitelisted emails, demotion will look different depending on the email app you use and how you set up your whitelists. Unless you’re very brave, you probably don’t want to dispatch everything that’s not on your whitelist straight to the trash folder. A more practical alternative is marking these messages as less important or moving them to a different folder for checking later, for example. Deprioritizing these emails will make them less distracting,  so you can focus on messages that actually require your attention instead.

Keep in mind that when using whitelists you’ll always risk missing something genuinely important from someone who isn’t on your roster. This is why it’s always a good idea to make a habit of checking your non-whitelisted messages occasionally. 

How to set up whitelists in your inbox

Different email apps take different approaches to whitelisting, so you’ll need to see what your program of choice has to offer and configure it accordingly. Most importantly, you’ll usually have plenty of flexibility when it comes to choosing what happens to your whitelisted and non-whitelisted messages.

In Gmail on the web, click the search options icon (three sliders) to the right of the search box at the top of the screen, and enter the email address for the person you want to whitelist in the From field. Click Create filter and decide what whitelisting means in Gmail: You could automatically star whitelisted emails, use labels to mark them as important, or categorize them as priority emails, for example. And whatever you choose to do, don’t forget to select Never send it to Spam.

You can then use these labels to help you manage your email. You can set Gmail on the web to show starred messages first (click the cog icon in the top right corner, then Starred first); or you could set the Gmail mobile app to only send you a notification when a priority email comes in. You could even create a dedicated whitelist label and then use it to prioritize these messages on the web and on your phone.

[Related: Use email aliases to organize your inbox—and stay private]

The Microsoft Mail app that comes with Windows doesn’t have a whitelist feature, but Outlook on the web does. To use it, click the cog icon (top right), then pick View all Outlook settings, Email, Rules, and Add new rule. You can have Outlook pin emails from specific senders to the top of your inbox, mark them as important, categorize them, or add them to a specific folder.

In Apple Mail on macOS, you can start whitelisting by clicking Mail, Settings, and Rules. Select Add Rule, and create one for the contact you want to whitelist. In Apple Mail you can move these messages to a specific folder, apply a flag to them, or set them to be a specific color to help you manage them better. You can also make sure these emails play a sound or prompt a macOS notification when they arrive, so only the most important emails grab your attention.

The post Why you should use whitelists to manage your email appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Reset your digital life by deleting all your social media accounts https://www.popsci.com/delete-social-media-accounts/ Fri, 28 Jan 2022 23:32:10 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/delete-social-media-accounts/
Hand-holding-phone-with-tiktok-deactivation-screen
You can always change your mind—but only within 30 days. Cottonbro / Pexels

So long, and thanks for all the Likes.

The post Reset your digital life by deleting all your social media accounts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hand-holding-phone-with-tiktok-deactivation-screen
You can always change your mind—but only within 30 days. Cottonbro / Pexels

In theory, social media promises to connect you with the world. In practice, it compromises your personal privacy, puts you at risk of online abuse, and makes you angrier

If you’re irritated by Twitter or depressed by Facebook, you can avoid social media for limited periods of time. But when you’re ready to say goodbye for good, the next step will be to delete those apps from your phone and shut down your accounts entirely. Here’s how to do it, one network at a time.

First steps

Before you start erasing all of your content, you might want to download some or all of it. This will let you preserve a personal copy for posterity. To do this follow our guide to saving social media posts.

[Related: A complete guide to bulk-deleting tweets]

Next, make sure you’re deleting your account for the right reasons. If you’re ready to bid farewell to the whirlwind of social media for the sake of time or mental health, that’s fine. But if you’re only closing your accounts so you can create a new one and get a fresh start, we recommend hitting pause. Your first step should be to check the do-over options some platforms offer. On Instagram, for instance, you can change your username without shutting down your existing account. Once you’ve exhausted your options, you can move on to deactivating or deleting your account.

How to delete Facebook

When you get fed up with Facebook, you have two ways to remove yourself from the giant network: deactivation or deletion.

Let’s start with the less extreme option. If you deactivate your account, it will disappear from Facebook, meaning you won’t appear in search results and your friends won’t be able to find you. The good news is that you can bring your account back from deactivation at any time. The network will also retain all of your data, which will be waiting for you if you decide to return. Simply log in to your account again, and Facebook will automatically reactivate it.

To deactivate your account from a web browser, visit the site and click your profile picture in the top right corner of the screen. Choose Settings & privacy, then Settings, Privacy, and go to Your Facebook Information. From there, click Deactivation and deletion, select Deactivate account, and hit Continue to account deactivation. On the next screen, Facebook will prompt you for your password and ask you to give a reason for leaving, such as privacy concerns or wasted time. Make your choice and click Continue to finish up.

You can also deactivate your account through a mobile app. On iOS, open the app and hit the menu button (three lines) in the lower right corner. Then tap Settings & privacy, Settings, Personal and Account Information, Account Ownership and Control, and Deactivation and Deletion. Finish by tapping Deactivate Account and then Continue to account deactivation. On Android, you can follow the same process, but the menu button looks like three horizontal lines and you can reach Account Ownership and Control from the first submenu.

Deactivation is a good way to test the waters and see if you can live without Facebook. Give it a few months and see how you feel. When you’re ready to say goodbye to your account forever, delete it. To do so, follow the same steps for deactivation, but choose Delete account when given the option. As far as your friends are concerned, you will disappear immediately. However, Facebook will only erase of your data after 30 days, so you may change your mind within that timeframe. But once it’s done, there’s no going back.

How to delete Twitter

If you’ve had all you can take of hashtags and threads, you can deactivate your Twitter account. The social network will hang on to your data for a set period, but after that, it will permanently get rid of your data.

To trash Twitter, you’ll need to visit this page in a web browser and click Deactivate your account. Read the information Twitter provides, then click Deactivate. You’ll receive a prompt to enter your password and confirm that yes, you really do want to deactivate your account.

Once you do so, the process of erasing your Twitter presence starts. As far as other users can see, your profile and tweets will vanish immediately. However, Twitter hangs on to your data for a grace period of 30 days (verified users get the option of a full 12 months) to make sure you don’t change your mind. During this time, you can still log back into the site, an act that will restore your profile and all of your tweets from the digital grave.

After that 30- or 365-day period ends, Twitter will officially delete your data and you will lose it forever. So if you repent and decide to return to Twitter, you’ll need to sign up for a brand-new account.

How to delete Instagram

Nothing instills FOMO quite like your friends’ smug Instagram photos—that is if you can even see those anymore. Remove them (and the neverending ads and recommended content) from your life by deactivating or deleting your account.

To deactivate online, go to the Instagram website. Log in, click your profile icon in the top right, choose Settings, and Edit Profile. Scroll all the way down and select Temporarily deactivate my account—you’ll notice this is not so much a button but a link to the right of the Submit button, so it’s easy to miss. Once you do that, you’ll have to decide on a reason why you no longer feel the Instagram love—options range from Just need a break to Too many ads. Finally, enter your account password and click Temporarily Deactivate Account.

Much like Facebook’s deactivation option, this choice will put your account on hold. As far as other users know, your Instagram page will be gone, but the social network will hang on to your photos, comments, and other data. Log into the site again, and it will instantly restore your account.

For a more permanent fix, you’ll need to go to the dedicated Delete Your Account page online. Log in, give a reason for your desertion, and enter your password. Finally, click Delete [username]. This will wipe all traces of your Instagram life from the network’s servers, including the likes and instant messages. But before this happens, you’ll have 30 days to change your mind. If you do, just log in again and everything will be right where you left it. But wait too long, and you’ll have to start from scratch. 

If you have an Android phone, you’ll have to go through all of these steps on the web, but if you have an iPhone, you can also find these options on the app. Tap your profile icon, then the menu button (three lines) Settings, Account, and Delete account. There, the app will ask if you want to disable your account instead of deleting it, but both options are available.

How to delete TikTok

Maybe you’ve had enough of the choreographed dances and you think it’s time to call it quits with the clock app. That’s ok—it’s actually very easy to do. 

Open your TikTok profile, tap the menu button (three lines) in the top right corner of the screen, and go to Settings and privacy. There, go to Account (top of the list), and tap Deactivate or delete account at the bottom. 

To proceed, you must first decide what you want to do. You can tap Deactivate account, which, as in other platforms, hits the pause button on your page. Your content will disappear and users won’t be able to find you through the search feature. Tap Delete account permanently instead, and TikTok will delete all of your account information after a 30-day period where you can change your mind and come back. If you truly want to call it quits, the app will ask why you are leaving, and—depending on the reason—offer a solution to try to retain you. For example, if you think you’re spending too much time on the platform, a message will appear offering you to set up a limit to your watch time.  

If you’re sure and just want to get out of there, tap Skip at the top right corner of your screen and bow out. You’ll still get 30 days before your account is completely gone, so if you change your mind before then, just log into the platform with your credentials and tap Cancel deactivation at the bottom of the screen

How to delete Snapchat

If Snapchat loses its appeal, have your account disappear like the vanishing photos that made the social network a hit.

To do that, you’ll need to open your web browser and head to this page—it is solely dedicated to helping you delete your account. Sign in and enter your username and password again on the subsequent screen to confirm you actually want to kick Snapchat to the curb. Click Continue, and the process of removing you from Snapchat will begin.

From this point on, your friends won’t be able to contact you on Snapchat, but as with Twitter, you’ll get a 30-day grace period before permanent deletion actually occurs. If you log back into the network before that time is up, your account will reappear and you can carry on as before with the same username and contact list.

After the 30 days pass, Snapchat will permanently erase your account. To come back from that, you’ll have to start adding friends and collecting Snaps all over again.

Keep in mind that if you requested your data from Snapchat and haven’t received it yet, you should wait until you hear back from them before terminating your account. Once you finish the process, all your ties with the platform will be cut, so when your data is ready, they won’t be able to notify you or send you a download link. 

How to delete BeReal

Maybe you don’t want to be real anymore, and just want to be private, so deleting your BeReal account is a no-brainer. 

Go to your profile page and tap your profile picture (if you don’t have one, the space will show your initials) in the top right corner of your screen. Once you’re there, in the same location, tap the three-dot menu, scroll down and go to Contact Us. At the end of that menu, you’ll see the Delete my account option. 

If you decide to go through with deletion, the platform will immediately log you out of your account and other users will be unable to find your content and profile. BeReal gives you a 15-day period for you to change your mind. If you do, you can regain access to your account (and everything you’ve posted on it) just by signing in again with your credentials. But if you let that grace period go by, the platform will obliterate your data and your content will be lost forever. 

As on other platforms, BeReal will ask you why you’re leaving. You can make your choice or just tap Other, and finalize your decision by tapping Yes, I’m sure. The next screen will show you the date your account will be deleted if you don’t log back in, and then the app will automatically kick you out. 

How to delete other social networks

Although these apps currently dominate the charts, they’re not the only social networks out there. Still, you can always find the option to close your account.

[Related: Take a break from Facebook and try one of these alternate social networks]

While these networks will let you delete your account, they won’t always make that option easy to find (To deactivate Tumblr, for example, you’ll have to scroll to the bottom of the settings page.)  So if you get stuck, check the support pages for that network, which should point you in the right direction. Support pages should also provide details about exactly what happens to your data when you click “delete” and how quickly it disappears from existence.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 20, 2018.

The post Reset your digital life by deleting all your social media accounts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
What to do with your brand new console before you start gaming https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-set-up-new-nintendo-switch-xbox-ps5/ Wed, 28 Dec 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=502236
Close up to hands holding a Playstation 5 controller
Change the key settings on your console before you start gaming.

You want to make sure your console works exactly how you like it before you dive into gaming.

The post What to do with your brand new console before you start gaming appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Close up to hands holding a Playstation 5 controller
Change the key settings on your console before you start gaming.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’ve got yourself a brand new PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, or Nintendo Switch, your first instinct will probably be to dive in right away and start gaming. And as much fun as that sounds, it’s worth pausing and spending some time tweaking the console’s settings first.

From making sure the graphics are optimized on your television screen, to reducing the amount of power your gaming machine draws, playing around with these settings can make a significant difference. Once you’ve configured them to your satisfaction, the gaming can begin.

How to configure your brand new Sony PlayStation 5

On the PS5 you can get to the Settings screen via the cog icon in the top-right corner of the main interface. One key option that’s worth changing is Performance Mode or Resolution Mode, which you’ll find under Saved Data and Game/App Settings and Game Presets. Here you can either prioritize performance, resulting in higher frame rates and smoother on-screen graphics; or resolution, resulting in a higher pixel count and a crisper image. Some games can max out both, but if you need to compromise, here you can choose where you’d rather cut resources.

[Related: Xbox Series X vs PS5: How to pick between the two biggest new game consoles]

Another feature we’d recommend turning on is the variable refresh rate or VRR. This feature pushes frame rates higher by allowing your hardware to change the game’s refresh rate on the fly, resulting in smoother gameplay and less stuttering on compatible games and screens. To set this up on the PS5, open Settings and head to Screen and Video, Video Output, and VRR. Only some titles, TVs, and monitors support VRR, so if you’re not sure if your setup is among them, search online for the make and model of your display to find out. 

To get a better idea of how much power your PS5 is using up, go to Settings and head to System, and then Power Saving. There are three options to configure here: How long the console should wait before going into rest mode, which features (such as internet access) remain accessible in rest mode, and how long the delay should be before the controllers automatically turn off. Each option affects how much energy the PS5 consumes.

It’s also a good idea to take some time to customize the setup of your controllers—you’re going to be spending a long time holding them, after all. From Settings, choose Accessories and Controller (General). As well as options for adjusting the intensity of vibrations and trigger effects, you can change the controller’s speaker volume and even remap certain buttons to suit your way of playing.

How to configure your brand new Microsoft Xbox Series X and Xbox Series S

On the Xbox Series X and Xbox Series S you can get to the Settings screen via the cog icon in the top right corner of the main interface. Once you’re there, if your console is hooked up to a TV, your first stop should be to make sure they play nicely together. To check if your Xbox is set to the right resolution for your screen go to General, TV & display options, and then Resolution. From TV & Display options you’ll also be able to give your console the power to turn your TV on and off automatically—just go to Device control then HDMI-CEC.

To customize the level of energy your Xbox needs through features like Remote Access and Sleep mode, go to Settings, pick General and then go to Power options. You can either pick one of the presets or choose Customize power options for more detailed control. Notice the bar on the right: it will keep updating to show you how much power your device will use while it’s off under the current settings.

You definitely don’t want to dive into gaming without customizing the screenshot options—otherwise, you might miss capturing a moment of glory. In Settings, you can pick Preferences then Capture & share to change which controller buttons do what in terms of screen capture, and set defaults for the video capture resolution and clip length.

It’s also a good idea to make sure that notifications from games and the Xbox system itself work just how you like them before you load up any games—you don’t want a pop-up appearing in the middle of the action. Choose Preferences and then Notifications from the Settings screen, to configure which type of events generate notifications, how long they show up for, and where on screen they appear.

How to configure your brand-new Nintendo Switch

To find the Settings panel on a Nintendo Switch, select System Settings (the button showing the cog icon) from the main home screen. If you’ve bought the console for a child, you might want to put an age limit on the games they can play by selecting Parental Controls and Parental Control Settings. You’ll find more advanced controls, such as screen time restrictions, through the companion app available for Android and iOS.

The Nintendo Switch was designed for gaming on the go, and with that in mind, it’s important that you always know how much battery life you’ve got left. The default indicator up in the top right corner is pretty helpful, but you can get a more accurate reading by selecting System and then Console Battery % from Settings.

[Related: Nintendo Switch vs. Lite: Which of Nintendo’s handheld gaming consoles should you buy?]

You’ll also want to control when your Switch console goes to sleep, which you can configure through Settings by picking System Settings and then Sleep Mode. Here you’ll be able to set the amount of time your device should sit inactive before it starts to conserve energy. And if you’re using your Switch to watch a lot of videos, you might want to check the Suspend Auto-Sleep While Playing Media Content option so that the screen doesn’t suddenly go dark in the middle of viewing.

Finally, remember that Nintendo built the Switch to be social. Select your profile picture (top left) from the main home screen, and you’ll be able to add specific friends and see suggestions the Switch has for you. You should also pay attention to the User Settings option—here you can set which friends can see which bits of your activity on the device, as well as configure what you’re sharing to your social media accounts.

The post What to do with your brand new console before you start gaming appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Simple tricks to help you free up space on your phone https://www.popsci.com/free-up-space-on-your-smartphone/ Mon, 07 Jan 2019 21:30:32 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/free-up-space-on-your-smartphone/
An iOS alert on an iPhone screen that says the storage is full and there is no more room on the phone.
Avoid sights like this. Google

Behind every good selfie, there are 50 failed attempts, but you don't need them all on your phone.

The post Simple tricks to help you free up space on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iOS alert on an iPhone screen that says the storage is full and there is no more room on the phone.
Avoid sights like this. Google

You pull out your phone to snap a spontaneous photo… but get an error message because you have no space for the pic. Running out of room on your phone can be a disaster, but it’s totally avoidable.

And listen: We’re not here to judge you for filling your phone—it could happen to any one of us. While the best way to free up space on your phone is to maintain your storage as you go, it’s relatively easy to clear out the junk when it’s past the point of no return.

Move your photos and videos to the cloud

A Google Photos dialog box asking if the user wants to remove 1,322 items, useful if you want to free up space on your phone.
Google Photos can delete images once you’ve backed them up. David Nield

Photos and videos can take up a huge chunk of the space on your device, so it’s a good idea to offload these files at the earliest opportunity. You can manually transfer them to a hard drive from an Apple or Android phone, but not everyone has the time or patience to do so. Don’t worry: There are plenty of apps that will get the job done for you. Just know that if you have gigabytes worth of images, you’ll probably have to pay a few dollars a month to store them on any cloud service.

One of the best options is Google Photos. It works across Android, iOS, Windows, macOS, and the web, and it lets you store up to 15GB of photos and videos for free. But that’s only if your Google Drive and Gmail accounts are empty, as the space you use with Google Photos counts toward that storage.

[Related: Organize your catastrophic digital photo library]

In the past, Google Photos users had unlimited cloud space for their photos as long as they agreed to resize their images down to a maximum of 16 megapixels and movies to 1080p full HD (so no 4K). In 2020, Google announced the end of this sweet deal, which meant any new files would count against the 15GB of space the company grants to its free-tier users. 

The good news is that this change only applies to new photos and videos, so if you’ve been using Google Photos since before June 1, 2021, anything you stored in the cloud before then is living there for free. Nice.

If you want more space, you’ll have to pay for the Google One service, which starts at $20 a year for an additional 100GB.

The homepage for Apple's iCloud service.
Use iCloud to sync your photos across Apple devices. David Nield

Other paid options include Apple’s iCloud (which will not work on an Android phone), Microsoft’s OneDrive, Amazon Photos, and Dropbox. They’ll all hang onto your mobile pictures for a few dollars a month. The iCloud and Dropbox tiers are similar, at about $10 a month for 2TB of online space, but you’ll have to check the individual sites for more details. Amazon Photos is a bit of an outlier, as unlimited, full-resolution photo storage comes bundled with an Amazon Prime subscription ($139 a year or $15 a month). And if you’re looking at OneDrive, you won’t be able to get more than 100GB of space without subscribing to Microsoft 365 ($70 a year or $7 a month).

Whichever option you go for, your app of choice will automatically take care of uploading your photos and videos. You can then delete the local copies—some apps, like Google Photos and iCloud, will even take care of this for you—which will open up extra storage on your phone. For more details, check out our complete guide to cloud-based photo backups.

Cut down on apps and games

The storage data screen inside iOS. Deleting heavy apps can help free up space on your phone.
Both iOS and Android will tell you what’s taking up space on your phone. David Nield

The next-biggest space hog, after photos and videos, will likely be your apps and games. To avoid completely running out of room, regularly remove apps you’ve not using. You can always re-install them without paying a second time—Apple or Google will keep track of what you’ve already paid for.

But not all apps are equally greedy, space-wise. To see which ones are taking up the most room, iOS users can go to Settings, then General, then iPhone Storage. On Android, open Settings, then Storage, then tap Free up space.

You can then delete the worst offenders. On iOS, press and hold on an app icon until a dialog box appears, then hit Remove App. On Android, press and hold on an icon in the app drawer, then drag it up to the Uninstall link at the top. On Google’s OS, you can also use the Free up space feature to remove apps you haven’t opened in a while. Just tap Select files under Delete unused apps, and choose the ones you can do without—the heftier tools will be at the top of the list. 

The "my downloads" interface inside Netflix that shows what you've downloaded. Clear this to free up space on your phone.
Music and movie apps may have downloads you can wipe. David Nield

On top of the room that apps themselves take up, many also store data—primarily content such as music, podcasts, movies, and TV shows that you might have saved locally for offline use. Whatever apps you use, they should include options for clearing out locally stored files so you can free up some space on your phone, though the process will vary from app to app. In Netflix, for example, just tap the Downloads button at the bottom of your screen to manage the titles you’ve saved to your device.

[Related: Hack Netflix with these add-ons and tricks]

Other apps—like Facebook, messaging apps, and browsers—will also store data, but not in significant amounts. So it’s not as important to keep tabs on how much space they’re using up. As we mentioned above, the apps list inside your phone’s settings is a good place to check, and you can always completely uninstall bulky apps.

Add extra storage

A phone with the memory card slot extended and empty.
Many Android phones let you expand your storage with a memory card. David Nield

The previous tips will help you clear out files on your phone. But if you want to keep those files for easy offline access, you’re going to need more storage capacity. Sure, we could tell you to buy a phone that has more than enough storage on board—the iPhone goes up to a whopping 1TB these days—but space comes at a high price and not everyone has that kind of money. Besides, if you’ve already bought the phone you plan to use for the next few years, you’re not going to toss it and buy a new one just because you’re running out of space.

For Android users, there’s another option. Many phones with this OS come with a microSD card slot, which is a quick and easy way of getting more elbow room for your files and apps. By inserting this card, you can add up to 1TB of extra space for about $160, and 512GB for a little more than $50. Before you purchase, however, double-check that the card will work with your phone.

How your Android phone “sees” the card will vary depending on which manufacturer made your phone and which version of Android you’re running. Some phones let you run apps on the card, while others will only allow you to store photos and videos, and documents such as PDFs on the extra storage. Even if it’s the latter, moving those files will automatically free up room in your phone’s internal memory.

Apple’s iPhones don’t feature expandable internal memory, but you can buy extra peripherals, like the SanDisk iXpand, to boost the available storage. These dongles are effectively automatic backup solutions that pull photos and videos off your device so you can delete the originals. They can be useful, but you’re not actually expanding the available space on your phone like you are with an Android’s extra memory card.

Regularly reset your phone

The factory reset screen on an Android phone. A reset will help you free up space on your phone.
Android warns you about what you’ll lose during a reset. David Nield

No space-saving trick works better on your smartphone than running it through a factory reset every now and again. This effectively returns your handset to the state it was in when you first bought it—which means absolutely nothing will remain on there beyond what the manufacturer and Apple or Google preinstalled.

[Related: How to reset your devices without losing everything]

What puts most people off running through this process is that it wipes your photos, videos, messages, apps, and everything else off your phone—so you’ll need to start from scratch. This means that, before you get started, you need to be absolutely sure that you backed up everything important.

That said, with today’s cloud-first apps and services, resetting a phone isn’t quite the scorched-earth approach it used to be. If all your emails are in Gmail, your songs are in Spotify, your pictures are in Google Photos, and you’ve backed up and downloaded all your messages, the process can be relatively painless. Count this as yet another reason to switch to these cloud-based services for the future.

If you’ve double-checked that you’ve got copies of everything you want to keep, you can find the reset options in your Settings app. It’s under General and Transfer or Reset iPhone on iOS, and System, Reset options on Android. Follow the instructions on screen and you’ll soon be back to the beginning as far as your phone and its operating system are concerned. And next time, you’ll know how to be more careful with your phone’s storage space.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on April 10, 2017.

The post Simple tricks to help you free up space on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Boost your connection by checking your Wi-Fi strength from any device https://www.popsci.com/diy/check-wifi-signal-strength/ Fri, 23 Dec 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=501418
person holding internet router next to laptop
Measure the strength of your WiFi signal to finally figure out those dead zones around your place. IgorVetushko / Deposit Photos

Check performance, solve problems.

The post Boost your connection by checking your Wi-Fi strength from any device appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person holding internet router next to laptop
Measure the strength of your WiFi signal to finally figure out those dead zones around your place. IgorVetushko / Deposit Photos

From gaming and online shopping to movie streaming and social media. There are a lot of reasons why you need stable Wi-Fi around your home, and getting stuck with a sluggish or unreliable connection, can become a major problem.

We’re sadly not equipped to see the radio waves floating around our homes carrying that precious wireless internet access, but you can easily check how strong the signal from your router is at various locations. This can be helpful when making sure you’re getting the wireless speeds you’re paying for, but also to set up your devices in optimum locations and identify problems, like a badly positioned fish tank. You can check your wireless strength from any device, and we’ve picked the simplest options in each case.

Note that Wi-Fi strength is not the same as speed, and it refers instead to how strong the radio signal is between your device and your router. A strong Wi-Fi means better download and upload speeds, but also determines factors like the stability of the signal.

When reading stats, connection strength corresponds to RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) which is measured in decibel milliwatts or dBm. There will be a minus sign before the dBm figure, but don’t worry: Anything from -50 dBm or higher represents an excellent Wi-Fi signal, but if you’re down below -80 dBm, you should be experiencing problems.

How to measure your Wi-Fi strength on Android devices

On an Android device, the little Wi-Fi icon on the right of the status bar is the first indicator of how strong your Wi-Fi signal is, though the icon is so small it doesn’t really tell you much. If you open up Settings and tap Network and Internet, go to Internet, and then tap the name of your Wi-Fi network, you’ll see a signal strength reading as the first option.

[Related: How to get internet to every corner of your home]

This reading is still quite vague though, as you’ll only see labels like “fair” or “excellent”. To get even more details, you can use a third-party app such Wifi Speed Test. On the Access Points tab, you’ll see all the Wi-Fi networks available to you, along with information such as their signal strength. They’re also color-coded with the traffic lights system so you’ll know at a glance which ones are the best.

The Time Graph tab is also useful in terms of testing signal strength because it charts the signal response over time, so you can move around with your Android device and see how the reading changes. This is particularly useful if you want to identify the best location for your home Wi-Fi or spot those dead zones that have ruined so many conference calls in the past.

How to measure your Wi-Fi strength on iOS devices

If you’re on an iPhone, the Wi-Fi indicator to the right of the status bar will give you some idea of how strong your connection is at the moment. There are only three bars though, so it’s not all that precise. Unfortunately, that’s also all the information you’ll get in terms of native iOS options because even if you delve into the Wi-Fi menu in Settings, you’ll still only find those three bars to represent Wi-Fi signal strength.

Apple makes a free app called AirPort Utility that you can use to measure signal strength. The company hasn’t updated it in a while and it’s hardly crammed with features, but it will show you the current signal strength in dBm for all the Wi-Fi networks your device can detect. Tap on a network to see signal strength split by Wi-Fi channel.

Unfortunately, third-party apps are no longer able to access this data through iOS. But if you want to get other information on your network, there are plenty of apps that can help. The iWifi app, for example, can measure Wi-Fi speed and ping to measure how quickly the network responds. All of the app’s key features are available for free, but you can pay $4 a month to remove the ads and get more accurate readings.

How to measure your Wi-Fi strength on Windows computers

If you’re on a Windows computer and want to check Wi-Fi signal strength, you’ll see a small strength indicator down on the far right-hand side of the taskbar. It has four bars to represent four different levels of connectivity for the network your device is currently attached to. You can see strength readings for more networks by going to Settings, choosing Network & internet, and then WiFi.

You can also get a more detailed reading of signal strength by searching for and launching the PowerShell utility from the Start menu. Type netsh wlan show interfaces and hit Enter to see a variety of stats about the Wi-Fi network you’re currently connected to—signal strength is a percentage you’ll find near the bottom.

When it comes to third-party apps, the free inSSIDer is one of the best in the business, and it’s also free to use. The Networks tab that appears when you first open up the application shows you all the Wi-Fi networks in range, together with a signal reading in dBm. The signal strength is color coded as well for easy reading.

How to measure your Wi-Fi strength on macOS 

When it comes to checking Wi-Fi signal strength on macOS, again there’s that familiar Wi-Fi status indicator that you might recognize from iOS—it’s up on the right-hand side of the menu bar, and it offers up three bars to represent signal strength. You can click on the icon and then choose Wi-Fi settings to find other networks and compare signal strengths.

[Related: Everything you need to know about WiFi6, the new wireless standard]

You might think that just as with iOS there would not be more information available natively. But on macOS there’s actually a hidden way to see the signal strength of the Wi-Fi network you’re currently connected to: Hold down the Option key then click the Wi-Fi indicator on the menu bar, and you’ll see a host of statistics that include signal strength. The reading will be updated in real-time too.

When it comes to third-party apps, you can get the aforementioned iWifi app for macOS as well as iOS, but another option for desktop devices is Wifiry. It will set you back a one-off fee of $3, but it gives you comprehensive readings for all the Wi-Fi networks around your Mac (not just the one you’re connected to), plus additional features like a five-dot signal strength indicator you can place in the menu bar.

The post Boost your connection by checking your Wi-Fi strength from any device appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Separate your music into two Apple Music libraries—you’ll thank us https://www.popsci.com/diy/create-new-apple-music-library/ Wed, 21 Dec 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=500655
An iPhone on a desk by a laptop and showing Apple Music on its lock screen
Taking better control of your music is easy. Barbora Dostálová / Unsplash

A second library can prevent your study music from crashing your pre-game playlist.

The post Separate your music into two Apple Music libraries—you’ll thank us appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone on a desk by a laptop and showing Apple Music on its lock screen
Taking better control of your music is easy. Barbora Dostálová / Unsplash

Apple Music—the macOS app, rather than the streaming service—is a popular feature-packed choice for managing large music collections. But you might never have come across one of its key capabilities: being able to manage multiple libraries. 

It gives you separate spaces for your music, with its own songs, playlists, and settings. This can be particularly useful if you have a musical taste that ranges over very different and clashing styles, and you don’t want to swing drastically from one to the other when you hit the shuffle button.

At the time of writing, Apple Music (the program) has yet to make it over to Windows, but users still have access to iTunes, which also supports multiple music libraries.

Why you should set up a second Apple Music library

Apple Music gives users the flexibility to create complex music collections, with smart playlists, folders, star ratings, and other organizational features. However, you might not want to keep all of your music in the same bucket.

[Related: How to add your personal music collection to your streaming playlists]

Seasonal tunes are a good example. Even if you love all the Christmas classics, you don’t necessarily want them cluttering up your music library for the rest of the year, and dropping into automated playlists when you least expect them. It makes sense to build a dedicated Christmas music library you can turn to when the time is right.

Having a second Apple Music library can also come in handy when you use different types of music for specific purposes. Long, instrumental, chill-out tunes can be great for working or studying, for example.  And while these tracks are perfect to have on in the background, perhaps you don’t want them to pop up on your random playlists when you’re getting ready for a night out.

A second library also gives you additional flexibility. If you’ve got a lot of tunes stored on an external hard drive that isn’t always connected to your computer, for instance, you can add them to a second library you can load up whenever you plug it in. If local storage space is at a premium on your computer, this will enable you to create a bigger library on a separate drive, as well as a smaller one that’s always available.

How to set up a second Apple Music library

Setting up a separate music library on Apple Music is easy. First, make sure the desktop application is completely closed. Continue by holding down the Option key (macOS) or the Shift key (Windows) and launching Apple Music again from the Applications window in Finder on macOS or the Start menu on Windows. 

You can then choose Create a new library to make your second library or Choose a different library to switch between your existing libraries (by default, the program opens the last library you used).

Opt to create a new library, and the app will prompt you to pick a new location for it—it can be anywhere you like on your computer system or on an external hard drive. You’ll also need to give your new library a name to help identify it, so call it something that describes what it is for or what kind of music it contains.

[Related: Everything you need to know about the new Apple Music Voice Plan]

After a few moments, Apple Music will generate your new library, giving you a blank canvas to start building up playlists and adding songs. Open up the application settings (via Music and Settings on macOS, or Edit and Preferences on Windows) to configure how the library works. For example, you can choose whether the app consolidates tracks into the same folder location once you add them to the library.

There is one key restriction for additional libraries: You have to stick to files locally stored on your devices that you’ve purchased digitally or ripped from CDs, rather than tracks streamed from Apple Music. This is because only one of your libraries can incorporate streaming tracks and sync to other devices (such as phones and tablets) through iCloud and your Apple ID. You can set this up via the Sync Library option in Apple Music settings.

The post Separate your music into two Apple Music libraries—you’ll thank us appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Google Chrome’s new search function will help you keep tabs on your tabs https://www.popsci.com/diy/chrome-tab-search/ Fri, 16 Dec 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=499152
Hands on laptop showing google search on the screen
Searching your tabs is now easier, but you should definitely still close a few. Nathana Rebouças / Unsplash

Find everything you need in that endless row of open tabs.

The post Google Chrome’s new search function will help you keep tabs on your tabs appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hands on laptop showing google search on the screen
Searching your tabs is now easier, but you should definitely still close a few. Nathana Rebouças / Unsplash

Google regularly updates its browser with new features and functionalities, and the latest upgrade concerns search: Not the web, but your tabs, bookmarks, and browsing history.

While it was possible to run queries like this before, it’s now much easier to do—just use the address bar at the top of the Google Chrome interface, now officially your one-stop shop for all your searching needs.

These additions come in version 108 of Google Chrome for desktop, so if you don’t have this functionality yet, you may need to update your browser. You can check you’re running Chrome’s latest version by clicking the three dots (top right), then go to Help and About Google Chrome.

Search through your tabs on Google Chrome

There’s no doubt that the number of open tabs on your browser can quickly get out of control. You might have a particular website open, but not remember exactly where it is. And with so many open tabs, the headers have been reduced to slivers of space, making it impossible to find that lost page.

This is where tab search can help. Type out @tabs in the address bar, hit Space, and enter your search terms. Use keywords you’d find in the website title, like “Popular Science” or “Gmail,” for example, as this feature can’t search through entire pages yet. When you find the right result, click on it, and Chrome will jump to that tab.

[Related: The latest Google Chrome feature can make online research easier]

This feature is new, but you were already able to (and still can) search through tabs in Chrome without the special @tabs prefix—just type what you’re looking for in the search bar. The drawback of this approach is that the results from currently open tabs will be mixed along with results from the web and your browsing history, so you’ll have to do some filtering of your own.

Search through your bookmarks on Google Chrome

Many of us rely on bookmarks to retrace our steps on the web, and Chrome has a robust built-in system to manage them. For example, you can organize web links into folders, or pin them to the toolbar at the top of the browser interface for easy access. But just as with tabs, it can be difficult to keep track of everything you’ve collected.

Now searching through your bookmarks is easier than ever. Type @bookmarks in the address bar and tap Space to run a search through all of the bookmarks in the browser. You’ll then see a list of all the webpage titles that match your query. Simply click on any result to jump to it.

The old way of searching through your bookmarks in Google Chrome is still available. Click the three dots (top right), then choose Bookmarks and Bookmark Manager. Chrome will open a new tab and at the top of that screen, you’ll see a search box you can use to look through all of the various bookmarks you’ve accumulated over the years.

Search your browsing history on Google Chrome

Being able to retrace our steps on the web can often come in handy, so just in case you need to go back at any point, Google Chrome logs every website you visit on the web by default. (If you think this leans more toward creepy than useful, you can turn this feature off permanently from your Google Account page, or temporarily by opening up an incognito window.)

Chrome’s new search functionality covers your browsing history as well. Click on the address bar, type @history and tap Space to run a search through the titles of all the pages you’ve visited in the past. The results can be quite broad in scope, so keep in mind that the more specific you are, the better.

Chrome has long had a browsing history search option. It’s still there, but as you might have imagined, it’s not as accessible as the new address bar search feature. If you still want to find it, click on the three dots (top right), then choose History and History again. Chrome will open a new tab with your browsing history, and you can use the search box at the top to look for pages, or just scroll through the list of sites. Fortunately, Chrome has recently made this process more intuitive, so it’s way less daunting than it seems.

Search the web on Google Chrome

No matter how many features Google engineers plug in there, you can still use Chrome’s address bar to search the web. This will query Google by default, but you can to change the search engine if you want to—head to Chrome Settings (click the three dots in the top right corner, then Settings), and head to the Search Engine pane. You can also add more search engines to Google Chrome, which you’ll be able to summon with a keyword directly from the address bar. 

[Related: Google Chrome’s new tab page is a mess. Here’s how to make it better.]

We’ve written before about ways you can get more out of Google search, and a lot of these tips also apply to the address bar in Chrome. For example, put quotation marks around a search query to get Google to look for exact matches.

A site-specific search can also improve the quality of your results. Type out your key terms as usual, then add site: and the URL you want to query. For example, if you want to see all the stories on Popular Science that mention Google Chrome, you’d have to type Google Chrome site:popsci.com. You might never need to visit the actual Google search page ever again.

The post Google Chrome’s new search function will help you keep tabs on your tabs appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The easiest ways to back up iPhone photos without iCloud https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-transfer-photos-from-iphone-to-computer/ Wed, 14 Dec 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=498331
Person-sitting-outside-with-their-hands-on-their-laptop
You don't have to pay for more iCloud storage to back up your images. Bram Naus / Unsplashj

You don't have to pay extra to back up your priceless photos and videos.

The post The easiest ways to back up iPhone photos without iCloud appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person-sitting-outside-with-their-hands-on-their-laptop
You don't have to pay for more iCloud storage to back up your images. Bram Naus / Unsplashj

These days there’s just no way around it: you need to back up your videos and images from your iPhone onto another device in case your phone gets lost, stolen, or damaged beyond repair. 

The default system on iOS uploads your files to iCloud (or another cloud storage platform), which is incredibly convenient since it automatically syncs your content to your tablet, computer, and the web. But if you don’t have a Wi-Fi connection at hand or just don’t want to pay extra for storage, you can also move your photos and videos over to macOS and Windows manually.

Moving files from an iPhone to a Mac computer is easy, but iOS to Windows transfers are relatively straightforward, too. All you need is a cable to connect your iPhone to your computer—so Lightning to USB-C or USB-A, depending on the ports on your device.

How to manually move images from your iPhone to macOS

As you would expect, moving files between your iPhone and your Mac is simple as Apple products get along perfectly fine. Use a cable to connect the Lightning port on your iPhone to a spare USB port on your Mac, and the two pieces of hardware will recognize each other. On your iPhone, tap Trust and unlock your device (via a passcode or biometrics) to confirm that you’re connecting your phone to a trusted computer.

Continue by opening the Photos app on your Mac computer to do some transferring. You’ll see that your iPhone appears in the navigation pane on the left-hand side of the screen: Select it to see the photos and videos on your mobile device, and click on the images and clips you want to move to your machine.

[Related: It’s a great day to secure your Apple and iCloud accounts]

Up at the top of the screen, there’s an Album drop-down menu that you can use to choose where to import the photos and videos. Make your choice and click Import Selected to copy the files over, or click Import All to copy everything. Your files will move safely from your phone to your Mac, which you can then send to other devices and drives as needed.

You also got a couple of other options. If you’re not using iCloud Photos at all on your iPhone, open Finder and select your connected iPhone on the sidebar to the left. Switch to the Photos tab and drag and drop your images and videos to other locations on your Mac just as you would any other file. You can also run the macOS Image Capture utility to see all your iPhone photos and videos and transfer them to a specific folder on your Mac computer.

How to manually move images from iPhone to Windows

When you connect your iPhone to a new Windows computer, you’ll see a message on your phone asking if you want to allow the machine to access photos and videos on iOS—tap Allow to let file transfers happen. This should do it, but Windows might also ask you to restart your computer to finish setting up iPhone access. If that’s the case, follow the instructions on the screen and reboot.

The import process is slightly different depending on whether or not you’ve enabled iCloud Photos on your phone. If you have, install iCloud for Windows, and sign in using your Apple ID. Next, launch the native Photos app inside Windows, click the cog icon (top right), and choose Show iCloud Photos. They’ll appear in their own section inside the Photos app, and you’ll then be able to copy them to other areas of your Windows system as needed.

[Related: How to back up your iPhone]

If you’re not using iCloud Photos, you can still use the native Photos app for Windows once your iPhone is connected. Inside Photos, click Import (top right) then select your iPhone—you’ll be able to select some or all of the images and videos on there, and you can then click Add to transfer them over to your hard drive. All you have to do first is choose a destination folder to start the import.

There is also another option, whether or not you’re using iCloud Photos. Your iPhone will show up in the navigation pane in Windows File Explorer, too, and you can browse (and copy over) the pictures and videos on it from there just as you would do from any other flash drive—just look inside the DCIM folder. Keep in mind that the folder organization structure on iOS is somewhat confusing, so you might not be able to find your files all that easily.

The post The easiest ways to back up iPhone photos without iCloud appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How your phone’s low power mode really works https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/phone-low-power-mode-guide/ Fri, 08 Oct 2021 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/phone-low-power-mode-guide/
A person holding a dead phone in their hands. They should've used low power mode.
Your phone's built-in battery-saving mode can ensure you're not left with a dead phone like this person. Mia Baker / Unsplash

Give your phone’s battery a better chance.

The post How your phone’s low power mode really works appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding a dead phone in their hands. They should've used low power mode.
Your phone's built-in battery-saving mode can ensure you're not left with a dead phone like this person. Mia Baker / Unsplash

Smartphone battery life is a precious resource: If you don’t manage it carefully, you might find yourself unable to make calls, take photos, or check social media by the end of the night. A dead phone is pretty much useless until you can find a charging point.

To extend your phone’s battery capacity, Android and iOS each have a special power-saving mode that helps your handset hang on just a little longer.

This mode will automatically kick in when your battery level drops below a certain point, but you can customize where that trigger is, and even turn the mode on manually if you’re happy with the compromises it makes.

What does low power mode do?

So, what’s the catch? Low power mode reduces the amount of juice your device needs, so it’s not quite running on all cylinders. It works in more or less the same way whether you’re on an iPhone or an Android phone.

Screen brightness is a big battery drain, and low power mode will dim your display accordingly. It will also reduce the time your phone waits before going to sleep, which, again, helps ease the pressure on the battery.

[Related: Extend your phone’s battery life with these four easy steps]

Any kind of constant checks or refreshes that your phone does drains its battery. Going into low power mode means your phone will run these tasks less often—registering incoming emails or updating news stories, for example. Your phone will also disable background uploading and downloading in most apps, so your photos and videos won’t sync with the cloud while battery-saving measures are in effect. You won’t be able to use a “Hey Siri” or a “Hey Google” voice command, either.

Another major battery suck is 5G connectivity. If you turn on low power mode with a 5G phone, it will revert back to 4G.

Even though the basics are the same, there are a few differences between how Android and iOS apply low battery mode. On Android devices, for example, dark mode turns on right away—this doesn’t happen on iPhones. On iOS, the software disables some of the “visual effects” it uses, but Apple doesn’t specify which effects are switched off.

Low Power Mode on iOS

The Low Power Mode toggle switch in iOS on an iPhone.
Apple’s Low Power Mode can save your phone, and turning it on is as easy as touching this switch. David Nield

Low Power Mode for iOS doesn’t turn itself on automatically, but your iPhone will prompt you to enable it via a pop-up dialog box once its battery level hits 20 percent. The mode does automatically turn itself off though—once you’ve got your handset back up to 80 percent charged.

You can turn Low Power Mode on or off any time you like, though, by opening Settings, then tapping Battery and activating the toggle switch next to Low Power Mode. You can also add a Low Power Mode shortcut to the iOS Control Center: from Settings, open Control Center and tap the green plus icon next to Low Power Mode.

With the mode enabled, the battery icon in the status bar will be yellow. Swipe down from the top right-hand corner of the screen to open the control center and see the current battery level, or go back to the Battery section within Settings and activate the toggle switch next to Battery Percentage to keep the number visible at all times. The main battery settings screen will also show you the apps that are the worst offenders in terms of power drain.

Not all of the changes Low Power Mode makes are locked in place. You can, for example, ramp the brightness back up via the brightness shortcut in the Control Center or the slider under Display & Brightness in Settings. Other changes to the settings, like the length of time it takes for the screen to automatically lock and the extent to which apps can be active in the background, can’t be reconfigured.

Battery Saver on Android

The battery level indicator in Android's Battery Saver low power mode
Android will judge how long your battery is likely to last for, and you can decide if you need to enable its low power mode. David Nield

The stock version of Android that runs on Google Pixel phones features Battery Saver. Your device will prompt you to enable it when the battery level drops to 15 percent, and then again at 5 percent if you still haven’t turned it on. By default, the mode automatically disables itself once the charge reaches 90 percent.

To turn Battery Saver on manually, go to Settings, choose Battery, then Battery Saver from Android Settings. Tap the toggle switch next to Use Battery Saver to enable the mode, or choose Set a schedule—this will let you specify what power level will trigger Battery Saver, from 10 to 75 percent. You can also get Android to automatically enable its low power mode if it thinks your phone won’t make it to the next charge, based on previous usage habits. To set this up, tap Extreme Battery Saver on the same screen and then When to use. You can opt to disable it completely, have it always on, or have your device ask you every time. For fast access, you can find an on-off toggle switch in Quick Settings (swipe down from the top of the screen with two fingers). If it’s not there, tap the edit button (it looks like a pen) and manually add it to the Quick Settings menu.

[Related: 4 ways to keep your Android phone from dying]

With Battery Saver on, dark mode turns on and the battery icon in the status bar gets a red outline. Swipe down from the top of the screen to see how much time Android estimates the battery will last; if you go back to the Battery screen in Settings, you can see this estimate and turn on a percentage reading for the battery in the status bar.

Android being Android, you’ll see different battery-saving options on different phones, though they all work in a similar way. On Samsung phones, for example, open Settings, tap Battery and device care, Battery, and then Power saving mode to choose how aggressively the phone manages the battery. As you switch between modes, you’ll be able to configure some of the settings used, such as display brightness.

Correction April 30, 2021: The story previously reported that it was possible to change the auto-lock time while in Low Power Mode for iOS. That is not possible.

This post has been updated. It was originally published on December 2, 2020.

The post How your phone’s low power mode really works appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The simplest ways to transfer photos directly from an Android to a computer https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-transfer-photos-from-android-to-computer/ Thu, 08 Dec 2022 13:52:40 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=496327
A person in a white shirt with a large ring on their finger holding a black Android phone.
Moving your pics and vids from your Android device to a computer isn't a problem. Kelli McClintock / Unsplash

Ignore the cloud by shipping your pictures and videos right to a computer.

The post The simplest ways to transfer photos directly from an Android to a computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person in a white shirt with a large ring on their finger holding a black Android phone.
Moving your pics and vids from your Android device to a computer isn't a problem. Kelli McClintock / Unsplash

The standard way to get pictures and video off of an Android phone and into the wider world is to use the Google Photos app that comes with the device, but this option isn’t for everyone. Some people just want to transfer photos directly from their Android to a computer.

Maybe you don’t want all of your personal media files sitting on Google’s servers, or maybe you don’t want to pay the company any money for cloud storage—you only get 15GB of room for free, spread across Google Photos, Gmail, and other Google products.

Even if you use that space, moving your photos and videos to a Windows or macOS computer can be a useful alternative if you want to store a file in a particular place.

It’s important that you choose at least one method for getting your pics and vids off your phone—otherwise, if it gets lost, stolen, or badly damaged, your precious digital memories will be gone forever.

We’re going to focus on manually transferring files without WiFi, so you’ll need a USB cable that fits your Android phone at one end and your PC or Mac at the other (USB-C is now the most common connection port on all these devices).

[Related: USB-C is on track to become the charging cable standard in the EU]

On both Windows and macOS, you may have to put your phone in file transfer mode once it’s connected: To do this, open up Settings on your Android device, then pick Connected devices, USB, and File transfer.

You can use apps such as Dropbox to wirelessly beam photos and videos from an Android phone to a computer, but again, you’ll have to pay for cloud storage space once you hit the free limit—which is 2GB for Dropbox. 

How to transfer photos from Android to Windows

Connect your Android phone to your Windows 10 or 11 computer with the appropriate USB cable, and your phone should show up in File Explorer (and start charging at the same time). If your phone isn’t appearing in the left-hand navigation pane in File Explorer, click This PC to see a list of drives and devices, and you should be able to find it there.

You can then browse your Android smartphone just as you would any other folder on your Windows system. The photos and videos are typically stored in a folder called DCIM, so you can move them to your computer however you like: drag and drop, Ctrl+C and Ctrl+V, or the copy (two rectangles) and paste (a clipboard and a rectangle) icons in the File Explorer toolbar at the top.

You can also right-click on the name of your phone in File Explorer, then choose Show more options and Import pictures and videos to move files across. You can pick and choose which photos and videos to copy, or you can just grab everything. By default, the files go to the Pictures folder in your Windows user account, but it’s possible to change this by selecting More options.

We’d recommend keeping your photos and videos backed up in a third location (besides your phone and computer) on an external drive, just in case. There are plenty of third-party applications to pick from, but Windows also has the built-in File History backup tool—you can search for it and launch it from the Start menu.

How to transfer photos from Android to macOS

To get Android and macOS talking to each other, you’ll need a small, free software tool from Google called Android File Transfer. After downloading the package, drag the Android File Transfer app icon to the Applications folder, and you’ll be able to launch it from the Applications screen in Finder or through Spotlight (Cmd+Space).

As it’s a new program freshly downloaded from the internet, you’ll get a pop-up dialog asking you to confirm that you want to run it. Once you do, connect your Android phone to your Mac computer with the appropriate USB cable. You should then see a pop-up window asking if you want to allow the “accessory” (your phone) to connect to macOS, so choose Allow to continue.

You’ll then see a list of all the folders on your connected Android phone—your photos and videos will most likely be inside the one called DCIM. Open this up to get at your files, then drag and drop them wherever you like on your computer. If you want to use them with the Photos app on macOS, open that app and pick File, then Import to point it toward your photos and videos.

As always, it’s a very good idea to keep your photos (and other data) backed up to an external drive, just in case something should happen to both your phone and Mac at the same time. For backing up your files to another location, you can either choose one of the many available third-party programs, or use the Time Machine tool that comes built into macOS. Don’t skip this step—it’d be tragic to transfer everything just to lose it from a hard drive crash.

The post The simplest ways to transfer photos directly from an Android to a computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
WhatsApp, Discord, and other apps that let you message yourself for peak productivity https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-text-yourself/ Wed, 07 Dec 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=495731
person sitting at desk looking at phone with whatsapp open messaging themselves
Text yourself all the things you need to do before you close that laptop tonight. Emmanuel Ikwuegbu / Unsplash

It's not as ridiculous as it sounds.

The post WhatsApp, Discord, and other apps that let you message yourself for peak productivity appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person sitting at desk looking at phone with whatsapp open messaging themselves
Text yourself all the things you need to do before you close that laptop tonight. Emmanuel Ikwuegbu / Unsplash

The idea of texting yourself might seem odd at first—a sort of descent into madness as you abandon your friends and retreat into your own company. But sending messages to your future self is a genuinely useful option that more and more apps are now offering.

You can fill up your own private inbox with everything you already send to other people over messaging apps: Photos you want to remember, web links you want to get back to, notes that you have to follow up on, to-do lists, and whatever else you might want to keep track of.

An added bonus to texting yourself is that by using the right app, your messages will sync across multiple devices, ready and easily searchable on your phone or laptop. Even if you’re not fully convinced, we’d recommend you give it a try—you might be surprised at how helpful it is to strike up a conversation with yourself.

Why you should start messaging yourself

You can use the messages you send to yourself in whatever way makes sense for you. At the most basic level, they can work as reminders of items you need to pick up from the shop, movies you want to check out, people you need to get back to, dreams you don’t want to forget, or interesting places you want to visit, for example.

[Related: How to save your text messages from disappearing when you get a new phone]

Add in photos and videos and you can create even more detailed reminders. You might want to take a snap of a color scheme or an outfit you like, or perhaps you need to remember where you parked the car. Your phone is probably already well equipped with an image manager, like Google Photos or the iPhone’s Photos app. But there might be an image you particularly want to keep close at hand and not buried under all the snaps of your nephew’s tenth birthday party your family keeps sending you—maybe the scan of a receipt for a future insurance claim. Most apps also support audio, so if you’re not feeling like typing, you’ll be able to leave yourself voice memos.

You can also easily share other types of files beyond photos, videos, and audio clips in a conversation with yourself. Maybe there’s a particular work document you need to have handy, or you’ve received a digital ticket to a show that you want to be able to pull up quickly without digging through your email app.

Then there are web links, texting yourself is also useful to save articles you wanted to check out but didn’t have the time at the moment, to funny tweets, and specific URLs you need for work. As with photos, there are plenty of other ways to save and manage links on your phone, but your own messaging inbox is more immediate and has the added benefit of allowing you to easily forward those URLs to your contacts if you need to.

Many people already use an app like Apple Notes or Google Keep for these purposes mainly because they have more features and options in terms of sorting and organizing. But sometimes simpler and less cluttered is just better. You can use a message thread to yourself as both a random dumping ground or a hyper-selective list of priorities.

What apps to use to message yourself

WhatsApp has recently hit the tech headlines for adding a self-messaging feature. To use it, from the main chat screen in the app for Android or iOS, tap the new chat button (a conversation bubble icon) in the lower right corner. Your name might appear at the top of the list, but if it doesn’t, you can search for your cell number at the top of the screen—tap the magnifying glass to open the search bar. Once you select yourself, the chat opens.

Slack is another option. You can save files and links in a private chat to yourself, make to-do lists, and draft out messages before you’re ready to send them, for example. Open the app for Android or iOS, tap the new chat button (a pencil inside a square) in the lower right corner, then enter your own name as the person you want to chat to. On the desktop app and on the web, you’ll see your name as the first entry on the list of contacts under Direct messages.

The Facebook Messenger apps for Android and iOS also support conversations with yourself. Tap the pencil icon up in the top right corner of the main chat list, then pick yourself as the contact. You can treat this as any other normal conversation and add photos, videos, voice notes, emojis, and even locations that you want to call up again later.

To message yourself on Apple Messages for iOS, tap the button showing a pencil inside a square (top right), then enter yourself as the recipient. You can use all the features in Messages, from embedded video clips to memoji reactions. 

[Related: Make a Memoji that actually looks like you]

Not every messaging app has this function though. Over on Android’s default messaging client, Google Messages, texting yourself is not as practical. You can open a new chat and choose your number as the recipient, but you’ll get everything twice, so until they fix this, you might want to consider another app.  

On Discord for Android or iOS, you won’t find the feature either, but there’s a workaround—you’ll need to create your own personal server rather than a one-to-one chat, complete with channels and all the other server features. To do it, tap the plus icon in the navigation pane on the left, then choose Create My Own to get started. Just make sure you don’t invite anyone else.

The post WhatsApp, Discord, and other apps that let you message yourself for peak productivity appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 Google search tips for the most accurate results https://www.popsci.com/google-search-tips-and-tricks/ Mon, 07 Jan 2019 21:33:51 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/google-search-tips-and-tricks/
A person using the Google search engine on a tablet.
The less time you spend searching, the more time you have for other stuff. Duncan Meyer / Unsplash

Google won't tell you exactly how to search smarter, but we will.

The post 5 Google search tips for the most accurate results appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using the Google search engine on a tablet.
The less time you spend searching, the more time you have for other stuff. Duncan Meyer / Unsplash

Google is the go-to destination when you need to find something on the web—the verb “google” even made it into the dictionary. But while everyone’s heard of the popular search engine, few know how to make the most of it.

Behind the unassuming Google interface, you’ll find a host of useful tricks to help you zero in on what exactly you want to find. Looking for an obscure recipe or rare photo? This guide will help you track it down.

1. Include and exclude keywords

The Google search engine open in Google Chrome, with a search that excludes words.
The search you make when you really don’t want spoilers. All you want is a spa day. David Nield

When you type a bunch of search terms into Google, it’s smart enough to understand—more or less—what you want. But the search engine sometimes provides results that may not quite match the words you typed. To get more specific results, you can indicate which keywords are the most important: Put a plus sign in front of words you want to force Google to include. There’s also an easy fix if the results you want get pushed off the page by similar, but irrelevant, articles: Add a minus sign in front of keywords you don’t want to see.

Google has to match any word preceded by a plus and exclude any word preceded by a minus. Keywords that lack a preceding symbol are considered important but not essential. For example, search for +Chicago +coffee -Starbucks to make sure you see results for non-Starbucks coffee shops in Chicago. Running that search without the symbols would bring up a significantly different list of results. You could also search for dolphins -Miami -football to look up aquatic mammals without seeing any mention of the football team.

While we’re talking about symbols, don’t forget quotation marks. Put these around any specific phrase you want to find. If you’ve had the song lyric “go out and buy a brand new pair of shoes” playing over and over in your head, you’ll need quotes around those words to find out it’s from Maggie M’Gill by The Doors. Without quotes, you’ll get an assortment of other results, mostly about, well, shoes.

2. Search within websites

A Google search results page for articles about frogs on Popular Science's website.
We write a lot about frogs, OK? They’re awesome. David Nield

One of the most useful Google tricks is the site-specific search. Just add site:url to the end of your search, replacing “url” with the website you want to focus on.

Let’s say you want to find what Popular Science has written about frogs. Simply go to the Google homepage and search for frogs site:popsci.com. The results will only include pages from the specified site, and Google will apply its usual weighting, so you’ll see the most relevant hits first (based on factors such as how many other sites link to a page, and its timeliness). When you need to find something on a particular website, this trick often works better than that site’s own built-in search option. Try combining it with the keyword manipulations we mentioned above to narrow your results even further.

[Related: 10 useful tools built into Google that you should know about]

Google also lets you search within a top-level domain. Say you’re trying to look up technical scientific information—you’ll probably find more reliable results on a university or government website than you might see on a random blog. So add site:.edu to your search query to limit results to university websites. Or if you want the US government’s take on space information, add site:.gov.

3. Limit the time period

The date limit function for Google search.
Dig deep into the past like an internet archaeologist. David Nield

Google has been indexing the web for a long time now. Unfortunately, the way it organizes search results can make it more difficult for searchers to cut through the noise to find the exact site or page they’re after. Searching within a specific time period can help with that.

After you’ve run a search on the main Google search engine, click Tools, then the Any time drop-down menu to limit the results to more recent hits. This tweak is helpful for focusing on more recent stories.

On the other hand, if you want to look for archived news that has since been replaced by more current stories, you might want to specify a date range. Choose Custom range, and plug in start and end dates.

4. Find files

A PDF of Royal Caribbean cruise holidays found by a Google search.
Google will help you find public files, too. David Nield

Google’s search results mainly concentrate on webpages, but it also indexes publicly available files. You can look for them using a filetype: command at the end of your normal query.

So looking for report filetype:pdf will return PDFs with “report” in the title. Try report filetype:xlsx to do the same for Excel spreadsheets. This also lets you search for images, though Google already has a handy image search tool.

[Related: Easily convert an image to a PDF on your phone]

Remember, this will only work for publicly available documents and files uploaded to the web. You’re not going to suddenly come across some secret government files… or at least we hope not.

5. Advance your search

The advanced search menu inside Google search.
Using advanced search is like going pro… at… searching. Hey, take the accolades where you can get ’em. David Nield

So far, we’ve covered the basics, but if you really want to get specific, you should take advantage of Google’s more specialized search options. On any Google search results page, open the quick settings panel via the cog icon at the top, then choose Advanced search. The subsequent page will give you a host of extra ways to focus your searches, from looking at a given region to finding images you have the right to reuse.

Some of the operators, such as specific phrases, will be familiar by now. But the extra region and language options can be helpful. By default, Google prioritizes hits from the country or continent you’re currently in, so you can use these settings to get better results for the rest of the world.

The advanced search page is also worth visiting if you forget one of the tricks we’ve mentioned above, like searching on a certain site or excluding keywords—or doing both at the same time. Once you’ve typed in all your parameters, click Advanced Search to see what you can find.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 12, 2017.

The post 5 Google search tips for the most accurate results appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The 7 best apps for all your group chats https://www.popsci.com/diy/group-chat-apps/ Fri, 02 Dec 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=493732
Phone on desk showing chat app
iMessage works great—until one of your friends decides to cross to the Android side of the street. Daniel Korpai / Unsplash

Messaging multiple people at once is not difficult if you have the right app.

The post The 7 best apps for all your group chats appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Phone on desk showing chat app
iMessage works great—until one of your friends decides to cross to the Android side of the street. Daniel Korpai / Unsplash

You’re probably in more group chats than you’d like. Old college friends, the neighbors, the basketball team, the parents from your kid’s school, everyone from last year’s skiing holiday, and on and on it goes.

While most messaging apps have group chat functions—as do social media platforms like Instagram and Twitter—you’ll find that certain apps are better than others at managing conversations between multiple people.

Picking the right app for your next group chat requires you to think about what you need,  including the maximum number of participants, what customization options are available, and extras like video calling.

Google Chat

With apps changing names, and logos, or disappearing altogether, Google’s messaging app strategy hasn’t been the easiest to follow, but now the company seems to have committed to Google Chat. The platform is clean, fast, great at finding past conversations, and tightly integrated into other apps, like Gmail, so you’ll often find it close at hand. 

[Related: These are the best messaging apps for your phone]

Here, group chats can include up to 150 participants, with all the basics covered, including file sharing. The platform also has a more advanced group chat option called Spaces, where you can assign tasks to people, use Slack-like threaded conversations, and customize the group name. It’s more for teams at work, but you can still use it for whatever you like.

Google Chat is free for the web, Android, and iOS.

WhatsApp

WhatsApp is a real powerhouse when it comes to regular one-to-one chats. But group chatting is also among its fortes, and when it comes to consistently pushing out new features, the Meta-owned platform is one of the best. WhatsApp includes a wealth of tools—including chatting, video calling, voice notes, location sharing, and end-to-end encryption.

Set up a group chat on WhatsApp and you can add up to 512 people, which is surely enough for even the busiest discussions. As well as sharing files, inside a group chat you’ll be able to create polls, make audio and video calls with all participants, set up self-destructing messages, and customize the chat with its own name and icon. 

WhatsApp is free for the web, Android, and iOS.

Snapchat

Snapchat isn’t the first app you would think of for messaging, but if you like the app already, it can be great for group chats, as you can quickly share self-destructing photos, videos, and text.

Group conversations can have up to 100 members on Snapchat, and there’s also the option to share locations and launch audio or video calls from inside those chats. If you want to up your chatting game, Snapchat now has a $4-a-month subscription which grants access to a web app and a few extra goodies, including custom mobile app icons and story rewatch counts.

Snapchat is free for the web, Android, and iOS. Unlock extra features with a monthly $4 subscription.

Discord

Discord is similar to Slack in that it offers public and private channels for more open discussion as well as closed one-to-one chats, and group conversations with up to 10 participants. But if you need a broader discussion, you can set up a server capable of handling thousands of individuals and dozens of custom channels.

Group chats and channels can involve audio and video calls, file sharing, and other cool features like the ability to mention users and pin messages at the top of the chat. You can also pay for a Nitro subscription, starting at $3 a month, to access more features like custom stickers and the ability to share bigger files.

Discord is free for the web, Android, and iOS. Extra features are available with a Nitro subscription starting at $3 a month. 

Facebook Messenger

Even if the number of people using Facebook is dwindling, many of us are still hanging on to our accounts. This means that if you use Facebook Messenger for your group chats, you won’t have to persuade all of your friends and family members to move over to a new app. That said, there are plenty of other reasons to use it as well.

Group chats can include up to 250 people and you can customize them in a variety of ways, including group names and colors. File sharing is simple, and we especially like the media gallery that keeps track of all the photos and videos you’ve shared in the group. Features like end-to-end encryption and disappearing messages are also available, but optional.

Facebook Messenger is free for the web, Android, and iOS.

iMessage

The iMessage service built into the Apple Messages app has a lot of impressive features, and one big drawback: It’s only available on Apple devices. If someone in your group is using an Android device, that will limit how the group chat works, so if there are a lot of Android users among your friends and family, you’re better off picking a different app.

Assuming everyone is on Apple products and plans to keep it that way, you can have up to 32 people in a single group chat, which will be end-to-end encrypted by default. You can launch FaceTime for video calling with a single tap, share photos, videos, audio messages, and locations, and rename the group as you wish.

iMessage is free for iOS and macOS.

GroupMe

If you’re after a platform specifically built for group chats, give GroupMe a go. It has just about everything you would expect for creating and managing multiple group chats, including simple photo and video sharing, plus some handy extras like the ability to set up events inside groups, complete with RSVPs.

[Related: 6 secure alternatives to WhatsApp]

On this app, you can have up to 5,000 people in group chats, so unless you live in a terribly dense neighborhood, there’s little chance of you ever hitting that limit. You can easily create polls for groups, reply to specific messages, and mention other users. Plus, you can invite new people to join through email, SMS, and QR code.

GroupMe is free for the web, Android, and iOS.

The post The 7 best apps for all your group chats appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 tips to make the most of your gaming with Steam Deck https://www.popsci.com/diy/steam-deck-tips/ Tue, 29 Nov 2022 16:03:57 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=492871
person playing a game on a steam deck device
Take your gaming everywhere you go. Edgar Almeida / Unsplash

Become a Steam Deck expert with this guide.

The post 7 tips to make the most of your gaming with Steam Deck appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person playing a game on a steam deck device
Take your gaming everywhere you go. Edgar Almeida / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The Valve Steam Deck takes the portable console concept that the Nintendo Switch has made familiar and ups the stakes. This new gadget lets you carry top-tier PC games with you anywhere, and it can be yours starting at $399.

If you took advantage of the holiday sales and invested in one of these gaming consoles, you should know how to get the best out of your hardware, so you can game smarter.

Customize your Steam Deck’s game controls

If you don’t like how the Steam Deck buttons are mapped in your favorite games, you can change them. The console gives you plenty of flexibility when it comes to deciding which buttons do what.

[Related: How to stream your PC games to all your screens]

Select a game from your library and instead of tapping Play on its listing page, tap the button showing a gamepad icon on the right. On the next screen, you’ll see the controller layout, which you can tweak by selecting Edit Layout.

Tap the cog icons on the right and you’ll be able to change the action associated with each button, and joystick or touchpad move. Back on the previous screen, tap the cog next to Edit Layout to save your changes as a preset you can load up whenever you want.

Make the Steam Deck gentler on your eyes

The Steam Deck comes with a built-in night mode designed to ease the strain on your eyes late at night and in dark environments. It reduces the amount of blue light emitted by the display, creating a warmer tinge.

You can enable night mode by pressing the Steam button, then choosing Settings and Display. You’ll see that you can schedule night mode for certain times, or turn it on right away (it’ll stay on until morning). There’s also a slider underneath that lets you change the intensity of the tint.

If you want, you can also keep your screen at a fixed brightness, whether or not night mode is on. On the same screen, you can dim the display using the brightness slider, and turn off the Enable Adaptive Brightness feature so that the Steam Deck doesn’t alter it.

Get a better experience by limiting frames per second and resolution

If you’re a PC gamer, you might be familiar with the idea of dialing down graphics settings (like resolution and visual fidelity) in order to get a smoother experience. The Steam Deck lets you perform a similar sort of balancing act.

Press the three-dot button to the right of the screen and scroll down to the battery section of the menu to find the framerate slider. You can cap the frames per second at 15, 30, or 60, or leave it uncapped. Don’t be surprised by the location of these settings—lowering the framerate can improve battery life as well as make games run more reliably.

You can also make performance smoother by reducing the resolution a game runs at. With a game highlighted in your library, press the menu button (top right, the three horizontal lines), then choose Properties and General to find the resolution setting.

Stream games to your Steam Deck

As powerful as the Steam Deck is for a portable console, it can’t compete with an actual gaming PC. Some games won’t run as well on your Steam Deck, but you also have the option to stream Steam games from a PC.

You can do this through the Remote Play service over a local Wi-Fi network, which you can also use to stream games from one computer to another, or play multiplayer games with other people. As an added bonus, your Steam Deck should stay cooler than it does while playing games locally, and you’ll get more time between battery charges, too.

As long as your PC and your Steam Deck are on the same Wi-Fi network and connected to the same Steam account, via the downward arrow next to the Play or Install button on individual game pages, you should find the option to stream them as well.

Get a closer look at games on your Steam Deck

The Steam Deck’s display is clearly smaller than any desktop monitor or laptop display, which might make gaming more difficult. If you find yourself struggling to see what’s on screen, there is an integrated magnifier function you can use.

To enable it, hold down the Steam button and the L1 button, which is on the top-left shoulder of the console as you look at it. You can then use the right joystick to move the magnifier around the screen. Let go of the joystick and the two buttons, and the display interface returns to normal.

Some titles are better than others when it comes to optimizing their interfaces on the Steam Deck, but it’s a helpful tool in situations with little fast-paced action.

Hook up some peripherals to your Steam Deck

The Steam Deck is blessed with a plethora of buttons, but for some games, you might want the feel of a classic gamepad or the very precise control only a mouse and keyboard can provide. The good news is that you can easily hook up these peripherals to the console.

When it comes to gamepads (like PlayStation or Xbox controllers, for instance), you can plug them into the Steam Deck’s USB-C port and the device should instantly recognize them. You can also connect them wirelessly over Bluetooth: Press the Steam button, then choose Settings and Bluetooth to make the connection.

It’s the same with a mouse and keyboard. You can use the USB-C port (via a USB-C hub if you want to connect both peripherals at the same time), or you can go through the Bluetooth menu to pair these input devices wirelessly.

Know the shortcuts on your Steam Deck console

Keyboard shortcuts can make a huge difference to your productivity on Windows and macOS, and the same goes for the Steam Deck. These button shortcuts let you control your gadget just as you would a PC or game console.

[Related: Best PC games that demand a mouse and keyboard]

For example, press and hold the Steam button to use the Right thumbstick or the Right touchpad as a mouse. With the latter, click on the touchpad for a mouse click.

Press and hold the Steam button and then tap D-pad right to simulate an Enter key, D-pad down to simulate a Tab key, or D-pad left to simulate an Escape key. To see a full list of shortcuts, press and hold the Steam button.

The post 7 tips to make the most of your gaming with Steam Deck appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
It’s time to update the firmware on your Apple devices https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-update-firmware/ Wed, 23 Nov 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=490086
airpods-laying-on-table
Your AirPods seem simple accessories, but they also run code. Dagny Reese / Unsplash

You've got some maintenance to do.

The post It’s time to update the firmware on your Apple devices appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
airpods-laying-on-table
Your AirPods seem simple accessories, but they also run code. Dagny Reese / Unsplash

You may not think of devices like your AirPods or AirTags running software, but they do. The code handles communication with other devices and makes sure that everything on the gadget is operating properly.

This kind of software is called Firmware, and manufacturers like Apple install it right at the factory to provide your hardware with basic functionalities. But unlike iOS or macOS you won’t see this program on a screen and you won’t interact with it directly. 

Firmware doesn’t get frequent updates as apps and operating systems do, but they’re not unheard of. These new versions are important for the proper functioning of your gadgets, which is why you need to make sure you’re on top of them.

Why you should update firmware

Some devices never get a firmware update, which means the software they come with out of the box serves them perfectly well for their entire lives. But if the manufacturer issues new firmware for your gadget, it’s important that you make sure you’re looking out for it and installing it.

For example, these updates can patch up new security vulnerabilities, protecting your gadgets against threats that were unknown when it first launched. They can also fix bugs and make hardware more stable to use.

[Related: Apple AirPods Pro 2 hit an early Black Friday low on Amazon]

Another reason to upgrade the firmware in your devices is to improve their compatibility with newer products in the market. For example, a simple update could make sure your old headphones work with your new smartphone. Occasionally, they might add new functionalities, but this doesn’t happen a lot—certainly not as often as with operating system updates.

In general, firmware updates make your hardware more reliable, more secure, and more compatible with everything else out there. If you neglect these updates, you might start noticing bugs and crashes.

How to update the firmware on your AirPods

Whatever model of AirPods or AirPods Pro you’ve got, the firmware update process is the same. Apple’s operating systems will apply these new versions automatically in the background while your AirPods are charging and connected to one of the company’s devices, like your iPhone, iPad or Mac. You may not have to do anything manually.

It’s still worth checking that you’re running the latest firmware regularly, especially when you know there’s a new version available, or if you’re experiencing problems with your AirPods. To check for updates, go to Settings on your iPhone, tap General, About, and then AirPods. To force an update, make sure your AirPods are nearby and charging in their case.

How to update the firmware on your AirTags

AirTags have received several firmware updates since they launched, which have included improvements to the anti-stalking measures built into the device. As with AirPods, the updating process should happen in the background. To make sure it’s happening, put your AirTag in Bluetooth range (up to 33 feet) from your phone.

If you see alerts about an AirTag firmware update and you want to double-check that your tracking device has successfully installed it, open the Find My app on your iPhone. Tap Items, select the AirTag in the list, then tap the AirTag name to see the serial number and current firmware version.

Updating the firmware in your MagSafe Charger

You might have never realized it, but chargers run firmware too, which means they get updates as well. If you’ve bought an official MagSafe Charger from Apple, you should know it has received at least one firmware update since its launch, and there are two ways to make sure these new versions are actually running on your device.

The first one is to connect the MagSafe Charger to a power source and juice up your iPhone as normal. The second is to plug the charger into a USB port on a Mac connected to Wi-Fi. You won’t see a notification in either case, but the update should be installed in a few minutes. You can check the firmware version from an iPhone by connecting the charger, and from Settings, tapping General, and About. Then, select the charger.

HomePod Mini

When it comes to firmware, the HomePod Mini is a bit of an outlier as Apple refers to its onboard code as software, although it’s not a user-facing interface like iOS or macOS. Your speaker should get updates automatically over Wi-Fi, but you can also check for them manually through a connected device.

[Related: Best smart speakers of 2022]

From an iPhone, open the Home app, tap the three dots in the top right corner, then choose Home Settings and Software Update. If a new version of the software is available for your HomePod Mini, you’ll be able to see it and install it here. You can even turn off automatic updates if you want to, though we wouldn’t recommend it.

Updating the firmware on other Apple devices

When it comes to iPhones, iPads, Mac computers, and other Apple devices with displays and software you can interact with, new operating system versions include firmware updates. As long as you’re up to date with iOS, iPadOS, macOS, and watchOS, your firmware will also be up to date.

You’ll get very noticeable prompts about these operating system updates, so it’s difficult to ignore them, but you can also check for them manually. On macOS, for example, open the Apple menu and choose System Settings, General, and Software Update.

The post It’s time to update the firmware on your Apple devices appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Todas las formas de ver el Mundial de Qatar 2022 https://www.popsci.com/diy/como-ver-el-mundial/ Fri, 18 Nov 2022 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=488706
fanaticos de futbol viendo un partido en casa celebrando
¿Tienes tu camiseta lista? El Mundial de Qatar 2022 ya comienza. nd3000 / Deposit Photos

Hay muchas maneras de disfrutar toda la acción en este evento que durará 29 días.

The post Todas las formas de ver el Mundial de Qatar 2022 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
fanaticos de futbol viendo un partido en casa celebrando
¿Tienes tu camiseta lista? El Mundial de Qatar 2022 ya comienza. nd3000 / Deposit Photos

Luego de cuatro años, la Copa del Mundo llega nuevamente a nuestras pantallas. Esta vez, el evento tendrá lugar en Qatar, donde 32 equipos de todos los rincones del mundo, incluyendo a los Estados Unidos, y a favoritos como Brasil, Argentina y Francia, lucharán por ganar la codiciada copa dorada.

El primero de 64 encuentros será entre el país anfitrión, Qatar, contra la selección de Ecuador, y se llevará a cabo el domingo 20 de noviembre a las 7pm hora local (11am ET, y 8am PT). Y luego de la fase de grupos y las etapad eliminatorias, la gran final tendrá lugar el 18 de diciembre a las 6pm hora local (10am ET/7am PT). 

Ya seas fan de toda la vida o si te mata la curiosidad por saber de qué se trata el torneo, hay varias maneras de ver el Mundial de Qatar 2022: ya sean partidos en vivo o compactos con los mejores momentos en la cancha. Pero tal como te podrás imaginar, FIFA, el ente rector del fútbol internacional y el principal organizador del Mundial de Qatar 2022, tendrá la cobertura del evento bajo estricto control para maximizar las ganancias por derechos de transmisión.

Como es de costumbre con este tipo de eventos deportivos, las licencias para transmitir Qatar 2022 varían ampliamente dependiendo del país donde te encuentres. Aquí te daremos un vistazo a las opciones que tendrán los espectadores en los Estados Unidos, pero es posible que tengas alternativas similares en tu país, por lo que revisar las guías de transmisión local para más detalles es siempre una buena idea.

Cómo ver el Mundial Qatar 2022

En los Estados Unidos, los derechos de transmisión del Mundial de Qatar 2022 en inglés los tiene Fox Sports, con cobertura dividida entre los canales Fox y FS1. Si tienes acceso a esas señales, ya sea a través de tu cable operador o un servicio de suscripción como YouTube TV o Sling Blue, podrás ver todos los encuentros en vivo. Si tienes una antena de televisión digital, podrás ver Fox Sports gratis.

Cuando se trata de aplicaciones para ver el Mundial, tienes varias opciones. Primero, están el sitio web y la app de Fox Sports. Esta última está disponible en una multitud de dispositivos incluyendo smartphones, tablets, computadoras, las plataformas Android TV y Apple TV, y las consolas Xbox. Además, también están todas las apps de servicios como YouTube TV, las cuales están disponibles para la gran mayoría de las plataformas, además de tu navegador web favorito.

Si quieres ver los partidos en vivo con comentarios en español, deberás sintonizar las señales de Telemundo y Universo, las cuales puedes obtener a través de tu cable operador y una gran variedad de servicios de suscripción, incluyendo Hulu. Otra alternativa es el servicio de streaming Peacock TV (gratis hasta el 24 de noviembre y luego disponible por $5 al mes), que transmitirá todos los encuentros en vivo y en español. Puedes acceder a  Peacock TV a través de una variedad de plataformas, incluyendo apps para Android, iOS, y Roku.

También puedes ver partidos completos de manera gratuita a través de Tubi, pero sólo una vez que estos hayan terminado. Esto puede ser un problema si tu plan es levantarte de madrugada para apoyar a tu equipo, pero si ese no es tu caso, Tubi puede ser una gran opción ya que gracias a la diferencia horaria con el Medio Oriente, la mayoría de los partidos del Mundial de Qatar 2022 se llevarán a cabo durante la noche Norteamericana. Puedes ver Tubi a través de un navegador web en tu computadora personal o instalar la app en tu iPhone o celular Android. También hay apps disponibles para otras plataformas, incluyendo dispositivos Roku.

Si estás fuera de los Estados Unidos o justo te encuentras de viaje, estas aplicaciones y servicios no funcionarán. La mejor solución es usar un servicio de VPN, el cual puedes instalar en tu teléfono y otros dispositivos para disfrazar tu ubicación y hacerla pasar por una dentro de los Estados Unidos. Sin embargo, los grandes canales y los servicios de streaming a veces son capaces de bloquear los VPN. Antes de hacer cualquier pago, asegúrate de aprovechar las pruebas gratis que ofrecen la mayoría de los servicios de VPN para ver si funciona con tus apps favoritas.

Otras opciones para ver la Copa del Mundo

Por supuesto, los organizadores del Mundial de Qatar 2022 quieren promover el evento lo más posible, lo que significa que con la excepción de partidos completos en vivo, tener acceso a imágenes del torneo será bastante fácil y no tan restringido por región geográfica. Esto incluye los goles y jugadas, y los compilados con los mejores momentos de los duelos.

Aún estamos a unos días del puntapié inicial de Qatar 2022, por lo que aún no sabemos exactamente la cantidad de acción futbolera que estará disponible online. Sin embargo, definitivamente vale la pena ponerle un ojo a los canales oficiales de YouTube de Qatar 2022 y FIFA. Si quieres ponerte al día con los mejores momentos de cada partido, lo más seguro es que es ahí donde podrás encontrarlos. 

Es probable que encuentres contenido similar en otras plataformas de redes sociales. Qatar 2022 y FIFA World Cup tienen cuentas oficiales en Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, y en el caso del ente rector, también podrás encontrarlos en TikTok. Si ya no aguantas por el inicio del certamen, en Twitter podrás encontrar mucho material histórico disponible para empaparte con el espíritu mundialero.

Como era de esperarse, Google también está listo para el Mundial de Qatar 2022: busca en Google “copa mundial” para ver una lista de los próximos encuentros entre los diferentes países y los resultados más recientes. Podrás revisar los detalles de cada equipo y partido, y el marcador de los duelos llevándose a cabo en el momento. Además, podrás seguir todas las noticias y novedades de las escuadras y jugadores, y podrás activar notificaciones para estar al día con lo que pasa en Qatar.

Como sucede la mayoría de las veces con eventos de esta categoría, si buscas los nombres de los equipos en YouTube o Twitter mientras un partido se está llevando a cabo o justo después del resultado final, te encontrarás con una gran cantidad de contenido no oficial. Por razones legales, es altamente probable que este material no se quede online por mucho tiempo, por lo que tendrás que ser rápido si quieres echarle un vistazo. 

Para más información acerca del torneo, chequea los sitios oficiales de Qatar 2022 y FIFA.

The post Todas las formas de ver el Mundial de Qatar 2022 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
All the ways you can tune in to the 2022 Soccer World Cup https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-watch-the-world-cup/ Fri, 18 Nov 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=488454
soccer fans watching game
Get your colors ready for the Qatar 2022 World Cup. nd3000 / Deposit Photos

There are several ways to enjoy the month-long, action-packed sports event.

The post All the ways you can tune in to the 2022 Soccer World Cup appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
soccer fans watching game
Get your colors ready for the Qatar 2022 World Cup. nd3000 / Deposit Photos

After four years, the men’s World Cup of soccer has rolled around again. This year’s event will take place in Qatar and 32 teams from across the globe, including the United States and current favorites, Brazil, Argentina, and France, will fight for the coveted golden trophy.

The first game of the tournament between the host country and the national team from Ecuador kicks off on November 20 at 7pm local time (11am ET/8am PT). After the group games and the knock-out stages, we’ll get to the final on December 18 at 6pm local time (10am ET/7am PT). There are a total of 64 games in the tournament, with staggered timings.

Whether you’re a seasoned soccer fan or you want to check in and see what all the fuss is about, there are a variety of ways to tune in and see the games as they happen, or catch up on the highlights. But as you would expect, FIFA, the soccer governing body and main organizer of the event, will have coverage tightly controlled to maximize media revenue streams.

As it usually happens with these global sporting events, licensing rights vary between countries. Here we’ll guide you through the options for US viewers, but you may have similar options wherever you are—just make sure to check your local listings for more details.

How to watch full World Cup games

In the US, the rights for broadcasting World Cup games live in English belong to Fox Sports, with coverage split between the Fox and the FS1 channels. If you have access to those, whether through a cable box or a subscription service such as YouTube TV or Sling Blue, you’ll be able to see every game as it happens. If you have a digital antenna attached to your TV, you can get Fox Sports free of charge.

In terms of apps, you’ve got a host of choices. First, there’s the Fox Sports website and the network’s app, available on a multitude of devices including phones, tablets, computers, Android TV, Apple TV, and Xbox consoles. Then there are all the apps for services such as YouTube TV, which are supported by most of the popular devices and platforms as well as your favorite web browser.

[Related: Watch anything you want without signing up for every streaming service]

If you want to watch games live in Spanish, you’ll need to tune into NBC’s Telemundo and Universo networks, both of which you can get through a cable box or a variety of subscription services (including Hulu). There’s also the streaming service Peacock TV (free until November 24, then $5 a month), which is also showing every game live in Spanish. You can get Peacock TV through a variety of platforms, including apps for Android, iOS, and the Roku streaming stick.

You can also watch full games for free on Tubi, but only after they’ve finished. This may sound like a bummer but it may not matter so much as the time difference with the Middle East will place a lot of the tournament in the middle of the night in the US. You can watch Tubi through any web browser on your laptop or install the dedicated app on your Android or iOS phone. There are also apps available for other platforms, including Roku devices.

If you’re outside of the US or you happen to be traveling, these apps and services won’t work. The best fix is using a VPN program, which you can set up on your phone and other devices to spoof a US location. However, networks and streaming services know all about VPNs and can often block their access, too. Before putting down any money, it’s a good idea to take advantage of a free trial of any VPN and see if it will work for your chosen apps.

Other options to watch the World Cup

Obviously, World Cup organizers want to promote the event as much as possible, which means that outside of full games, getting access to footage from the tournament will be easy and not so aggressively locked by region. Think clips of individual goals and plays, or highlights packages that fall outside of the main TV licensing deals.

Since we’re writing this ahead of the tournament, it’s not clear just how much soccer action you’ll be able to see online, but it’s definitely worth keeping an eye on both the official YouTube channels for Qatar 2022 and FIFA. If there are highlights packages after every game, it’s almost certain that’s where they’ll be. There’s already plenty of preview content to wade through.

[Related: How to watch TV with friends—even when you can’t be together]

The same is likely to happen on most social media platforms. You can find official accounts for both Qatar 2022 and FIFA World Cup on Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, and, in the case of the governing body, TikTok, so you’re likely to see a selection of goals and key moments on those accounts as well. If you really want to get into the World Cup spirit, back on the bird app there’s also a whole lot of historical footage available.

As you would expect, Google is also ready for the World Cup: Just search Google for “world cup” to see a list of upcoming games and recent results. You can click through for details on individual teams, matches, and current scores in live games. If you’re an Android user, you’ll see a Pin live score badge underneath matches, which you’ll be able to tap on to create a live widget on your home screen. This is the best way to stay up to date with scores without having to unlock your device.

As it’s always the case for these events, a quick search for competing team names on YouTube or Twitter is likely to bring up a host of unofficial content while matches are in progress and right after they’ve finished. For copyright reasons, it’s highly likely this unapproved material won’t be online for long, so you’ll have to be quick about it if you want to get a peek. 

For more information about the tournament, check out the official Qatar 2022, and FIFA websites.

The post All the ways you can tune in to the 2022 Soccer World Cup appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Help make your Chromebook better by being a power beta tester https://www.popsci.com/diy/chrome-os-beta-version/ Thu, 17 Nov 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=487504
Person putting chromebook inside messenger bag
You can beta test ChromeOS to help the development of the operating system. Anete Lūsiņa / Unsplash

Take a deep dive into ChromeOS and get new features first.

The post Help make your Chromebook better by being a power beta tester appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person putting chromebook inside messenger bag
You can beta test ChromeOS to help the development of the operating system. Anete Lūsiņa / Unsplash

If you own a Chromebook then you’ll know what makes these laptops so appealing: Their lightweight, browser-based operating system, ChromeOS, will back up your work automatically and protect itself against the latest security threats by always staying up to date.

But you can dig deeper into the software. Just as with Windows and macOS, you can opt to switch from the regular iteration of ChromeOS to a beta version that’s still a work-in-progress. By joining the program, you get access to new features before everyone else, and help Google fix what doesn’t quite work yet by providing feedback about any bugs you might run into.

And now is the perfect time to get more involved with the operating system, as the company recently launched the Beta Tester Hub, where they’ve made it easier to engage directly with ChromeOS developers and read up on what’s new with the software.

But before you put your developer hat on, a warning—no matter the device or service, beta testing always comes with an element of risk and a chance (albeit a small) that a bug could interfere with an app you rely on or files you’re storing locally. So if  you choose to try your hand at testing software, make sure you back up any important documents regularly.

Changing the channel

Unlike other beta programs, ChromeOS’ doesn’t require you to sign up for anything—joining only requires you to change some settings in your device. 

Open up Settings on your Chromebook (click on the time in the lower right corner, then the cog icon), and under About Chrome OS, choose Additional details. There, you’ll be able to see the software channel you’re currently on, which determines how experimental is the version of ChromeOS your device is running. All users will be on the stable channel by default, which is the best choice if you want to avoid bugs and crashes. But if you want to join ChromeOS beta and test new features, you’ll have to switch to the slightly more unstable beta, or the even buggier dev channel.

[Related: Best Chromebooks under $300 of 2022]

But risk pays off—the beta channel gets new features about a month before the stable channel and is low risk in terms of crashes and bugs. The dev channel, on the other hand, gets weekly updates and new features as soon as they are available, as well as a higher number of issues. If you’re feeling adventurous, give the dev channel a go, but if you’d rather have a more gentle introduction to software testing, we’d recommend going for the beta channel. To make the switch, on the Additional details screen, go to the Change channel, make your selection, and click the Change channel button again to switch. And don’t worry—whatever your choice, you can always switch back.

If you’re switching to a more experimental channel (from beta to dev, for example), you’ll need to restart your Chromebook. But if you’re switching to a more stable channel (such as from beta to stable), then you’ll need to restart and reset your Chromebook. This will be like setting up your laptop from scratch, so make sure you’ve backed up all local files to the cloud. 

When you set up your Chromebook once again, things will be back up and running as usual as soon as you put in your Google account details, as ChromeOS is largely a cloud-based platform.

Being a ChromeOS tester

If you made the switch to the beta or dev channels, congratulations—you’re now a ChromeOS tester. Even if you don’t want to offer any specific feedback, Google will automatically gather anonymized data when the early versions of ChromeOS crash or hit a bump. This allows its engineering team to smooth out problems in time for stable releases of its operating system.

If you want, you can also report any issues that you come across manually. With the screen where the problem is happening open, press Alt+Shift+I to bring up the feedback form, where you’ll be able to describe the bug you found (try to be as detailed as possible), and attach any additional information. You can also specify the website you’re having difficulty with, or attach the file that’s misbehaving.

Check the box labeled We may email you for more information or updates and a Google engineer might get in touch with you to ask for more clarification or offer some feedback. The other checkboxes in the form give you the option of sending screenshots of your open tabs and background diagnostic information along with your feedback. It’s up to you whether you feel comfortable sending this information to Google, but the more data developers have, the more you’ll be helping debug the software.

[Related: The best Chromebook add-ons and tricks]

If you want to get more involved with the ChromeOS team directly, Google has now opened up the ChromeOS Beta Tester Hub to anyone in the beta program. There you’ll find more information about new features appearing on your Chromebook, and you can chat with software engineers if you have any questions.

On the website, you’ll see a list of the new features in the latest beta version of ChromeOS, and the option to report bugs to the development team directly. If you want to invest even more time in helping develop ChromeOS in return for some goodies from Google, you can request to become a Product Expert, which will require you to offer more feedback to the developers, and help out other users on the official Google forums.

The post Help make your Chromebook better by being a power beta tester appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to know when your device has finally reached end-of-life status https://www.popsci.com/diy/eol-meaning/ Sat, 12 Nov 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=486152
white ipod sitting in charger
Maybe there are better ways of listening to music after all these years. Brett Jordan / Unsplash

Gadgets don't last forever.

The post How to know when your device has finally reached end-of-life status appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
white ipod sitting in charger
Maybe there are better ways of listening to music after all these years. Brett Jordan / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Sadly, as much as you might love your current laptop, smartphone, or wearable, they’re not going to last forever. Parts wear out, software slows down, and technology evolves, making older devices more difficult to use and eventually, obsolete.

In the industry, manufacturers often say devices are reaching end-of-life (or EOL) when they’re a certain age, though there can be some confusion over what exactly is behind that label. It doesn’t mean you need to stop using your gadgets straight away, or that they’ll suddenly cease to function properly. But you’ll run into some issues that you’ll need to be aware of.

What EOL means for your gadgets

Tech companies aren’t always great at being consistent with the terminology they use, and this is especially true with end-of-life status. The concept tends to have different definitions depending on the manufacturer, and sometimes they break down the term into more specific stages. Apple, for example, labels products as “vintage” five years after they stop selling them, and “obsolete” two years after that.

While there might be variations in how companies use these terms, and even between individual products under the same brand, there are some broad themes that almost always apply. For example, once a device hits EOL status, you usually won’t get any more software updates for it. Likewise, manufacturers typically also discontinue any kind of repair or other support service users have had access to for that model.

[Related: When to repair your computer and when to replace it]

Going back to the Apple example, you won’t be able to take an obsolete product into an Apple Store for repairs. You may be able to get them to fix a vintage product, but it will depend on the specific device you’ve got, which makes it difficult to generalize. Sometimes there are exceptions, but when in doubt, you can always ask.

When it comes to their Pixel smartphones, Google doesn’t mention EOL, but it gives a comprehensive rundown of how long you can expect software and security updates for. With newer devices, including the Google Pixel 7 Pro, you get at least three years of Android updates and five years of security patches starting from the handsets’ launch date. This guaranteed support window is something you should definitely look out for when buying new tech. 

Unfortunately, not all hardware makers are as transparent as they should be when it comes to the lifespan of their products. In fact, end-of-life data is often hard to track down, and sometimes you won’t get it at all. Some companies —like Microsoft, for example—constantly put out information to help you decide what to buy next. But if you don’t know where to look for it, start at endoflife.date, which is a useful database of hardware and software products you can refer to.

Your device hit EOL. Now what? 

You’re not necessarily going to get a big flashing message on your device when it’s reached its end-of-life period. Moreover, chances are you almost definitely won’t. As we mentioned above, you may be able to find this information out in advance from official or unofficial sources, but your best bet is to keep an eye on the daily tech news, so you can stay up to date with the latest announcements.

Once you find out a device you’re using has reached its EOL stage, there’s nothing specific that you need to do, beyond thinking about getting an upgrade. Your gadget won’t stop working immediately, but as it gets behind on software updates, you’ll notice that you won’t be able to update certain apps anymore. This can be annoying at first, as you won’t have access to new features and redesigns, but it can eventually prevent you from using your apps altogether, hindering your user experience.  

But that’s the least of your worries. Security is the biggest issue because you won’t be getting regular patches for your hardware, and the software will get progressively more and more out of date. Fully updated software is by no means invulnerable, but hackers often aim their attacks at older code that hasn’t been properly patched, putting you at a higher risk of various threats.

[Related: These simple upgrades could save you from having to buy a new computer]

Repairs are another issue. Your existing gadget may keep on working, but you’ll find problems will continue to add up as time goes by. The problem is that you’ll be relying on third-party companies that may or may not be able to help you out, so your options will be limited. 

The speed at which you need to think about upgrading your devices will vary depending on the hardware you’ve got. While it’s unlikely that bad actors will target your first-generation Fitbit tracker or your old iPod, your phone or your laptop are a whole other story. If that’s the kind of device reaching end-of-life status, then you might need to upgrade sooner than you initially thought. 

The post How to know when your device has finally reached end-of-life status appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to make the most out of the newest Windows 11 update https://www.popsci.com/diy/windows-11-file-explorer-tabs/ Wed, 09 Nov 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=485231
Black person sitting with surface laptop their lap while holding a mug
The holidays came early for Windows users. Windows / Unsplash

Windows 11 just keeps getting better.

The post How to make the most out of the newest Windows 11 update appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Black person sitting with surface laptop their lap while holding a mug
The holidays came early for Windows users. Windows / Unsplash

Microsoft continues to push out new features for Windows 11, breathing new life into the operating system that just passed its first-year anniversary.

The latest update, the rather unimaginatively named Windows 11 2022 Update, is the most significant upgrade the software has received to date and adds changes to both its looks and functionalities.

Everyone running Windows 11 should have the update by now, but if you’re unsure, check by opening Settings and choosing System and About. Look for “22H2” next to the Version entry in the list. If that’s not what you see, head to Windows Update in Settings to see if any downloads are available for your operating system.

Tabs in File Explorer

Just like your web browser, the default tool for getting around a Windows 11 computer now has tabs. The change doesn’t need activating, as the system will turn it on by default: Click the + (plus) icon on the tab bar at the top of a File Explorer window to open a new tab, or the x (cross) icon on a tab to close it.

[Related: 10 new features to get you started with Windows 11]

If you right-click on a folder, you’ll see there’s a new Open in new tab entry that does exactly what it says. Another handy trick is dragging files or folders between tabs to move them to different parts of the drive, just as you’ve always been able to do between windows—drag the item up to the tab header first to switch to it, continue dragging it to the folder space, and release it.

Taskbar improvements

There are two neat improvements to the taskbar in the Windows 11 2022 Update. First, once you’ve filled up the taskbar with apps and folders, you get an overflow menu (three dots) that appears when you pin additional items, giving you easier access to them. Currently, if you go over the limit, you’ll only see the most recently used app in the last taskbar slot.

Second, when you right-click on the taskbar there’s now an additional Task Manager option that takes you straight to that utility, which has also received a redesign with this update. You may find this a simpler route to the Task Manager beyond the options that are already available—you can also open the program via the Ctrl+Shift+Esc shortcut for example, or by searching for it in the Start menu.

A redesigned Photos app

Open up the Photos app from the Start menu and you’ll see it’s got a more streamlined, fluid interface. You can now see which files live on your hard drive, and which ones live on OneDrive—Microsoft’s cloud. You’ll also see your best pictures and videos occasionally pop up as memories on the app, something the company has borrowed from Google and Apple.

In the new update, the navigation pane moved from the top of the interface to the left side, and if you have iCloud for Windows installed, you’ll see it fully integrated here. This panel can feature whatever folders you want: Click the settings cog on the toolbar at the top, then select Add albums to pick more folders from your hard drive.

The Clipchamp video editor

You may notice that Microsoft took away basic video editing features from the Photos app because the company now has a new video editor you can use called Clipchamp. It has been available for a while, but with the new update, you’ll find it comes preinstalled on Windows 11. If you don’t already have Clipchamp on your system, you can download it from the Microsoft Store.

Casual video editing enthusiasts will find everything they need in Clipchamp—in many ways it’s reminiscent of the old Windows Movie Maker—and you can follow a simple template-based approach to pull your video projects together. A premium subscription for $12 a month is available, which gives you access to more filters, effects, and stock material (from sound effects to photos).

Suggested actions

Also new in this Windows 11 update are suggested actions, a feature tasked with “anticipating your needs and giving you suggestions for actions you may wish to take” according to Microsoft. These will appear in a variety of Microsoft apps, including the Microsoft Edge web browser and the Notepad text editor.

Suggested actions will kick in when you highlight information such as phone numbers, email addresses, and dates. For example, if you select a date on your screen, you might see a small pop-up window inviting you to add an event to your calendar, or if you select a phone number, the pop-up window will suggest a call through Microsoft Teams.

Live captions for videos

To help make the software more accessible for everyone, Windows 11 can now add captions to video and audio content automatically, with subtitles in real-time. This is a feature that’s also available on iPhones and Android phones, as well as the Google Chrome browser, and it can be useful for anyone using their computer with the sound off.

[Related: All the free apps for Windows 11, from Paint 3D to Teams]

To turn on live captions, go to Settings, open Accessibility, then Captions, and turn on the Live captions toggle switch. From the same screen, you can set the style and size of the captions (you’ll be able to see the changes in the preview at the top). All you need to do then is start playing a video or audio file in any application on Windows 11. Give the feature a try by watching something on YouTube or Netflix, for instance.

And even more

There are plenty of other minor tweaks to Windows 11 in the new update. The Windows Share feature (for sending files to other devices) is now built into more programs, including Photos and the Xbox app. On the other hand,  the Focus Assist feature for removing distractions is now simply called Focus and is easier to access from the notifications center.

Also, when moving windows around, you can drag them to the top to access a new snap layout menu for organizing applications on your screen. For tablet users, meanwhile,  Microsoft added several new gestures, like swiping up from the bottom of the display to open the Start menu, for example.

The post How to make the most out of the newest Windows 11 update appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The most effective ways to back up your precious photos to the cloud https://www.popsci.com/back-up-photos-to-cloud/ Mon, 27 Feb 2017 20:25:28 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/back-up-photos-to-cloud/
An iPhone on top of the keyboard of a Macbook laptop, getting ready to back up photos to the cloud.
Time to move all your photos off your devices and into the cloud. Vivek Kumar / Unsplash

Keep your digital memories safe

The post The most effective ways to back up your precious photos to the cloud appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone on top of the keyboard of a Macbook laptop, getting ready to back up photos to the cloud.
Time to move all your photos off your devices and into the cloud. Vivek Kumar / Unsplash

This story has been updated. It was originally published on February 27, 2017.

If your mobile phone (or laptop) falls in a lake, what happens to those years of photos you’ve been saving up? Unless they’re safely backed up somewhere else, it’s likely they’re gone forever. That’s a worst-case scenario, of course, but it sure helps demonstrate why getting your pics synced to the cloud is such a good idea.

There are plenty of other reasons to take on the task, though. If your pictures are saved on the web, you can delete your local copies and free up some space on your phone. What’s more, you’ll be able to access them from any computer or device, and share them more easily with friends or family.

Don’t let the rather vague idea of “the cloud” put you off, either. In this case, it just means data centers run by the likes of Microsoft, Google, and Apple. You can get started for free, and there are a number of excellent services to pick from.

Which one you choose will depend on whether you’re a true-blue Windows fan, buy every Apple device under the sun, or own a phone, a tablet, and a computer from different manufacturers. We’ve assembled the main photo backup platforms, which vary in features, pricing, and ease of use on different operating systems. We won’t guide you step-by-step through each service—it’s really just a case of installing the apps for your devices and letting them do their work—but we will give you the information you need to decide which type of backup is ideal for you.

Microsoft OneDrive

Two people using Microsoft OneDrive on a laptop, a phone, and a tablet, while sitting at a wooden table.
For Windows users, OneDrive is likely the best bet. Microsoft

The cloud solution you’ll find built into Windows is OneDrive. You get 5GB of space for free, but can up that to 100GB ($1.99 a month) or 1TB ($6.99 a month with Office 365 thrown in). The key advantage is its Windows integration, which means all the software comes built into your OS and gets synced between all your Windows devices.

There are also apps for macOS, Android, iOS, and iPadOS, so getting all your pictures to the cloud won’t be a problem, although the experience on these other operating systems won’t be quite as smooth as it is with Windows. Microsoft has added some useful features to the web interface too, automatically tagging your pictures with descriptors like “indoor” and “outdoor” so you can find them more easily.

OneDrive doesn’t have the prettiest or most user-friendly interface we’ve ever seen, but it does the job and the prices are competitive, especially if you’re after some Office software as well. Microsoft seems determined to keep improving the service, too, which is another reason to stick with it, especially if you spend most of your time on Windows.

Apple iCloud

A laptop, phone, and tablet using Apple iCloud to store photos.
For Apple fans. Apple

Where Microsoft has OneDrive, Apple has iCloud, though its photo-storing service has changed names a few times. Apple has now finally settled on iCloud Photos, which keeps all your pictures synced to the cloud and any other Apple hardware you have.

And if all you use is Apple kit, it works very well indeed. You get 5GB of space for free, but can buy iCloud Plus and increase that to 50GB for $0.99 a month, 200GB for $2.99, or 2TB for $9.99. It really is one of those “set it and forget it” services—once you’ve switched it on, you can just forget about your backups, and iOS will even offer to free up some storage space on your iPhone or iPad once your pictures have been safely sent to the web.

[Related: It’s a great day to secure your Apple and iCloud accounts]

On the downside, support for Windows is limited, and support for Android is non-existent, so this really is one for the Apple fans only. The web interface is also relatively basic, but Apple has steadily introduced some useful improvements, like iCloud’s ability to automatically tag objects and people in your pictures, and a few tools for creating highlights packages of your best snaps and videos.

Google Photos

A phone using Google Photos to back up photos to the cloud.
For those who use multiple operating systems—or want better search capability, Google’s cloud backup service is likely the best option. Google

Although Google Photos has fallen more in line with its competitors in terms of its offerings, it’s still an excellent choice for cloud photo storage, especially if you have a mishmash of devices running different operating systems. It works effortlessly across any kind of device or computer, and you get 15GB of space for free. One caveat: that storage is shared across all Google services, so if you have a lot of emails with large attachments in Gmail or tons of files in Google Drive, you’ll have less space for photos.

Google used to let you store an unlimited amount of photos for free, but that’s no longer how it works. For more space, you can buy Google One and boost your cloud photo storage to 100GB for $1.99 a month, 200GB for $2.99, or 2TB for $9.99.

Once you start storing, you’ll find Google Photos has some useful editing tools, and that there are some smart assistant tools for creating highlight reels of your best snaps. It’s easy to share photos and albums, and—as you would expect from Google—the search ability is the best available. Look for anything from “sunsets” to “dogs,” and Google’s AI-powered scanning will bring up matching pictures in seconds.

Dropbox

A tablet and phone using Dropbox to back up photos to the cloud.
For those looking for an alternative cloud storage option. Dropbox

The best photo storage alternative to Google, Apple, and Microsoft is probably Dropbox. The bad news is you only get a paltry 2GB of space for free, and you may have to do regular maintenance to keep it tidy. You’ll probably want to go for the 2TB plan, which will set you back $9.99 every month.

Now, the good news: Dropbox is rock-solid and works seamlessly across Windows, macOS, Android, iOS, and iPadOS. If you’re hopping between devices and computers and want to back up your photos from everywhere, it’s well worth that monthly fee.

[Related: 6 essential Dropbox tools you might be missing]

Also, Dropbox isn’t restricted to photos. It syncs any kind of file between your registered devices and the web, allows for quick and easy file and folder sharing (useful if you’re working on projects with other people), and even has an online note-taking tool called Paper.

Amazon Photos

A phone using Amazon Photos to back up photos to the cloud.
For Prime members and anyone who craves unlimited storage. Amazon

Finally, there’s Amazon Photos, which is of particular interest if you’re a Prime member. You’ll get unlimited photo storage for free with a $14.99-a-month Prime account (though only 5GB for videos). Otherwise, you’ll get 5GB of photo storage space and will have to pay to get more ($19.99 a year for 100GB).

That’s a decent price for all the storage you’ll ever need, and thanks to the apps that Amazon makes available for iOS, iPadOS, Android, macOS, and Windows, you can upload pictures from whatever devices you use. Overall, Amazon Photos is well worth considering as a catch-all backup solution.

The post The most effective ways to back up your precious photos to the cloud appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Gmail’s new email layouts will give a newsletter vibe to all your messages https://www.popsci.com/diy/gmail-templates/ Fri, 04 Nov 2022 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=484183
screenshot of layout options in gmail
This is your sign to finally start that newsletter you've been thinking about. David Nield

Make your messages stand out from the crowd.

The post Gmail’s new email layouts will give a newsletter vibe to all your messages appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
screenshot of layout options in gmail
This is your sign to finally start that newsletter you've been thinking about. David Nield

Google continues to add new features to Gmail, the latest being customized layouts to transform your messages from plain and standard to something much more eye-catching and personalized with just a few clicks. As well as picking a predetermined layout, you’ll also be able to add logos and take control over colors, fonts, and images in your emails, so you can match your company or personal branding. 

Right now the option is only available on the web for Google Workspace users—that is people paying directly for the service, or members of an organization that does. But if you’re not currently a Workspace user, then there are third-party plug-ins you can add to Gmail that will provide you with a range of email templates you can modify to suit your own needs.

How to set up email templates on Gmail

Head to Gmail in your web browser, then click Compose to start writing a new message. You’ll find the layouts button toward the end of the row of icons next to the Send button—it looks like a subdivided rectangle. Click it to open up a layout gallery where you’ll be able to choose from templates combining images, text, and other elements. Select any of the thumbnails to see a preview on the right.

Once you’ve found a layout you like, click Default styling to customize the template. Here you can drop in your logo, select your email’s primary font, and adjust the color palette—Pick the main one and Gmail will select a few others to match. Via Footer details, you can enter a name and address to go at the bottom of the email, and via Links, you can add some social media URLs.

[Related: Google integrated its other apps into Gmail. Here’s how to best use them.]

Click Save changes to confirm the tweaks that you’ve made to the template, then select Insert to drop the layout into the email you’re composing. Once you’re there, you can edit the text and the images just as you would in any other email—click on a picture and pick Change image, for example, to swap it out for something else. Whenever you select a part of the template you can also choose Remove section to get rid of it.

All the other functions of the email compose window will work as normal—you can add the recipients and the subject header at the top just as you always have, for example. Use the full-screen button (two arrows, top right) if you need more space to work on your layout, and click on Send when the email is ready to go. If you want to ditch the changes you’ve made and start fresh with a new template, click on the customized layouts button again and start over.

Add email layouts with CloudHQ

One of the alternative options for customized email layouts for Gmail is an extension by CloudHQ. Compatible with Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge, the service offers more than 1,000 designs to choose from, and it’s free to use for individuals. If you want the ability to share templates within a team, and access to customer support via email and phone, it’ll cost you $10 a month.

Get started by finding the Gmail Email Templates extension in your browser’s store, installing it, and registering an account with CloudHQ. In Gmail on the web, click Compose to reveal a new insert template icon just to the right of the Send button (it looks like a blue document).

The next dialog box shows you all the templates you have to choose from—and there are a lot of them. You might want to make use of the drop-down menu at the top to pick a specific category of layouts (such as Invites and Legal), and if you can’t find what you’re looking for, you can use a search box. Click on any template to drop it into your new message and start customizing it.

You’ll find the built-in template editor straightforward to use. Click on blocks of text to enter your own, and use the formatting options that pop up to change the font and text size, and add bold or italic letters. If your chosen layout includes buttons, you can simply click on them to edit their appearance and set where on the web they redirect the reader to. Select any images in the template, and you’ll be able to swap them out for your own via the Upload Image button. When you’re done, click Close Editor and send the message.

Customize your emails with Stripo

Stripo is an advanced email creation tool that you can adapt to work with a variety of email clients, including Gmail. You don’t need any graphic design or coding experience, because you can simply drag and drop different elements into place to personalize your messages. Premium accounts start at $15 a month, but you can create up to four email layouts a month for free.

You can start building your layouts from scratch, but if you’re not feeling creative, you can also choose from one of the more than 1,200 templates that Stripo provides. You’ll find them under different categories, and you can sort them by industry, season, or what features they have (like countdown timers, for example). There’s also a search tool if you’re in need of something specific, but keep in mind that only some are available for free. 

[Related: 9 advanced Gmail searches that will dig up stuff you never knew you missed]

When you find a template you like, you can edit it in your browser. You’ll get a host of formatting and customization options to play around with so that you can include things like social buttons and animated GIFs. There is an impressive number of features and tools you can use, including undo and redo buttons to retrace your steps and roll back a few edits.

Once you’ve got an email layout that you’re happy with, you’ll need to save it to your Stripo account and export it so that it’s ready to use in Gmail. With a template open, click Export at the top, then Gmail, and enter your Google credentials. The layout will appear as a draft in your Gmail account, and you’ll be able to use the platform’s built-in tools to make any other basic edits (like formatting, for example) before sending it.

The post Gmail’s new email layouts will give a newsletter vibe to all your messages appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to make the most of the Apple Watch Ultra’s Action button https://www.popsci.com/diy/apple-watch-action-button/ Tue, 01 Nov 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=483008
close up of the action button on the apple watch ultra
Customize your extra button however you like. Apple

The Apple Watch has a brand new button on the Ultra edition.

The post How to make the most of the Apple Watch Ultra’s Action button appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
close up of the action button on the apple watch ultra
Customize your extra button however you like. Apple

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Back in September, Apple announced a new addition to the Apple Watch series: The Apple Watch Ultra. This new model is larger and more durable, and its battery life goes on for longer between charges. 

The Apple Watch Ultra is also different from the rest of Apple’s wearables because of its orange Action button, which users will find on the left-hand side of the device and gives quick access to a series of customizable shortcuts.

From a software perspective, the Apple Watch Ultra works the same as the rest of the newer models in the series, as they all run watchOS 9. But the Action button makes it easier to access and activate various features because when you’re out on the trail and in harsh weather conditions, pushing a physical button is simpler than having to look at the screen and tap on icons there.

How to use the Apple Watch Ultra’s Action button

The Action button is customizable, which means it’s up to you to decide what it does, but you’ll have to make your pick from a predetermined selection. Go to the Settings app on the Apple Watch Ultra, choose Action Button, and open the Action menu to see your options.

You can pick from Workout, Stopwatch, Waypoint, Backtrack, Dive, Flashlight, Shortcut, or None (which disables the Action Button completely). These functions all work slightly differently, and you may get more functionalities with subsequent taps. 

[Related: Everything you need to know about the Apple Watch Ultra]

Pick Shortcut, for example, and a press of the Action button will launch one of the Shortcuts on your phone. You can design these automations to adapt specifically to your lifestyle, so that you can turn off all your smart lights and put your phone into Do Not Disturb mode with the push of a button, for example. Go back to the first Action Button screen after selecting Shortcut (via the blue arrow, top left) to choose a specific sequence.

Additional options also appear if you select Workout from the Action menu. Go back to the Action Button screen (via the blue arrow) and tap First Press: You’ll then be able to pick the workout that the Action Button launches, or just have it open the Workout app so you can select something different each time.

In the middle of a workout, you can tap the Action Button again to access different functionalities. How the Action Button works will depend on the specific workout you’re doing (during a run, for example, it will create a new segment) but once you’ve decided on your exercise, the device will walk you through everything you need to know in the Gestures section of the Action Button screen.

Sometimes you’ll get extra features when pressing the Action Button and the Side button at the same time. For example, during any kind of workout, you can press the Action Button and the side button together to pause the workout. Again, you’ll get all of this information in the Gestures section on-screen.

Other Action Button functions are simpler. With Dive, for example, you just press the button to start a diving session, or when you select Waypoint, a press will drop a compass waypoint at your current location. Apple is also letting third-party apps add their own shortcut options for the Action Button. It will take some time for developers to create them, but depending on the apps installed on your wearable and your phone, you might start seeing more functionalities on the list besides the built-in ones. 

There’s one more way in which you can use the Action Button: Press and hold it to bring up the emergency menu, which includes Siren, Medical ID, Compass Backtrack, and Emergency Call. If you hold the button for another five seconds, you’ll automatically activate the Siren, a continuous high-pitched sound someone can hear up to 600 feet away.

[Related: Apple Watch comparison: Which one is right for you?]

The siren will keep ringing until you turn it off again via the large red stop button in the Siren app, or until your Apple Watch Ultra runs out of battery. If you’re sure that you never want to trigger this feature automatically, from the Settings app on your Apple Watch Ultra choose Action Button and then deactivate Hold to Turn On under the Siren heading.

If you prefer to configure these Action Button shortcuts through the Watch app on your iPhone, you’ll see an Action Button heading on the My Watch tab in the app: Tap on it to get to all the same functions we’ve already covered, including the Action menu, the First Press menu, and the Gestures section that tells you what subsequent button presses do in your selected mode.

The post How to make the most of the Apple Watch Ultra’s Action button appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Keep tabs on how much access your computer’s apps have to your system https://www.popsci.com/diy/app-permissions-settings/ Thu, 27 Oct 2022 19:10:50 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=481642
A person wearing a blue shirt sitting in front of a silver Apple laptop and typing on it, perhaps changing the permissions on certain apps.
Make sure applications aren't overstepping the mark. Luke Southern / Unsplash

Have you checked your programs' permissions lately?

The post Keep tabs on how much access your computer’s apps have to your system appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person wearing a blue shirt sitting in front of a silver Apple laptop and typing on it, perhaps changing the permissions on certain apps.
Make sure applications aren't overstepping the mark. Luke Southern / Unsplash

You might already be familiar with mobile apps asking for permissions—usually to use your phone’s microphone, camera, or location—and there are similar settings for the programs you use on Windows and macOS.

This means you can make sure your computer’s applications are behaving well, and not accessing information you’re not comfortable giving away. Most of the time, these permission requests are legitimate, like when an email client asks to see your contacts when you send a message, but it’s important to keep on top of them.

If there are apps you feel are going too far, you can revoke some of their permissions or uninstall them entirely. These processes are straightforward on both Windows and macOS, as the  permission controls are prominently featured within the main settings hubs.

How to change app permissions on Windows

The settings screen inside Windows that allows you to change your apps' permissions.
Use those right-hand toggles to deny an app access to a certain computer feature, like location. David Nield

Open up Settings from the Start menu, then choose Privacy & security. You’ll see a list of app permissions, including Location, Camera, and Microphone, and you can click on any of these entries to check which apps have access to these tools. With some permissions, you’ll see a master switch that lets you turn access on or off for all the programs on your system.

If you see a program on the list you think shouldn’t have access to the permission you’ve selected, use the toggle switch to its right to disable it. There’s also a Recent activity option farther down the screen for each permission, showing which applications have recently made use of their privileges—it’s another signal you can use to work out whether an app has a genuine need for a particular permission.

[Related: The fastest way to install Windows software]

While figuring out which programs should have access to which permissions, common sense is usually your best guide. Webcam tools will need camera access, for example. If you’re not sure, you can refer to Microsoft’s detailed list of what each permission entails, or run a quick web search for a particular permission. You can also contact software developers directly if you’re unsure about why an app needs certain permissions.

If one of your programs is accessing permissions in a way you’re not happy with, you can uninstall it. From the main Settings pane, select Apps, followed by Installed apps. Click on the three dots to the right of a particular application, then choose Uninstall and follow the instructions on the screen to remove the software.

How to change app permissions on macOS

The macOS settings screen that allows you to manage app permissions.
Dig into Apple’s settings to manage your macOS app permissions. David Nield

On macOS, open the Apple menu and choose System Settings, then pick Privacy & Security. A list of program permissions will appear on screen, including Location Services and Developer Tools, showing which applications have access to which bits of system information. Click on any permission to see the apps that have access to it.

[Related: Fix a slow Mac computer with these four hidden tweaks]

To revoke a permission for a particular app, use the toggle switch to the right of the app’s name. Note that some permissions have more detailed settings than others. In Files and Folders, for example, you can give certain applications access to some folders on the disk but not others. The options you see will vary depending on the permission you’re looking at and how app developers are using it.

Unfortunately, this settings screen doesn’t provide much information about why an app might be asking to use a certain permission. However, you may have been given some kind of explanation when it first requested access. Most permissions should make sense (like calendar access for schedule managers), but if you’re ever in doubt, it’s best to play it safe. If you want more information about why an app is accessing a certain permission, you can always contact software developers directly.

Should you come across an application that’s using permissions in ways you’re not comfortable with, you can, of course, remove it from the system. In Finder, click Applications on the left (or choose Go and Applications), then drag the program icon down to the trash can icon in the macOS dock.

The post Keep tabs on how much access your computer’s apps have to your system appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 sweet new features in the new macOS Ventura https://www.popsci.com/diy/macos-ventura-features/ Tue, 25 Oct 2022 15:22:31 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=480707
macOS Ventura on an iMac, Macbook, and iPad.
Sure, you can look at this image of macOS Ventura, but you'll experience it more completely if you install it. Apple

These might be the best parts of Apple's latest desktop operating system update.

The post 7 sweet new features in the new macOS Ventura appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
macOS Ventura on an iMac, Macbook, and iPad.
Sure, you can look at this image of macOS Ventura, but you'll experience it more completely if you install it. Apple

Apple’s latest major desktop operating system update, macOS Ventura (aka macOS 13), is available now and comes with a host of new features that will add convenience and productivity to your hours in front of a screen.

If you’re running macOS Monterey, your computer should soon prompt you to download and install the free software update, if it hasn’t already. The computers compatible with macOS Ventura are the 2017 MacBook Pro, the 2018 MacBook Air, the 2019 Mac Pro, the 2017 iMac, the 2018 Mac mini, the 2019 Mac Studio, and all more recent versions of those models. Also compatible: the 2017 iMac Pro and 2017 MacBook.

As always, there are some major upgrades you should check out first.

1. A different way to organize your windows

Stage Manager is a new feature for both macOS and iPadOS that changes how you manage your open windows: It displays thumbnails of all open programs in a column down the left side of the screen, making them easier to switch between.

To enable it, open Control Center from the menu bar and click Stage Manager. You can also turn it on and off by opening the Apple menu and choosing System Settings, Desktop & Dock, and Stage Manager. Within the feature’s options, you can click Customize to change how Stage Manager works—whether or not it groups windows from the same application, for instance.

Essentially, you can switch between applications by clicking their thumbnails on the left, rather than having to open the dock. The Cmd+Tab shortcut on the keyboard still works for cycling through open programs, too.

2. Use your iPhone as a webcam

The new Use iPhone as a Webcam feature in macOS Ventura.
It only takes a few seconds to set up and use your iPhone as a webcam for your Apple computer. David Nield

Macs, iPads, and iPhones already work well together, but macOS Ventura still managed to introduce a new feature that links these devices even more closely: Continuity Camera. Essentially, this tool allows you to use the advanced camera system on your iPhone as a webcam for your Mac.

Continuity Camera couldn’t be any simpler to use, either. Make sure WiFi and Bluetooth are enabled on both your iPhone and Mac, check that they’re both signed into the same Apple ID account, and you’re almost ready to go. All you need to do next is launch FaceTime and bring your iPhone close to your Mac. The first time you do this, your Mac will ask if you want to use your iPhone as a webcam, but after that it’ll work automatically.

[Related: Look better on video calls using pro photography techniques]

Open Control Center from the menu bar and choose Video Effects to enable features such as Center Stage (which keeps your face in the middle of the frame). To go back to your Mac’s webcam, select it as an input from the Video menu.

3. Mac-based alarms and timers

Ventura brings a native clock app to the macOS desktop for the first time, giving you access to the same features within the Clock app on iOS and iPadOS. As you’d expect, the app includes timer and alarm functions.

Along the top of the program’s interface, you can switch among its various sections: World Clock (where you can set up clocks for cities around the world), Alarm, Stopwatch, and Timer. Note that any iPhone alarms you’ve set won’t sync over.

Everything integrates neatly with Siri on macOS as well. If you want to use voice commands, you can say, “Hey Siri, set a timer for 5 minutes” or “Hey Siri, set an alarm for 8 a.m.,” for example.

4. System Settings is the new Preferences

One of the biggest changes macOS Ventura brings with it is that System Preferences is now System Settings. Not only does the main settings hub have a new name, it also has a revamped design.

It’s in the same place though: Open the Apple menu and select System Settings. You’ll see that a lot of the sections are the same as before, though some have been rearranged and relabeled—there’s a new Lock Screen page, for example.

After you install Ventura, we’d recommend spending a little time getting familiar with the new System Settings dialog. If there’s a setting you can’t locate, use the search box in the top left corner.

5. Schedule emails to be sent in the future

The Send Later feature in Apple Mail, new on macOS Ventura, showing a calendar and time for scheduling an email.
Now no one will know you were using Apple Mail at an embarrassing hour. David Nield

Apple’s individual desktop applications got their share of macOS Ventura upgrades too, and one of the improvements in Mail is the ability to schedule emails to be sent at some point in the future.

When you finish composing an email, don’t click the send icon (the paper airplane symbol), click the small arrow next to it. You’ll get a few scheduling suggestions from Mail, which will vary depending on the time of day. You might see options to send the email later in the evening or first thing in the morning, for example.

[Related: How to turn on Apple Mail Privacy Protection]

Choose Send Later to pick your own date and time. You’ll need to make sure your Mac is on and online at the designated time for the email to go out, and you can find scheduled emails by clicking the Sent Later folder in the left-hand navigation pane.

6. Edit and unsend messages

The same editing and unsending options that were introduced on the iPhone with iOS 16 have made their way to the desktop with macOS Ventura. These features are only available for messages sent through Apple’s iMessage, not standard SMS text messages.

If you’ve sent a message you’d like to change, right-click on it and choose Edit. Make your changes as required, then hit Enter. There will be evidence of the edits, with a little Edited label underneath the message—anyone in the conversation can click on this to see what the original message said.

Bringing back messages you’ve sent through the Messages app works in a similar way: Right-click the message and choose Undo Send. You’ve got a window of 2 minutes to unsend a message.

7. Share a photo library

The Photos app has always given you several options for sharing images and videos, but with macOS Ventura you can create an entire media library that up to six people (including you) can access.

Sharing a library this way offers more flexibility: Everyone with access to the shared library can view, edit, and delete photos and videos. It’s ideal if you want to, say, curate a collection of shared pictures and clips between a few members of your family, or a few close friends.

To begin, open the Photos app in macOS Ventura and click Photos, Settings, and Shared Library. Choose Get Started, and you can choose the people you want to share the library with, as well as the photos and videos to include.

The post 7 sweet new features in the new macOS Ventura appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to schedule emails on the go https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-schedule-email/ Sat, 22 Oct 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=479901
Person working with laptop in front looking at phone
Set your emails to go at a time of your choosing. Bruce Mars / Unsplash

What's the hurry? Your messages don't have to go right away.

The post How to schedule emails on the go appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person working with laptop in front looking at phone
Set your emails to go at a time of your choosing. Bruce Mars / Unsplash

There are all kinds of reasons why you might want to schedule an email for some point in the future rather than immediately. Perhaps you don’t want to wake up your teammate living in another time zone, or you just don’t want your teacher to know you’ve pulled an all-nighter to finish your essay.

Whatever the reason, scheduling is now readily available in many mobile email apps, including the default platforms on iOS and Android—the Mail and Gmail apps, respectively. Once you know how to do it, you might find scheduling emails comes in handy more often than you expected.

Mail on iOS

Those of you using iPhones will have Apple’s Mail app for iOS already installed on your device. And now, with the arrival of iOS 16, the platform now has email scheduling built in, so you don’t need to rely on a third-party program if you want to delay the sending of your messages. Just make sure the latest software is running on your device. 

The same scheduling features are available for new emails and replies. To start a message thread, tap the compose button down in the bottom right corner of the main screen (it looks like a pen writing on a page). If you’re already in an email thread, tap the reply button (the arrow pointing left), and choose Reply or Reply All

[Related: You can now bring iOS 16’s coolest home screen feature to Android]

Ordinarily, the blue up arrow button (top right) sends the email you’re writing, but if you want to schedule the message instead, tap and hold on the button: You’ll then see a number of options, including Send Now and suggestions for times you may want to schedule the email for. Choose Send Later, and you’ll be able to set a specific date and time for the email to go on its merry way.

A warning—When you schedule a message on iOS keep in mind that the Mail app will save your draft locally on your device, not on Apple’s servers. This means your iPhone needs to be on and connected to the web for the message to go at the appointed time. 

To see emails that are currently scheduled (and edit or delete them if you need to), tap Send Later on the main screen of the app.

Gmail on Android (and iOS)

If you’ve got an Android device, you should find Gmail already installed on your phone. If you’ve got an iPhone and the native mail app is not cutting it for you, you’ll find Gmail available for free in the iOS app store. As with Apple’s Mail app, the ability to schedule emails is available whether you’re creating a new email conversation (tap Compose from the main screen) or replying to an existing conversation (tap Reply or Reply all inside a thread).

Just write an email as you normally would, and instead of tapping the blue send arrow in the top right corner of your screen, tap the three dots to the right of it and pick Schedule send. You’ll see that Gmail gives you some suggestions about when to send your message, which will vary depending on the current time and day. On the weekend, for example, you might see the prompt to send the email on Monday morning.

If you want to set your own date and time rather than using one of Gmail’s suggestions, tap Pick date & time. A new dialog box will pop up enabling you to schedule the email as required. Finish up by tapping Schedule send to confirm. Take note of the time zone you’re in—you’ll see it on the dialog—and remember that your recipients might not be in the same one as you.

Gmail users won’t need to worry about having their phones on or having internet access by the time their emails are set to send, as Google’s mail platform handles messages using its servers on the web. 

Finally, you can edit your queued-up emails or prevent the app from sending them all together, by tapping the Gmail app menu button (three horizontal lines, top left on the main screen) and selecting Scheduled.

Spark on iOS and Android

One of the third-party email apps that support scheduled sending is Spark, which you can get for free for iOS and Android (as well as other operating systems). This platform comes with a host of useful features, such as automated email prioritization and integrated reminders, although some of these tools require a monthly subscription of $5.

Luckily, you don’t need to pay to schedule emails. From the main Spark interface, you can compose a new message by tapping the button that looks like a pencil down in the bottom right corner of the screen. You can also reply to messages with the reply button, which is the icon showing an arrow pointing left underneath open email conversations (tap on it to pick Reply or Reply All).

[Related: Dig up any old email in your inbox. Even if it’s in the trash.]

After you’ve written your email, instead of tapping the send button (the paper airplane icon on the top right of your screen), tap the icon on the toolbar above the keyboard that looks like a paper airplane with a stopwatch on top of it. You’ll be able to choose from some suggestions for scheduling times, or you can tap on Pick date to be more specific. Select Customize to change the options that come up by default on this panel.

Once you’ve set the schedule, you’ll need to tap the send button (top right). The message will go at the designated day and time whether or not your phone is on or Spark is running. To see your scheduled emails, tap the menu button (three horizontal lines, at the top left of your screen) and pick Outbox. You can also edit and delete scheduled emails from here.

The post How to schedule emails on the go appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to get white noise, brown noise, or even pink noise playing on your phone https://www.popsci.com/diy/white-noise-app/ Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=478895
person wearing headhphones
Turn up the white, brown, or pink noise from your smartphone. Evgeniy Smersh/Unsplash

Let your devices help you relax or focus.

The post How to get white noise, brown noise, or even pink noise playing on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person wearing headhphones
Turn up the white, brown, or pink noise from your smartphone. Evgeniy Smersh/Unsplash

When it comes to falling asleep, relaxing, or keeping our focus, more and more of us are turning to white noise for help—a broad mix of audio frequencies playing at the same time, that sounds like radio or TV static.

But that’s not your only option. If white noise is a bit too shrieky for you, there’s also the lesser-known but increasingly popular brown (or red) noise, which is deeper than white noise thanks to a bigger bass kick, and sounds like heavy rainfall. And then there’s a third option—pink (or ambient) noise, which is gentler and more soothing, resembling the splash of a never-ending waterfall.

There’s no conclusive scientific evidence supporting the claim that these noise palettes significantly boost concentration or aid sleep. But many people still find them helpful and use them to work or relax every day.

These sounds are not for everyone, but it’s worth trying white, brown, and pink noises to see if they boost your work or rest. As always, an increasing number of apps are happy to help.

White Noise Generator

White Noise Generator is helpful right from the start, asking you to specify your goals—from improved sleep to better focus—so it can tailor the sounds to your needs. Once you’ve established that, you’ll see you’ve got a wealth of continuous audio tracks to pick from, including sounds from nature as well as ambient noises, like road traffic.

[Related: Best sunrise alarm clocks of 2022]

The app lets you choose between separate white noise and brown noise options, and you can easily combine them with other sounds and adjust the relative volume of each one if you need it. White Noise Generator also has a useful timer feature, so you can set a specific duration for a study session, or fall asleep to the audio without having it playing all night long.

White Noise Generator is available for Android for free. You can remove ads for $3 a month.

Noisli

Noisli brings with it a host of audio feed options, from rustling leaves to coffee shop chatter, as well as white, brown, and pink noises. You’ll be able to combine several of the sounds together, as well as adjust the volume mix so that certain audio layers are louder than others.

If you don’t want to come up with your own custom mix, you can choose one of the presets included in the app. Noisli also comes with a handy timer function, and the ability to work offline, if you need it to. You will have to pay to enjoy the app on your mobile device, but you can visit Noisli on the web to try it out for free before parting with your money.

Noisli is available for Android and iOS for $2, or for free on the web.

White Noise HQ

White Noise HQ has a library of more than 75 real-world sounds rather than algorithm-generated noise, which gives the platform breadth and authenticity that’s hard to beat. You’ll also find an interesting geographical and audial range, including the pitter-patter of rain in England and the whistling wind in Bavaria. 

White noise, brown noise, and pink noise all have their own separate entries in the app, and you’ll be able to combine up to six different sounds together. You’ll also be able to customize the volume of each element within your mixes and save them so you can come back to them later. White Noise HQ also has a handy timer function, which is perfect if you want to drift off to sleep while the app plays sounds.

White Noise HQ is available for iOS for free.

Noise: Brown, Pink, White

A straightforward yet very effective app, Noise: Brown, Pink, White opens with just a play button, which you can tap to hear some white noise. Change the color of the noise you’re hearing by tapping the button to the lower left (it looks like a sound wave), and that’s it—if you just want to queue up some static as quickly as possible, this app is hard to beat.

If you want something a bit more sophisticated, you also have a few other options. You can tap the button to the top right (the stopwatch icon) to set a timer, and tap the button to the lower right (the sliders icon) to create a custom mix between two colors of your choice. You get the full functionality of the app for free, though you do have to put up with the occasional ad popping up between screens.

Noise: Brown, Pink, White is available for Android for free. You can get rid of ads for a one-time payment of $3.

White Noise Deep Sleep Sounds

Despite the name, you can use White Noise Deep Sleep Sounds for studying and relaxing as well as sleeping, and it also includes brown and pink noise options as well as the standard white. You can select these colored noises specifically, or you can pick from a wide variety of other sounds, including an airplane cabin and the sound of rain falling on a tent.

The app also comes with plenty of customization options: You’ll be able to mix sounds together, set a timer, and even have them fade out slowly, which is useful if you’re going to sleep. You’ll need to become a paying premium member to remove the ads and unlock all the sounds and features (like longer fades), but there’s plenty to explore for free.

White Noise Deep Sleep Sounds is available for Android and iOS for free. You can also get a premium account with full access to sounds and features for $2 a week.

Dark Noise

Downloading the iOS-only Dark Noise will cost you a significant amount, but the app has the polish and features to justify its price. Dark Noise’s tagline promises a “refined” white noise experience, and that’s a pretty good way of describing why this app stands out in a crowded market, amassing a loyal following over the years

When you open the app, you’ll get 50 different sounds to play around with and mix together—from real-world recordings to artificially-generated static. You’ll also get a  timer function if you don’t want the loops to last forever. Other neat touches in the Dark Noise app include full support for home screen and lock screen widgets, and a choice of interface themes.

Dark Noise is available for iOS for $10.

Native options

Your smartphone can actually play static noise without the aid of an app, though third-party apps are the best bet in terms of different options and features. 

[Related: Best alarm clocks for heavy sleepers of 2022]

If you’re using Android, just say “hey Google, play some white noise” to get the Google Assistant to queue up an hour of white noise. Unfortunately, this won’t work with brown or pink noise.

Over on the iOS side, you can cue up calming sounds on your iPhone, so check the link for full instructions on how to enable it. There are only a limited number of sounds available, and there’s little in the way of customization, but if you don’t want to install yet another app on your iPhone then it’s a handy alternative to have.

The post How to get white noise, brown noise, or even pink noise playing on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ways to select text on your phone and computer https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-select-all-text/ Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477803
person holding phone
Make sure you're selecting the text that you mean to select. Jonas Leupe / Unsplash

You might have been selecting text wrong all this time.

The post The best ways to select text on your phone and computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person holding phone
Make sure you're selecting the text that you mean to select. Jonas Leupe / Unsplash

Selecting text on phones and computers is something you most likely have to do multiple times throughout the day. From pasting an address into a chat conversation to copying a quote from a webpage, being able to accurately pick out words is an essential skill in the digital age.

But chances are you’ve been doing this in the same way for decades now—clicking or tapping and dragging with your mouse or finger. On both mobile and desktop, there are handy shortcuts you can use to select text faster and more accurately.

Selecting text on Android and iOS

When it comes to text selection, you’ll notice some variation on smartphones, because different operating systems may not allow app developers to enable text selection features in the same way. But these techniques should work smoothly in the most common apps, like web browsers, document editors, and note-taking apps, for example.

On Android, a double-tap or a long press on a word will select it in its entirety. But if you then want to select more words on either side of the first one, keep your finger pressed down and drag it around the screen. You can also tap and drag the blue handles that appear at the edge of selected text to extend the selection character by character.

[Related: The fastest way to scan text on an iPhone or iPad]

When you select text, a pop-up menu will appear above it: Pick Select all from this menu (you may have to tap the three dots first) to highlight all the available text in a particular area. This might include all the text in a chat message, a field on a web form, or an entire document. This pop-up menu also gives you access to Copy and Share options you can use to move the text somewhere else.

Over on iOS, the approach is similar: You can either tap and hold, or double-tap on a word to select it. Let your finger go, and you’ll see blue handles appear on either side of the word. If you need to, drag the handles out to extend the selection further, character by character.

For selecting large blocks of text, tap and hold on a word, then keep your finger pressed down. If you then move your finger around, the selection expands word by word, so you can quickly get entire sentences or paragraphs selected. Once you release your finger from the screen, you’ll see the blue handles appear.

One difference from Android is that you can also triple-tap with one finger to select an entire paragraph. With text selected, a pop-up menu appears above it, giving you options to Select all (highlight all the text on a page or in a particular section of an app) and to Copy the text to the iPhone clipboard so that you can paste it in another app.

Selecting text on Windows and macOS

With access to a keyboard and a mouse or trackpad, you’ve got a bit more flexibility when it comes to selecting text compared to your smartphone. You can simply click and drag across a section of text of course, but there are also lots of other text selection tips to know about.

One trick that works on both Windows and macOS is to double-click to quickly select a word—if you then keep the mouse or trackpad button pressed down, you can extend the selection a word at a time in either direction. For paragraphs, change it to a triple-click: As with words, you can either leave the selection on a single paragraph or drag the cursor around to select additional paragraphs.

On your computer, there are no pop-up menus like there are on mobile, but there are keyboard shortcuts. Ctrl+A on Windows and Cmd+A on macOS will select all of the text in a document or webpage, for example. With text selected, Ctrl+C on Windows and Cmd+C on a Mac will copy the text to the clipboard, while Ctrl+V or Cmd+V will cut it.

You can also right-click on a selected portion of text to bring up a context-sensitive menu. The options on this menu will vary depending on the program you’re currently using, but you should find both Copy and Cut. You might also see options to Delete the text and Share it somewhere else.

[Related: 20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts that will make you forget your mouse]

If you’re more comfortable using keyboard shortcuts to select text, you’ve got plenty of alternatives. On both Windows and macOS, Shift+Left Arrow and Shift+Right Arrow will select text to the left or right one character at a time. You can also use Shift+Up Arrow and Shift+Down Arrow to select entire lines of text at a time. A caveat, though—the selection cursor will jump to the same spot on the adjacent line, so if you want to select clean lines of text, it might get a bit messy. This is a good reason to refine your selection: Hold down Ctrl (Windows) or Option (macOS) at the same time, and the selection expands a word at a time rather than a character.

You can use Shift+Home (Windows) or Cmd+Shift+Left Arrow (macOS) to select all the text on the current line to the left, and Shift+End (Windows) or Cmd+Shift+Right Arrow to select all the text on the current line to the right. There’s also Ctrl+Shift+Home (Windows) or Cmd+Shift+Up Arrow (macOS) to select everything between the current position and the top of a document or webpage, and Ctrl+Shift+End (Windows) or Cmd+Shift+Down Arrow (macOS) to select everything between the current position and the bottom of a document or webpage.

The post The best ways to select text on your phone and computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You can now bring iOS 16’s coolest home screen feature to Android https://www.popsci.com/diy/dynamic-island-for-android/ Wed, 12 Oct 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=476677
hand holding android phone showing dynamicspot app on the home screen
Maybe you can barely notice it, but it certainly gets you more options. abillion / Unsplash

Apple introduced the Dynamic Island on iOS 16 and now Android users can get in on the fun as well.

The post You can now bring iOS 16’s coolest home screen feature to Android appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
hand holding android phone showing dynamicspot app on the home screen
Maybe you can barely notice it, but it certainly gets you more options. abillion / Unsplash

If you’ve been keeping up with the latest in tech news, you’ll know that the iPhone 14 Pro and the iPhone 14 Pro Max ditched the classic notch in favor of something Apple is calling the Dynamic Island.

You probably noticed a lot of people on social media were really excited about this new feature, and if you’re an Android user, you might’ve felt a bit left out. But Android being Android, already has a third-party app that can implement this change for you. It’s called DynamicSpot, and it mimics a lot of the functionality that Apple has added to the latest update of iOS.

What is the Dynamic Island

The pill-shaped gap in the latest iPhone Pro’s display houses essential utilities like the selfie camera, a proximity sensor, a speaker, and a microphone, among others. But thanks to the latest iOS update, the island turns into so much more, changing shape and having little informative symbols appear on either side of the camera depending on what you’re doing with your phone.

[Related: The new Android 13 features you need to be using]

The Dynamic Island also expands to a larger size in some scenarios. Such is the case of incoming calls, when you get options to answer or reject the call, or when you play audio and get playback controls. It’s a versatile interface innovation that app developers will no doubt make more use of over time.

Google engineers may eventually add something similar to Android in the future, which could take advantage of the punch-hole cut-outs on the screens of the Pixel 7 and 7 Pro. But in the meantime, the DynamicSpot app is a slick and flexible option for impatient Android users.

Using DynamicSpot for Android

DynamicSpot for Android is free to install, but some features will require you to unlock the Pro version for a one-off payment of $5. These tools include putting music playback controls in the Dynamic Island and having it appear on the lock screen as well.

Once you’ve installed DynamicSpot, you’ll need to give it some permissions. The app will ask for access to your notifications to display them on the Dynamic Island, for example, as well as permission to draw overlays on the Android interface so that the app can create different-sized black shapes.

With that done, you can start playing around with the settings that DynamicSpot has to offer. The top option on the main menu is Notifications. This menu lets you set whether general notifications appear in the Dynamic Island and if so, which of the apps on your phone can trigger alerts like this.

The Behavior menu is where you can choose to have the island showing at all times (even when there are no notifications or apps to show), allow the Dynamic Island split in two, and set its time-out delay. Pro users can put the island on the lock screen from here and change how they can use short taps and long presses to interact with it.

Select Appearance from the main menu and you’ll be able to change the icons the island uses, and set whether or not it displays album covers, for example. More options are available for Pro subscribers, including an animated music visualizer and controls for playing audio.

[Related: A beginner’s guide to using Android]

Dimensions is the last significant entry in the main menu, right above options for rating the app, getting help, and upgrading to the Pro version. Open it up to set how big the Dynamic Island is and where exactly it sits on the screen. This is handy if the app doesn’t fit exactly with the selfie camera cut-out on your screen. These options are available for free-tier and Pro version users.

The iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max have only been with us for a month at the time of writing, so it’s still early days for DynamicSpot. This means that you can still expect more features and functions over time.

The post You can now bring iOS 16’s coolest home screen feature to Android appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to make your Apple Watch battery last longer https://www.popsci.com/diy/apple-watch-battery-life/ Fri, 07 Oct 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=475589
wrist wearing apple watch
Get your Apple Watch running for longer. Sabina / Unsplash

Give your wearable a long lasting life.

The post How to make your Apple Watch battery last longer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
wrist wearing apple watch
Get your Apple Watch running for longer. Sabina / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Like its predecessor, the Apple Watch 8 reportedly offers around 18 hours between charges, which means that if you’re a power user, you might have find an outlet before the day is out.

The newly released Apple Watch Ultra does twice as good, with 36-hour battery life, according to the manufacturer. But the gadget is designed for the great outdoors, so if you’re away from civilization for several days, you might still struggle to keep your watch powered up for the duration of your trip.

But whatever model you have, there are multiple ways you can extend the time between charges for your Apple Watch. Put some of these into action and you’ll find the smartwatch still has juice left when you need it the most.

Low power mode

A new feature added with watchOS 9, low power mode works in the same way as the lower power mode available for iPhones and iPads. It disables certain features to conserve energy, like the always on display, heart rate notifications, background heart rate and blood oxygen measurements, and workout reminders.

[Related: 4 tips to make your phone battery last longer]

In this mode, the Apple Watch will also turn off  Wi-Fi and cellular connections when there’s no iPhone nearby, as well as block incoming calls and notifications. As a result, Apple says making phone calls may take longer, background apps will refresh more sporadically, and complications (the widgets on your watch face) will update less frequently. In addition, Siri might be slower, and you’ll notice animations and scrolling can look less smooth.

To enable low power mode, touch and hold the bottom of the Apple Watch screen to bring up the Control Center, then swipe up. Tap the battery percentage icon and turn on the Low Power Mode toggle switch. You can also enable it from Settings on the watch, by tapping Battery. Whenever you turn it on, you can also choose to turn the mode on indefinitely, or for one, two, or three days. You’ll see a yellow circle appear at the top of the screen when low power mode is on.

Another option is to have low power mode enabled every time you start a workout. From the Settings app on the smartwatch, scroll down to the Workout option, then turn on the Low Power Mode toggle switch. And don’t worry: your device will still measure key metrics such as heart rate and pace.

Making manual tweaks

If low power mode is too much (or not enough) for you, you can use some manual tweaks to the settings on your Apple Watch, instead. For example, you can turn the always on display off yourself: From the Settings app on the watch, tap Display & Brightness, then turn off Always On. From the menu you can dim the screen via the slider, saving even more power.

Other ways of reducing the power draw of the display are to switch to a darker watch face and limit the number of complications you use. That doesn’t only mean there will be fewer pixels firing up, but also that the wearable will have less information to update in the background. Tap and hold on the current watch face to change it.

Disabling the wake on wrist raise feature can help with battery life, too. That way you’ll prevent the face from lighting up when you, say, scratch your ear, and will only do so when you actually need it. This feature is on the same Display & Brightness screen in Settings on the watch—just turn off the Wake on Wrist Raise option.

Stopping your Apple Watch from having to listen out for your “hey Siri” all the time can also ease some of the pressure on the battery. Head to Settings on your smartwatch, select Siri, and disable the Listen for “Hey Siri” option. You can also disable Raise to Speak to save more battery life.

Managing your apps

The way that you use your Apple Watch affects battery life, too. If you really want to maximize the time between charges, keep calls from your wrist and audio streaming to the watch down to a minimum, and don’t use the gadget for demanding tasks such as turn-by-turn navigation. The walkie-talkie feature is another one to avoid to save battery life, as it uses the speaker and microphone.

Cutting down on the number of notifications coming through to your phone can help as well. This reduces the number of background checks the watch has to do and how often it has to beep and vibrate. From the Watch app on your iPhone, tap Notifications—start by turning off alerts for any apps that you don’t absolutely have to hear from.

[Related: Make your laptop battery last all day]

You could also use a trick from managing battery life on smartphones, which is to enable Do Not Disturb on your watch for a while. This blocks all notifications, stops your watch from running constant checks for them and cuts down on the buzzes and pings your device has to power. Touch and hold the bottom of the Apple Watch screen, then when the Control Center appears, swipe up and tap Do Not Disturb.

Also on the subject of apps, you can tell your Apple Watch not to refresh them in the background—so they’ll only update when they’re actually open. From the Watch app on your iPhone, tap General: You can either turn off the Background App Refresh option completely or disable it for individual apps using the toggle switches.

The post How to make your Apple Watch battery last longer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Common fixes for problems with your mouse, keyboard, and other computer gear https://www.popsci.com/diy/fix-keyboard-mouse-printer-headphones-scanner/ Tue, 04 Oct 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=474728
photo of a white keyboard and a black mouse
If your keyboard, mouse, or headphones are not working, know you've got options. Jan Loyde Cabrera / Unsplash

Because sometimes your gadgets just refuse to play nice with each other.

The post Common fixes for problems with your mouse, keyboard, and other computer gear appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
photo of a white keyboard and a black mouse
If your keyboard, mouse, or headphones are not working, know you've got options. Jan Loyde Cabrera / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

No matter how well you look after your computer, something is going to eventually go wrong. And the issue won’t always be the machine itself, but maybe something you’ve plugged into it.

Peripherals (mice, keyboards, gamepads, webcams, and printers) can sometimes be a pain—they might either stop working or cause problems with the hardware and the software on your computer.

But before you make a (potentially expensive) call to a tech support professional, try troubleshooting your gadget problem yourself. There are certain steps that can be helpful in all scenarios, and that may well get your hardware working properly again.

Do some testing

Before you troubleshoot any tech problem, you need to know exactly where the problem is. The best way to do this is to test your peripheral in another computer. Don’t skip this step—even if that means you have to go round to a friend or relative’s house to use their machine. If your peripheral works, then you know the issue lies with your device rather than the gadget.

[Related: Best wireless mechanical keyboards of 2022]

Take a similar approach with anything that connects to Wi-Fi, like a printer. Before you start pulling the peripheral apart, make sure that your wireless network is still up and running. A good way to do this is to connect any other device to your home Wi-Fi, like a tablet or smartphone, and check if you can still get online.

Knowing more about the problem won’t necessarily change your approach to trying to fix it—but it might. If a keyboard works on your laptop but not on your desktop computer, for example, then you should start by checking the settings and software on your desktop before addressing anything to do with the keyboard itself.

Check system settings

If your peripherals are working on other computers, or if they were working fine and have suddenly developed faults, continue by checking the relevant settings in Windows or macOS. This will help you determine whether or not your computer is identifying the peripheral properly and will ensure it’s set up the way you want it.

In Windows, head to Bluetooth & devices from Settings, where you’ll find options for configuring the Mouse, the Touchpad, and other devices. We can’t cover all the options in detail here, but we’ll use the ever-problematic printer as an example. Click Printers & scanners and select a device: You can then either click Print test page to check the connection or Run the troubleshooter to go through a series of key checks on the device.

Over on macOS you can find a similar set of options by opening the Apple menu, selecting System Preferences, and navigating to the screen that’s relevant for your peripheral. Let’s say you’re having problems with an attached Bluetooth keyboard—Click Keyboard to make sure your computer knows it’s connected and to check the key configuration (including key repeat speeds). You might not always be able to find a fix here, but it’s worth checking.

Download new drivers

Drivers are small bits of software that can make a big difference to how your peripherals interact with your machine. They’re basically the bridge between the external device and your computer system, making sure they’re both communicating properly and getting the exchange of information that they need.

Most of the time, driver installation and updating happens behind the scenes, so you don’t need to worry about it—you just plug in a new webcam, for example, and it works. But sometimes something goes awry, and installing or reinstalling drivers can get everything working properly again.

To start, head over to the official website of your peripheral’s manufacturer to find the latest drivers for your device—you’ll most likely find what you’re searching for on a software or support page. To go back to the previous example, if you’ve got a Logitech webcam attached to your computer then you can find the relevant software on the support page. Just download the file, open it, and follow the instructions.

Unplug everything else

In an ideal world, peripherals would all get along together without any issues, but conflicts do arise. Sometimes, for whatever reason, installing a new device causes trouble for an existing one, and they can both end up not functioning properly. If you’ve recently made a hardware change to your computer and something has stopped working, whatever gadget you got last may be the culprit.

To identify what exactly is causing the problem, you’ll need to do some detective work. Try shutting down your computer, and unplugging everything that’s attached to it. Power the computer back on and plug the problematic peripheral back in. If it appears to be fixed, it may be having trouble with another peripheral somewhere along the line.

Plug your other devices back in one by one to see if you can spot where the conflict happens. If the issue persists, try downloading the latest drivers for each device and checking with the manufacturers for support. 

Unfortunately, if the problem persists and the hardware makers have not provided a fix yet, you might be unable to use these two peripherals together.

Reinstall the device

Turning a gadget off and on again is something of a tech troubleshooting cliche, but only because it’s quite effective. Likewise, uninstalling a device from your system and then reinstalling it from scratch can often solve problems, resetting whatever was wrong and clearing out any data that may have become corrupted or misplaced.

[Related: Best wireless mice in 2022]

For some peripherals, like a wired mouse, it’s just a question of unplugging it and plugging it in again. For others, such as webcams and printers, you’ll need to properly uninstall them from your system. On Windows, head to Bluetooth & devices then Devices from Settings; on macOS, open System Preferences from the Apple menu, then click on the type of peripheral you want to remove.

You might also need to uninstall a related piece of software (or two) as well as the device before you connect it again. From Windows Settings, choose Apps and Apps & features, then click the three dots next to a program and Uninstall to remove it. If you’re on macOS head to Applications in Finder, and drag a program down to the Trash icon on the dock to get rid of it. With that done, restart your computer before reinstalling the peripheral.

The post Common fixes for problems with your mouse, keyboard, and other computer gear appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best weather apps you can put on your phone https://www.popsci.com/best-weather-apps-for-your-phone/ Mon, 06 May 2019 06:05:16 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-weather-apps-for-your-phone/
A person standing on a rock by the water under cloudy skies while looking at his phone—hopefully he has a good weather app.
"It looks like it's gonna... Hold on. Let me check.". Todd Trapani / Unsplash

If you're mourning the impending loss of Dark Sky, try one of these forecasting apps.

The post The best weather apps you can put on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person standing on a rock by the water under cloudy skies while looking at his phone—hopefully he has a good weather app.
"It looks like it's gonna... Hold on. Let me check.". Todd Trapani / Unsplash

This story has been updated. It was originally published on August 11, 2020.

Among the many hats our smartphones wear, “meteorologist” is one that’s donned frequently. With the tap of a finger, our little pocket computers can make sure we’re never caught without an umbrella or sunscreen as the weather changes.

The best weather apps on Android and iOS will provide all manner of weather forecasts and meteorological data for you, but not all are created equal. Get one or more of these nine on your handset, and you’ll be able to stay on top of weather conditions in your immediate area or anywhere else in the world.

1. AccuWeather

AccuWeather's MinuteCast feature earns it recognition as one of the best weather apps on Android or iOS.
AccuWeather can show you exactly when it’s going to rain in your area, making it one of the best weather apps available. John Kennedy

AccuWeather prides itself on the accuracy of its forecasts, and the global weather monitoring company’s free mobile app manages to pack a lot into each screen. It has everything from instant readings on what the weather’s doing now, to more detailed radar scans showing precipitation and clouds over a wider area.

And if you’re looking for up-to-the-minute information on when the skies may open up, it’s got MinuteCast: a circular, clock-like forecasting tool that shows whether or not you can expect precipitation in the next 60 minutes. It’s Dark Sky-esque and worth a look if you’re mourning the loss of that app.

Beyond sunshine and rain, AccuWeather can give details on wind speed, solar ultraviolet radiation (UV) levels, humidity, cloud cover, visibility, and more. It’s undoubtedly one of the best weather apps out there for the depth and precision of its data.

AccuWeather is free for Android and iOS.

2. Weather Underground

Weather Underground's forecast interface, which makes it one of the top weather apps.
As one of the top weather apps, Weather Underground can help you plan your next outdoor adventure. David Nield

Weather Underground offers a bright and intuitive interface, easy access to weather forecasts wherever you need them, and enough other features to put it ahead of most of the weather apps available for your phone.

From telling you how long a current rain shower is going to last, to forecasting the wind speed in your area next week, Weather Underground is packed with useful data and features. These include a radar map, severe weather alerts, ski resort reports, and sunrise and sunset times.

One of the app’s best features is a “smart forecast” tool for running, hiking, or any other outdoor activity. To use it, describe the weather you’d prefer for your excursion (a sunny afternoon, perhaps), and Weather Underground will tell you when that forecast is expected next.

Weather Underground is free for Android and iOS.

3. Carrot Weather

Carrot Weather's entertaining interface, which makes it a good weather app, even if it's not the best weather app.
If you like a little fun with your forecast, Carrot Weather might be the best weather app for you. David Nield

Carrot Weather might be best-suited for those who like their weather forecasts straightforward and honest. It focuses on the basics, but does them well, with attitude—mixing in sarcastic quips and film quotes alongside its weather predictions.

As for the actual meteorological data the app spits out, you can dig in by week, day, or hour, checking out everything from temperatures to wind speed. The graphic at the top of the app screen is particularly useful, showing an at-a-glance representation of the weather for the next few hours.

You can get alerts about upcoming weather patterns and switch between a variety of data sources too, including The Weather Channel and AccuWeather. Overall, Carrot Weather is a good weather app, but if you pick it over some of the others on this list, it’ll be for the entertaining, no-nonsense interface.

Carrot Weather is free for Android and $5 for iOS.

4. The Weather Channel

The Weather Channel's app interface, which makes it, perhaps, the best app for weather news.
The Weather Channel might be the best app for weather news and forecasts available. David Nield

If you want the experience of watching TV weather on your phone, then the mobile apps from The Weather Channel are perfect. They’ll give you a quick summary of current and upcoming conditions, but you’ll also get a ton of short video forecasts, too.

However you like your weather prediction (either in static or video form), everything is elegantly laid out and easy to get around. So whether you want a quick update on what the weather’s going to do in the next 10 minutes or to take a deep dive into next week’s expected wind speeds and precipitation levels, The Weather Channel has you covered.

We also like the little flashcards that show key data (such as precipitation risk and sunset time) in a rotating carousel. For the sheer number of different ways you can get at weather information, The Weather Channel definitely earns a place on our list of best weather apps.

The Weather Channel is free for Android and iOS.

5. Flowx

Flowx's graphics and data visualizations make it the best app for weather visuals.
If you love data visualization, Flowx is the best app for weather graphics you’ll find. David Nield

Flowx packs a bunch of data into visualizations that manage to be both mesmerizing and, actually, pretty useful. If you want your weather forecast to be as aesthetically pleasing as possible, it’s worth giving Flowx a go.

The app charts important information such as temperatures and precipitation levels in a variety of ways—pick the one you most like the look of—and also features the most detailed radar map we’ve seen so far. Sliding your finger across the screen while looking at the map lets you jump forward and backward in time, too.

It’s not quite as good at near-term forecasts and simple displays of information as some of the other apps we’ve mentioned, but Flowx excels at detailed looks at longer periods of time. There’s no iOS app at the time of writing, but the company is at least thinking about making one.

Flowx is free for Android.

6. Geometric Weather

Geometric Weather's simple interface, which makes it one of the best weather apps on Android.
Geometric Weather gives you information at a glance. Sandra Gutierrez G.

If you live in the Android ecosystem and value simplicity over vast amounts of data, take a look at Geometric Weather. It’ll give you the basics—the weather now and the hourly, daily, and weekly forecasts—in a pretty, stripped-down interface that won’t overwhelm you.

It can also use the background of your home and/or lock screen to display information at a glance. This feature consists of a clean, dynamic wallpaper with a geometric sun or cloud that changes depending on the forecast, and moves when you tilt your phone. There are no temperature indicators, no icons, no widget clutter—just an appealing illustration to indicate whether or not you’ll need an umbrella.

Geometric Weather is free for Android.

7. Weather on the Way

Weather on the Way's iOS interface, showing weather forecasts along a driving route from New York City to Los Angeles.
With Weather on the Way, you shouldn’t get caught off-guard (or without a raincoat) on your next trip. John Kennedy

Certain weather conditions can be dangerous for driving, but many of the best weather apps won’t help you avoid them. Weather on the Way will. When you’re going on a trip, simply plug in a starting location, a destination, and a departure time, and the Apple Maps-powered app will show your route and… ahem… the weather along the way. As you drive, it’ll show your location (if you’ve allowed the app to see where you are).

There’s also a timeline feature, which shows the weather at regular points along your path. Tap any of the forecasts and it’ll show you more detailed data such as humidity, wind speed, visibility, precipitation, and what temperature it feels like outside.

Weather on the Way is free for iOS.

8. RadarScope

RadarScope's detailed maps make it the best weather radar app available, and one of the best weather apps.
RadarScope might be the best weather radar app thanks to its super-detailed maps, but you can’t get it for free. David Nield

If you’re after the most accurate weather app you can get, RadarScope could be the one for you. It has an almost bewildering array of high-resolution radar data for checking forecasts and keeping track of severe weather warnings.

The app describes itself as being “for weather enthusiasts and meteorologists” and has a price tag to match those lofty claims. What you see in this app is actual native radar data sourced from the US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s “next-generation radar” (NEXRAD) and Terminal Doppler Weather Radar (TDWR) locations in the United States. In other words, it’s the same data professional weather forecasters make use of.

RadarScope is particularly good for tracking and chasing storms across the country, so could be worth the outlay if you’re in a tornado or flash flood hotspot. The learning curve is steeper here than it is with the other apps in this list, but RadarScope rewards the investment.

RadarScope is $10 for Android and iOS.

The post The best weather apps you can put on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>